imm.
GIFT OF
JANE KoSATHER
\
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2007 with funding from
Microsoft Corporation
http://www.archive.org/details/appliedlatincourOOfreerich
APPLIED LATIN
A COURSE FOR BEGINNERS
W. H. FREEMAN, Ph.D. (Harvard)
HEAD OF THE LATIN DEPARTMENT, HIGH SCHOOL, TRENTON, N. J.
i
PUBLISHED BY
WEIDENHAMER AND COMPANY
MILTON • PENNA.
COPYRIGHT, 1916, BY WEIDENHAMER & COMPANY
ALL BIGHTS RESERVED
WM.F. FELL CO 'PRINTERS
PHILADELPHIA
7£6
PREFACE
After an experience of several years teaching in College
and High School, the author has become convinced that
the present First Year books do not satisfy modern needs
in the teaching of Latin nor do they handle the subject in
a manner that produces "the greatest good for the greatest
number" of students.
I. The Beginners' books in present use have been written
too much for the small number of students who intend to
go to College, and too little for the great number who study
Latin only during two or three years of High School work.
Within the last few years the makers of High School
curricula have been forced to pay more attention to the
demands of the great mass of students who go no further
than the High School. Courses more nearly related to
their needs in later life as citizens and workers have been
adopted. Traditional courses which gained reputations as
valuable only for College students have been disregarded
by the authorities and neglected by the students. Latin,
especially, has been attacked as an educational luxury, be-
cause laymen have thought that the net results of the study
do not justify the outlay of so much valuable time. Too
often no definite advance could be pointed out as the result
of the first year's study even by the teachers.
The prospect of beginning the study of Latin earlier than
in the first year of the High School, a prospect which bids
fair to be realized in the new Junior High Schools, has pre-
sented an opportunity for a rearrangement of Beginners'
Latin so that not only the great mass of non-college students
PREFACE
may be benefited in ways not possible before, but those
students also who are preparing for College may acquire
a yet broader range of scholarship. Applied Latin, by
its new treatment of the language and its correlation of
Latin to the study of English, history, mathematics, and
the commercial branches, aims to increase the powers of
the ordinary High School pupil and to prove that Latin is
an educational necessity.
II. Present-day Latin books prevent the enthusiastic
teacher from making adequate use of broad training in the
class-room.
Beginners' books are today so crammed with material,
the direct object of which is to prepare the student for the
reading of Caesar in the second year, that the teacher is
reduced to desperation in attempting to cover merely the
minimum requirements of first year work. No time is al-
lowed for the correlation of Latin with other subjects, for
digressions upon the life and manners of the ancient nations,
for the drawing of conclusions from the study of an older
civilization which can be applied to the questions of modern
times. This is partly because there is so much Latin to
cover, and partly because no inspirational material is in-
cluded in the books used. Many a teacher does not feel at
liberty to add life to Latin because the arrangement of
his text-book seems to forbid any innovations. Excellent
teachers are for this reason really prevented from making
any personal impression on their classes. Applied Latin
aims to give the broad-gauge teacher a chance to inspire
his students. The subject matter is arranged partly with
a view to the acquisition of a sound foundation in Latin;
partly to the correlation of Latin with things modern and
vital.
PREFACE
III. The important aid which Latin can give to the other
subjects included in the High School curriculum is hardly
touched upon in the present introductory Latin books.
For many years it has been recognized that those who
have studied Latin enter upon life better equipped in
many ways than those who have never studied the subject.
Experiments carried on at various points have uniformly
indicated that in the matter of enlarged vocabulary, correct
spelling, and facility in the use of English words non-Latin
students are at a distinct disadvantage. Applied Latin,
by its constant drills in English derivatives, aims to enrich
the student's vocabulary. The Latin words selected for
memorizing, while none that are frequent in Caesar have
been omitted, have been chosen especially because of their
importance as root words in English.
The problem of teaching formal English grammar has
always given educators much trouble. Teachers are in agree-
ment that hardly any progress is made in this difficult sub-
ject until the student takes up the study of a foreign
language, preferably one that is highly inflected. In Ap-
plied Latin careful attention is given to the connection of
Latin with formal English grammar. The parts of speech,
types of sentences, use of cases, and conjugation of verbs
are consistently developed with reference to English.
The inability on the part of students to make use of the
information gained in one subject in the work of another
subject is almost too common a phenomenon to be men-
tioned. It is the usual experience of teachers to find the
facts of literature, history, biology, etc., pigeon-holed, so
to speak, in the student's brain and impossible of use except
in the individual course in which the information was ob-
tained. Applied Latin, with its inter chapters on ancient
5
PREFACE
geography, ancient history, ancient customs and modes of
life, seeks to connect these subjects with modern geography,
history, and life, and in this way to train the student to
make effective use of his information, not in some particular
class-room, but in all his class-rooms and especially in the
problems of after-life.
Teachers who make use of this book should keep in mind
the following facts:
i. Applied Latin is intended to give the student of Latin
a sound foundation in the forms and constructions of the
Latin language.
2. Applied Latin aims also to increase the student's
English vocabulary, to train him in the uses of words, and
to make perfectly clear the close relation of Latin to the
other subjects of the curriculum.. The translation of Latin
to English and of English to Latin is to be a secondary
matter compared with awakening a realization of the im-
portance of a knowledge of Latin as an aid to the study of
English.
3. Applied Latin is so arranged that the broad-gauge
teacher may feel justified in supplementing his teaching
with the results of wide study in Latin and English, without
a lurking suspicion that he is neglecting the subject of Latin
in so doing. The division by topics and not by lessons
leaves the rate of progress of the class entirely under the
control of the teacher.
4. The material in Applied Latin is entirely new, and
the treatment is different from that found in the ordinary
Beginners' Book. The text has been tried out at various
times in Latin classes, and many suggestions from Latin
teachers enter into the composition of the book. In the
arrangement of the book the author has been assisted by
6
PREFACE
the teachers of Latin in the Trenton High School, in the
correlation of Latin with English by J. Milnor Dorey, Head
of the English Department of the same school, and in the
reading and correction of proof by Howard L. Packard,
Head of the Latin Department, State Normal School,
Trenton, New Jersey.
!
CONTENTS
TOPIC PAGE
Introduction n
I. The Noun. First Declension 15
Rome and the Basin of the Mediterranean Sea 24
II. The Preposition 25
III. The Noun. Second Declension 28
Rome and the Eastern Nations 35
IV. The Adjective. First and Second Declensions 36
V. The Verb. First Conjugation: Active Voice; In-
dicative Mood 41
The Nations of the Ancient World 52
VI. The Verb. Second Conjugation: Active Voice; In-
dicative Mood 54
The Peninsula of Italy 62
VII. The Noun. Third Declension 63
Latium, the Home of the Latins 77
VIII. The Adjective. Third Declension 78
IX. The Verb. Third Conjugation: Active Voice; In-
dicative Mood 84
The Cities of Italy 92
X. The Adjective. Comparison 93
XI. The Verb. Third Conjugation in -io: Active Voice;
Indicative Mood 97
XII. The Noun. Fourth Declension 100
XIII. The Noun. Fifth Declension 102
The City of Rome 104
XIV. The Verb. Fourth Conjugation: Active Voice; In-
dicative Mood 105
XV. The Sentence. Interrogative in
XVI. The Verb Sum: Indicative Mood 112
XVII. The Adverb 114
XVIII. The Sentence. Compound. The Conjunction 116
XIX. The Pronoun 118
The Story of Early Rome 1 20
XX. The Verb. First Conjugation: Passive Voice; In-
dicative Mood 121
XXI. The Pronoun. Personal 124
XXII. The Verb. First and Second Conjugations: Passive
Voice; Indicative Mood 126
XXIII. The Pronoun. Reflexive 130
8
CONTENTS
TOPIC PAGE
XXIV. The Verb. Second and Third Conjugations: Passive
Voice; Indicative Mood 132
XXV. The Pronoun. Demonstrative 135
XXVI. .The Verb. Third Conjugation: Passive Voice; In-
dicative Mood 137
The Story of Later Rome 138
XXVII. The Pronoun. Demonstrative 140
XXVIII. The Verb. Third Conjugation in -io: Passive Voice;
Indicative Mood 142
XXIX. The Adjective and Pronoun. Interrogative 144
XXX. The Verb. Fourth Conjugation: Passive Voice; In-
dicative Mood 146
XXXI. The Pronoun. Demonstrative 148
XXXII. The Verb. Fourth Conjugation: Passive Voice; In-
dicative Mood 150
The Heart of Rome 151
XXXIII. The Sentence. Complex 155
XXXIV. The Verb. Subjunctive Mood: Clauses of Purpose
and Result. Sequence of Tenses 160
The Roman Forum 171
XXXV. The Verb. Subjunctive Mood: Clauses of Time.
Compound Verbs of the First Conjugation 173
The Principal Buildings in the Roman Forum 185
XXXVI. The Verb. Subjunctive of Sum. Clauses of Condi-
tion and Cause. Compound Verbs of the Second
Conjugation 186
The Uses of the Buildings in the Forum 197
XXXVII. The Sentence. Complex. Clauses of Concession.
Relative Clauses. Compound Verbs of the Third
Conjugation • 198
The Religion of Rome 210
XXXVIII. The Verb. Subjunctive in Exhortations and Wishes.
Imperative. Commands and Prohibitions 211
The Roman House 221
XXXIX. The Verb. Participle. Ablative Absolute. Infin-
itive. Complementary Infinitive : . . 223
Modern Conveniences in the Roman House 234
XL. The Verb. Gerund and Gerundive. Periphrastic
Conjugations. Supine 236
The Occupations of the Romans 249
XLI. The Pronoun and Adjective. Indefinite 250
XLII. The Interjection. Numerals 252
Some Tools Used by the Romans 258
XLIII. The Verb. Deponents. Semi-Deponents. Compound
Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation ■ . . 259
Skilled Workmen among the Romans 266
9
CONTENTS
TOPIC PAGE
XLIV. The Verb. Irregular Verbs, Volo, Nolo, Maid, E6,
Fero, Fio. Compounds of Sum 267
XLV. Exercises in Derivatives. Suffixes 275
XLVI. The Subject. Constructions that Replace a Noun
as Subject. Infinitive. Noun Clauses ....'. 278
Translation. The Creation of the World 281
XL VII. The Object in English Expressed by the Genitive in
Latin 281
Translation. Joseph and His Brethren 283
XLVIII. The Object in English Expressed by the Dative in
Latin 284
Translation. Joseph Sold into Egypt 285
XLIX. The Object in English Expressed by Two Accusatives
in Latin 286
Translation. The Birth of Moses 288
L. The Object in English Expressed by the Ablative in
Latin 289
Translation. Crossing the Red Sea 290
LI. The Object. Noun Clauses 291
A. Clauses of Purpose. The Birth of Samson 293
B. Clauses of Fearing. David and Goliath 295
C. Indirect Questions. David and Absalom 298
D. Indirect Statements. The Judgment of Solomon . 302
E. Dependent Clauses in Indirect Statements. 307
Translation. Joshua Stops the Sun 309
LII. Caesar. Gallic War. Book I, Chapters 1-8 310
LIII. Latin Derivatives Used in Modern Studies and Busi-
ness 315
LIV. Synopsis of Forms 320
LV. General Vocabulary i-xxxix
Index xli-xliii
10
APPLIED LATIN
INTRODUCTION
In Europe, many centuries before the birth of Christ,
there existed a language which was spoken by a nation, or
better, by a group of tribes, to which belonged the ancestors
of those men who later spoke the Latin and Greek languages.
At that very early time those ancient peoples were like
young children who can speak a language, but who have
still to learn how to write and to read it; for the art of
writing had not been invented. If men wished to communi-
cate with distant kinsmen, they made use of pictures such
as were once used by the American Indians. Now, later,
when the Greeks and Latins wandered from Europe down
into the lands of Greece and Italy, they had not yet learned
to write. The Egyptians who dwelt along the Nile in
northern Africa were probably the first to make use of
letters to express sounds.
From Egypt the use of letters, carried probably by mer-
chants, spread north first to Greece and then to Italy. The
Greeks made use of the alphabet for the first time about the
year 800 B. C. The Greek alphabet, strange as it looks,
represents one stage of the development of letters. After
800 B. C. we may say that the human race began its rapid
development. History was written, dates began to be kept,
and mankind began to make permanent records of progress.
n
APPLIED LATIN
Not long after 800 B. C. the alphabet was introduced into
Italy by way of the city of Cumae, a Greek colony. From
this city it made its way to Rome, where a standard al-
phabet was developed for use in writing Latin. Today,
many centuries later, in the writing of English we use the
Latin alphabet, and our letters are called Latin letters.
Consequently, as speakers and writers of English, we should
feel a great interest in the Latin alphabet.
THE LATIN ALPHABET
Except for the letters j and w, the Latins had all the letters
we use. The alphabet consisted of vowels, diphthongs
(pairs of vowels), and consonants.
THE VOWELS, DIPHTHONGS, AND CONSONANTS
The vowels were a, e, i, 0, u, y; the diphthongs ae, au,
oe, ei, eu, ui. The consonants comprised all the other letters.
The vowels were either long (prolonged) or short (quick)
in pronunciation. Letters marked thus a are long.
a equalled a in father; a equalled a in aha.
e equalled e in prey; e equalled e in get.
i equalled i in machine; i equalled i in hit.
6 equalled in gold; o equalled o in obey.
u equalled u in crude; u equalled u in full.
ae equalled ai in aisle; au equalled ou in mouse.
ei equalled ei in eight; eu equalled eu in feud.
oe equalled oi in soil; ui almost the sound of we.
Of the consonants, c and g were always hard, as in case
and gone. S was always as 5 in yes, never like z.
12
INTRODUCTION
I, when a consonant (before a vowel in the same syllable),
was like y in yet; T was like / in ten, not like t in nation;
V was like w in went. Ch had the sound of k. .
THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN WORDS
For accuracy in pronunciation, it is necessary to divide
a Latin word into its syllables. There are as many syllables
in a Latin word as there are vowels or diphthongs.
WHAT CONSTITUTES A SYLLABLE IN LATIN
A single consonant before a vowel is combined with the
vowel to compose a syllable. If two or more consonants
precede a vowel, the last consonant usually begins the sylla-
ble: hos-tis, enemy. A syllable may begin with two con-
sonants if the second of the two is either / or r: pu-bli-cus,
public. At the beginning of a word (scribo) even three
consonants may be included in a single syllable.
THE ACCENT OF LATIN WORDS
In accenting a Latin word, remember that the accent
never falls on the last syllable, unless the word is composed
of but one syllable. In words of two syllables the accent
falls on the first syllable. In words of more than two syl-
lables the accent falls on the next to the last syllable, if that
syllable is long, otherwise on the second syllable from the
last.
THE LENGTH OF SYLLABLES
Syllables are considered long if they contain a long vowel
or a diphthong, or a short vowel followed by two consonants.
13
APPLIED LATIN
A short syllable followed by the double consonants x ( = ks)
or z ( = ds) is also considered long.
PARTS OF SPEECH
The words of all languages are classified as follows : nouns,
pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, con-
junctions, and interjections. A single noun, verb, etc., is
called a part of speech. The parts of speech will be taken
up consecutively in this book.
SENTENCES
A sentence is a group of words (parts of speech) expressing
a complete thought. It is composed of a subject (a noun with
its modifiers) and a predicate (a verb and its modifiers) . The
subject represents that about which something is asserted.
The predicate asserts something about that which the sub-
ject represents. Sentences are classified as declarative, in-
terrogative, and imperative. A declarative sentence is one
that declares something as a fact. "We love the balmy days
of spring." An interrogative sentence is one that asks a ques-
tion. "Who knows the name of the city?" An imperative
sentence is one that states a command. "Look at the bright
moon !" Sentences are further classified as simple, compound,
and complex. Simple sentences contain but one subject and
one predicate. Compound sentences consist of two (or more)
sentences connected by a conjunction. Complex sentences
consist of one principal statement and one or more dependent
statements. In the first part of this book the sentences are
either simple or compound.
14
THE NOUN
I. THE NOUN. FIRST DECLENSION
1 . causa, a cause, reason. silva, a forest.
filia, a daughter. via, a street, road.
hora, an hour. gloria, glory.
littera, letter (of the alphabet). fama, fame, report.
memoria, memory, tradition. vita, life.
2. These Latin words are naming words, or nouns.
In English, nouns are classified as proper, common, ab-
stract, and collective. Proper nouns are names of particular
persons or places; John, Baltimore; Common, of ordinary
persons, places, or things; book, pen; Abstract, of conditions
or qualities; heat, gratitude; Collective, of collections of
persons or places; crowd, multitude. In Latin there are the
same classes.
In the following sentences repeat the Latin word when-
ever you see its English meaning: i. My daughter walked
through the forest. 2. The road takes an hour. 3. We all hope
for an hour of glory. 4. A cause for fame may come to you
during your life. 5. The letter M begins the word memory.
6. Where is the road to fame ?
3. Word Study. — A very large number of words in Eng-
lish with which you are now familiar, or will some day meet
in your reading, are made from words of the Latin language.
In the following examples try to find the Latin words from
which each English word is derived, and learn to spell the
English word correctly.
15
APPLIED LATIN
because (causa), on account of. hour (hdra), a period of time,
via (via), by way of. filial (f ilia) , belonging to a child,
famous (fama), well spoken of. letter (littera), part of the alphabet,
vital (vita), pertaining to life, sylvan (silva), wooded,
glorious (gloria), full of glory, memorial (memoria), that which
refreshes the memory.
4. Examples of the Proper Use of These Words. — i.
The monument was a memorial to a famous man. 2. We
love sylvan scenery. 3. Let us go via Washington Street. 4.
Heroic deeds are often glorious because of their vital impor-
tance in warding off disaster. 5. Filial love is a child's affec-
tion for its parents.
Form some other words, using the same Latin roots; as,
viaduct, infamous, immemorial, literature. If unfamiliar,
look up their meanings and talk them over in class.
Note. — As there is no word in Latin for a or the, causa
may mean a cause or the cause.
Quiz. — Of what part of speech are the Latin words given
above? How is English closely connected with Latin?
5. amicitia, friendship. gratia, favor, gratitude.
copia, plenty, abundance. iniuria, an injury, injustice.
fortuna, fortune. inopia, lack, scarcity.
fossa, a ditch, trench. natura, nature, character.
fuga, a flight, retreat. poena, a penalty.
These nouns are like those of Paragraph 1. Have you
noticed that these nouns all end in the letter a?
In the following sentences repeat the Latin word whenever
you see its English meaning: 1. True friendship does not
permit the injury of a friend. 2. Give thanks for good
16
THE NOUN
fortune. 3. Fortune is naturally fickle and uncertain. 4.
Abundance and need are opposites. 5. Severe is the penalty
following flight from battle.
6. Word Study. —
natural (natura), according to nature,
injurious (iniiiria), causing some damage,
gratitude (gratia), the feeling of thankfulness for help,
unfortunate (fortuna), not accompanied by good fortune,
copious (copia), full, abundant,
fugitive (fuga), one who flees.
cornucopia (copia), a horn of plenty used at Christmas,
fossil (fossa), an animal or plant of the past found imbedded in
a cave or trench.
7. Examples of the Proper Use of These Words. —
1. Unfortunate are the people whose hearts are never filled
with gratitude. 2. Let us penalize those who break the laws.
3. It is natural for copious rain to follow heavy clouds. 4. At
Christmas we hang cornucopias full of candy on the tree. 5.
Miners sometimes find fossil flowers in beds of coal. 6. The
fugitive citizens fled before the approach of the enemy.
Quiz. — How are the words of Paragraph 5 related to those
of Paragraph 1? What other English derivatives can you
add to those given above?
Porta, a gate, feminine gender
Cases
Singular Number
Plural Number
8. Nominative
porta, a gate
portae, gates
Genitive
portae, of a gate
portarum, of gates
Dative
portae, to or for a gate
portis, to or for gates
Accusative
portam, a gate
portas, gates
Vocative
porta, (0) gate
portae, (0) gates
Ablative
porta, with, from, in,
portis, with, from, in
by a gate
gates
2
17
by
APPLIED LATIN
Meaning of the terms used with nouns:
9. Declension. — The forms of a noun grouped according
to cases. The cases of a Latin noun are indicated by the
changes in the spelling of the final syllable. Porta, then,
having many cases, has many different spellings, all of which
are correct. An English noun rarely changes in spelling,
for English no longer has an elaborate system of declensions.
The addition of s to show (i) possession; as, the cat's; (2)
a plural number; as, the cats, is the only common change in
spelling of a noun permitted in English. The beginning of
the Latin word should bring the English meaning at once
to your mind. Having mastered the meaning once for all,
then devote yourself to the final syllables. In the reading of
English, your eye passes over final syllables without special
attention; in Latin, these syllables are the most important
part of the word. In the declension above, the final syllables
or endings are printed in black type.
First declension nouns are declined like porta, and regu-
larly end in a in the nominative singular. Learn to decline
porta.
10. Number. — Latin words have two numbers (singular
and plural). The forms in the first column above compose
the singular number, and are to be used when only one per-
son, place, or thing is spoken of. The forms in the second
column compose the plural number, and are to be used only
when two or more persons, etc., are spoken of.
11. Gender. — The sex of a person, place, or thing is called
gender. There are three genders in Latin: masculine, m.,
18
THE NOUN
applied to nouns that designate males, rivers, winds, and
months; feminine, f., applied to nouns that designate fe-
males, countries, trees, and towns; neuter, n., applied to
nouns that are neither masculine nor feminine in gender.
In English gender presents little difficulty, for nouns de-
noting males are masculine ; females, feminine; things, neuter.
12. Nouns of the first declension are regularly feminine in
gender. Three masculine exceptions : agricola, -ae, a farmer;
nauta, -ae, a sailor; poeta, -ae, a poet.
Quiz. — What is the importance of the first part of a Latin
word? Why is the final syllable difficult for us to master?
What is number? Gender? Do you know any English
words which are peculiar in gender? Is ship masculine,
feminine, or neuter in English? Can you name some English
words that are both masculine and feminine in gender?
13. audacia, -ae, boldness, f. cura, -ae, care, f.
ancora, -ae, an anchor, f. diligentia, -ae, diligence, f.
aqua, -ae, water, f. familia, -ae, family, retinue, f .
corona, -ae, a crown, f. disciplina, -ae, training, f.
custodia, -ae, custody, f. femina, -ae, a woman, f.
14. The Names and Uses of the Cases. — The Nomi-
native is the case of the subject (person, place, or thing about
which we, as speakers or writers, make some assertion).
The Genitive case usually indicates possession. The Dative
is the case of the indirect object of the verb. The Accusative
is the case of the direct object of the verb (the person, place, or
thing directly affected by the action of the verb) . The Voca-
i9
APPLIED LATIN
tive is the case of direct address (0 John! O Mary!). The
Ablative case has several uses. It may mean the person with
whom or the thing with which something is done ; the place in
which something is situated or fromwhich something is taken.
In English, there are but three cases: nominative, objective,
and possessive. The latest English grammars now use the
Latin names for these cases.
15. Examples or the Use of Cases. — i. I have Henry's
{genitive, possessive) book, John {vocative). 2. Sarah {nom-
inative) gave the doll {accusative, objective) to Mary {dative).
3. From the window {ablative) in the parlor {ablative) we
saw Mabel {accusative, objective) walking with Jane {abla-
tive). 4. James struck the dog {accusative, objective) with a
stick {ablative).
16. Name all possible cases and give accurate translations
of these forms : 1. Natura, gratias, vita. 2. Filiam, inopia,
famam. 3. Porta, ancorae, iniurias. 4. Silvas, memoriae,
feminas. 5. Fortunae, horarum, littera. 6. Coronis, fossae,
causarum, viis, aquae.
17. Word Study. — Corona gives us the words crown,
coronet, cornice; ctistodia, custody, custodian; aqua, aquatic,
aqueous, aqua-pura; cura, care, accurate, curative, curator;
femina, feminine, effeminate, feminism; ancora, anchor;
familia, familiar; disciplina, discipline ; audacia, audacious.
Note. — The plural of copia means troops or forces. The
dative and ablative plural of filia is flliabus.
Quiz. — How many cases are there in Latin? In English?
What are their uses? Explain the words in Paragraph 17.
20
THE NOUN
18. forma, -ae,form, f. scientia, -ae, science, knowledge, f.
lingua, -ae, the tongue, f. sagitta, -ae, an arrow, f.
fabula, -ae, a story, f . tabula, -ae, a flat surface, tablet, f .
terra, -ae, land or earth, f. provincia, -ae, a district, province, f.
turba, -ae, a crowd, f . pugna, -ae, a fight, battle, f .
Learn these nouns.
19. In the declension of nouns certain cases are spelled with
the same letters; take, for instance, the genitive and dative
of porta. If taken by itself, there is no means of determining
whether portae is genitive or dative, singular, or nominative,
plural. Keep this fact in mind and always try to recall all
possible cases. In translation, above all, be flexible. Do not
confine yourself invariably to a single case or a single trans-
lation. Try all possible cases until you have the one that fits
the construction of the sentence.
20. Name all possible cases and give accurate translations
of these forms: i. Forma, fossas, silvae. 2. Feminam, tab-
ulis, vltam. 3. Discipllnarum, fabulae, causarum. 4. Turbas,
poetae, memoriam. 5. Scientiae, audaciam, horls. 6.
Corona, copiam, poenas. 7. Ancorae, inopia, pugna. 8.
Diligentiam, fama, naturam. 9. Familia, provinces, for-
marum. 10. Custodiae, fabulls, sagittis. 11. Linguas, gloria,
iniuria. 12. Terrae, turbarum, scientia.
21. Word Study. — Explain the meaning of these sen-
tences, using the Latin nouns of this lesson: 1. George Ade
wrote fables in slang. 2. Sagittarius is a figure of the Zodiac.
3. Linguistics is the study of words. 4. There are subter-
ranean chambers in the Mammoth Cave. 5. Empires are
21
APPLIED LATIN
composed of provinces. 6. A poet sometimes uses provincial
language for effect. 7. Let us tabulate all the forms and
leave them undisturbed. 8. Pugilists are noted for their
pugnacity.
Are these words familiar: formation, poesy, turbulent,
tablet, impugn, fabulous, language, terrain, prescient, in-
form, terrestrial?
Use these new words in sentences of your own composition.
Quiz. — Why must the student of Latin be flexible in the
translation of cases?
REVIEW
22. Give the Latin for the following English words, pass-
ing around in columns in different directions:
Singular
Norn
. a
poet,
boldness,
memory,
tablet,
anchor.
Gen.
of a
life,
daughter,
crown,
forest,
penalty.
Dat.
j to or
I for a
cause,
earth,
custody,
gate,
glory.
Ace.
a
ditch,
water,
hour,
street,
battle.
Voc.
(0)
fortune,
tongue,
letter,
training,
care.
Abl.
S with,
t etc.
fame,
plenty,
lack,
flight,
favor.
Plural
Nom
crowns,
provinces,
arrows,
injuries,
sailors.
Gen.
of
gates,
battles,
favors,
daughters,
cares.
Dat.
\ to or
(for
lands,
farmers,
sciences,
anchors,
streets.
Ace.
lives,
families,
women,
poets,
penalties,
Voc.
(0)
forms,
ditches,
tongues,
natures,
glories.
Abl.
{ with,
(etc.
cares,
tablets,
flights,
hours,
stories.
22
APPLIED LATIN
23. Review of English Derivatives. — Because, via, fa-
mous, vital, glorious, hour, filial, letter, sylvan, memorial,
viaduct, infamous, immemorial, literature. Natural, injur-
ious, gratitude, unfortunate, copious, fugitive, cornucopia,
fossil. Crown, coronet, cornice; custody, custodian. Aqua-
tic, aqueous, aqua-pura, care, accurate. Curative, curator,
feminine, effeminate, feminism. Anchor, familiar, discipline,
audacious. Fable, Sagittarius, linguistics, subterranean,
provincial. Language, tabulate, undisturbed, pugnacity.
Formation, poesy, turbulent, tablet, impugn, language,
terrain, prescient, inform, terrestrial.
Make a list of the other derivatives which you have dis-
cussed in class.
Rome and the Basin of the Mediterranean Sea
The map on page 23 presents to you all of Europe, a
portion of Africa, and a small part of Asia. These lands
comprise the basin of the Mediterranean Sea, in which
all that was important in ancient civilization reached the
highest point of development. In this area two nations were
rivals for supremacy. The Greeks and the Romans came
down from the interior of Europe, found homes in the Italian
and Greek peninsulas, and became the leading nations of
the East and West respectively. The Greeks, first by colon-
ization, then by conquest under the leadership of Alexander
the Great, gained possession of the East. Then Greek
merchants carried the language and ideals of the Greeks all
over the Mediterranean basin. While the Romans were still
24
THE PREPOSITION
a small nation centred at Rome (Roma) , and the Latin lan-
guage was confined to very narrow limits, Greek was the
common language of the ancient world.
If you will examine the map carefully, you will see that
the city of Rome is at the centre of the ancient world.
This position was of immense importance to the Romans,
for it enabled them to extend their dominion from a com-
mon center, marching in one direction after another. The
history of Rome is the story of the constant and irrepressible
growth of a war-like people. At first the Romans had to
overcome the hostile tribes that surrounded Rome; next,
they came into conflict with the Etruscans who dwelt in
the northern part of Italy (Italia). Then came the vital
struggle with the great naval empire of Carthage (Carthago),
which controlled the coast of Africa, the island of Sicily
(Sicilia), and a part of Spain (Hispania). By constant suc-
cesses in these wars the Romans gained control of the West-
ern half of the ancient world.
II. THE PREPOSITION
24. The young Romans were confronted by much the
same problems in the study of Latin as we are today in the
study of English. They did not speak Latin without careful
training, nor read it without finding many difficulties. For
instance, in reading, the cases spelled with exactly the same
letters were very hard for the ordinary Roman boy to
translate. Some cases, like the ablative, had more than one
possible translation. To smooth out these difficulties, the
25
APPLIED LATIN
Romans made use of a number of small words called prepo-
sitions. For example, the form gloria, by itself, might be
nominative or ablative, but if the word ab stood before it,
the case was surely ablative, for this preposition was never
used with any other case. Thus, the prepositions made
reading very accurate, and much easier. Think for a moment
of the four translations of the ablative, and you will realize
what a help these words were.
25. Prepositions used only with the accusative: Ad, to;
ante, before; apud, at or near; circum, around; contra, against;
extra, outside; inter, between or among; ob, on account of;
per, through; post, after; praeter, except or beyond; propter,
because of; trans, across.
26. Prepositions used only with the ablative: Ab (a), away
from, or by; cum, with; de, concerning, or down from; ex
(e), out of or from; pro, in front of, or before; sine, without.
27. Prepositions used with the accusative, sometimes with
the ablative: In, in, or into; sub, under; super, above.
Let these prepositions identify the cases for you.
28. In English we use prepositions with very great fre-
quency, for our words are no longer declined, and we have no
other means of determining the cases. The meanings of the
Latin prepositions will furnish you with the most common
prepositions in English. Learn them carefully and try to
recognize them in English sentences.
Note. — Use a and e before words beginning with a con-
sonant.
Quiz. — What are prepositions? Their uses? Are there
26
THE PREPOSITION
prepositions in English? Were English words ever declined?
Why are prepositions important in English?
29. insula, -ae, island, f. flamma, -die, flame, f.
pecunia, -ae, money, f. victoria, -ae, victory, f.
praeda, -ae, booty, f. vigilia, -ae, watch (during night) , f.
invidiaf-ae, envy, jealousy, f. Ira, -ae, anger, rage, f.
anima, -ae, the breath, soul, f . rosa, -ae, a rose, f .
30. Translate these sentences, noting the use of the pre-
positions and the cases which follow them:
i. We advanced ad fossam. 2. They left ante fugam. 3.
He lived apud Galbam (Latin proper name, Galba). 4. They
ran circum filiam. 5. We stood extra pugnam. 6. She sat
inter rosas. 7. Did you travel per provinciam? 8. We had
no weapons praeter sagittas. 9. They left us propter iram.
10. Throw the stone trans viam. 11. He started a porta.
12. We leaped de insula into the sea. 13. They rose ex aqua.
14. The messenger stood pro porta. 15. He came sine pe-
cunia. 16. Let us march in provinciam. 17. We dwell in
insula. 18. The booty lay sub porta. 19. The clouds hang
super terrain. 20. They left us ob invidiam.
31. Word Study. —
peninsula (Insula), land which is almost an island.
pecuniary (pecunia), relating to money.
predatory (praeda), devoted to the pursuit of booty.
envy (invidia), a feeling of dislike or hatred.
animal (anima), something possessing the breath of life.
inflame (flamma), cause to break into flame.
vigilant (vigilia), watchful.
irate (Ira), angry.
rosy (rosa), having the color of roses.
32. Examples of the Use of These Words. — 1. A
peninsula is land partly surrounded by water. 2. Thieves
27
APPLIED LATIN
are said to follow a predatory business. 3. Great success
often inspires envy among men. 4. Man is the highest of
the animals. 5. Let not wrath inflame you. 6. Be vigilant,
and success is inevitable. 7. The sky is rosy just at sunrise.
Can you guess the Latin words from which come : anima-
tion, isle, impecunious, flagrant, victorious, vigil, rosary,
insulate, conflagration?
Learn to spell these words and to use them in sentences.
III. THE NOUN. SECOND DECLENSION
33. amicus, a friend, m. nuntius, a messenger, m.
captivus, a captive, m. populus, a people, m.
equus, a horse, m. socius, an ally, m.
legatus, an envoy, lieutenant, m. vicus, a village, m.
murus, a wall, m. servus, a slave, servant, m.
numerus, a number, m. campus, afield, m.
filius, a son, m. ventus, a wind, m.
34. These nouns are unlike those you have already learned
in that they end not in -a but in -us. Such nouns belong to
the second declension, and are regularly masculine in gender.
Learn these words by replacing the English words by the
Latin equivalent in these sentences: 1. The caplive had a
son. 2. A friend of the people. 3. The wind swept across the
field. 4. The messenger was a lieutenant. 5. The slave saw a
number of horses. 6. Our allies dwell here.
35. Word Study. — What do these words mean: capture,
enumerate, servile, popular, mural, equestrian, announce,
sociable, vent, campus, numerical, ventilator, captivity,
inimical, legation, depopulate, servitude?
28
THE NOUN
36. The Meaning of Compound English Words, —
Many compound words arc formed by placing a preposition
before one of the parts of speech (verbs, adjectives, etc.)- The
prefix ab (a) means away (abstain). Ab often appears as
a-, abs-, as-. Ad means to (admit). Ad often appears as
ac-, ag-, al-, ap-, ar-, as-, at-. Ante means before (anteroom).
Circum means around (circumstance) . Cum means together
(confer). Cum often appears as com-, co-, col-, cor-.
37. Examples of Such Compounds. — Accurate, aggres-
sive, allude, appear, arrest, assume, competence, cooperate,
correct, colloquial.
Pick out similar compound words in any English book
you are using. You must be sharp in separating the preposi-
tion from the word, so that you may pick out the Latin root
words. This simple scheme will save you from a constant
use of the English dictionary.
Quiz. — What declension is given above? How is it recog-
nized? How are masculines of this declension determined?
If a number of English words were handed to you with
the request that you explain them, in what way could you
do so without looking for them in the English dictionary?
What new power, then, will the study of Latin give you?
38. aedificium, a building, n. oppidum, a walled tower, n.
auxilium, aid, help, n. periculum, danger, n.
bellum, war, n. praesidium, a garrison, n.
frumentum, grain, n. proelium, a battle, n.
impedimentum, a hindrance, n. regnum, a kingdom, n.
imperium, supreme command, n. signum, a sign, standard, n.
initium, a beginning, n. spatium, a space, distance, n.
29
APPLIED LATIN
Nouns ending in -um belong to the second declension
and are regularly neuter in gender. Their gender is easily
determined by the final syllable, in -um.
39. Word Study. — Pick out the Latin derivatives in
these sentences: i. The massive edifice burned during the
night. 2. The militia should furnish auxiliaries in time of
war. 3. When are nations belligerent? 4. Let no one im-
pede our progress. 5. A huge flag fluttered above the im-
perial tent. 6. What are your initials? 7. An interregnum
followed the death of the king. 8. The space of one hour
intervened.
40. In compound English words De means down or thor-
oughly (despise, destroy). Ex (e) means out (evade). Ex
often appears as ef-. In means in, on, against (invade). In
often appears as irn-, ir-, il-. Inter means between, in pieces
(interest, interrupt). Ob means toward, to meet (offer). Ob
often appears as oc-, of-, op-, obs-, 0-. Sub means under (sub-
way) . Sub often appears as sue-, suf-, sug-, sup-, sur-. Super
means upon, over, above (supersede) .
41. Examples of Compounds. — Deter, determine, event,
effort, immense, irreverent, illusion, occur, offering, opposite,
obsolete, omit, submarine, superintendent, success, suffer,
suggest, suppose, surreptitious.
Pick out similar compound words in your English reader.
Quiz. — What new nouns are considered above? How
can you tell the gender of these nouns? How do preposi-
tions help you to reach the meaning of English words?
30
THE NOUN
Annus, a year, m.
Cases Singular Plural
42. Nom. annus, a year anni, years
Gen. anni, of a year annorum, of years
Dat. anno, to or for a year annis, to or for years
Ace. annum, a year annos, years
Voc. anne, (O) year anni, (0) years
AM. anno, with, from, in, by a annis, with, from, in, or by
year years
Donum, a gift, n.
Cases Singular Plural
Nom. donum, a gift dona, gifts
Gen. doni, of a gift dondrum, of gifts
Dat. dond, to or for a gift donis, to or for gifts
Ace. donum, a gift dona, gifts
Voc. donum, (O) gift dona, (O) gifts
A bl. dono, with, from, in, or by a donis, with, from, in, or by
gift gifts
43. Learn these standard nouns. For practice decline the
words given in Paragraphs 33 and 38. By comparison
note in just what cases the masculine and neuter nouns differ.
Remember that in all neuter words the nominative, accusa-
tive, and vocative cases are alike in each number respectively.
44. The vocative case in this declension is important. In
masculine nouns of the second declension the vocative singular
ends in -e. In all other declensions the vocative is the same in
form as the nominative in both singular and plural numbers.
45. Translate the following forms, giving all possible cases :
1. Amlcl, oppida, ad oppida. 2. Camporum, slgnl, ventis, in
ventls. 3. Captlvum, initils, extra muros. 4. Legatorum,
servl, auxilia. 5. Frumento, spatiis, praesidio, sine praesidio.
6. Proelium, propter proelium, equo, cum equo. 7. Sociorum,
31
APPLIED LATIN
inter socios, sine socils. 8. Numero, cum nuntio, bella.
9. Post aedificium, contra imperium, inter perlcula. 10.
Extra regnum, vlcorum, ex populo, f ilium, impedimenta.
46. Three irregular nouns of the second declension.
Singular
Nom.
puer, a boy, m.
vir, a man, m.
ager, afield, m.
Gen.
pueri
viri
agri
Dat.
puero
viro
agro
Ace.
puerum
virum
agrum
Voc. '
puer
vir
ager
Abl.
puero
viro
Plural
agro
Nom.
pueri, boys
viri, men
agri, fields
Gen.
puerdrum
virorum
agrorum
Dat.
pueris
viris
agris
Ace.
pueros
viros
agros
Voc.
pueri
viri
agri
Abl.
pueris
viris
agris
Only the nominative singular cases of these nouns are
irregular. The original endings in -us (as puer-us) were
dropped.
Quiz. — What special rule applies to all neuter words?
What is to be remembered about the Vocative case?
47. Like annus and donum decline :
animus, -i, spirit, courage, m.
gladius, -i, a sword, m. (1)
somnus, -i, sleep, m.
modus, -i, a measure, limit, way,
method, m.
scutum, -i, a shield, n.
supplicium, -i, punishment, n. (2) fatum, -i, fate, n.
telum, -I, a weapon, spear, n. vinum, -i, wine, n.
vallum, -I, a wall. n. castra, -drum, a military camp, n.,
ingenium, -i, ability, talent, n. used only in the plural.
32
remus, -i, an oar, m.
locus, -i, a place, m. (3)
deus, -i, a god, m. (4)
ludus, a game, m.
templum, -i, a temple, n.
astrum, -i, a star, n.
THE NOUN
Notes. — i. Nouns ending in -ius form the genitive and
vocative singular in -I instead of -il and -ie respectively. 2.
Nouns in -ium form the genitive singular in -1 as well as -ii
(suppli'ci). 3. Locus may be masculine or neuter (loci, loca)
in the plural. Loca means places, loci, topics in books. 4.
The vocative singular of deus is like the nominative. The
nominative plural is also written di; the dative and ablative
plural, dis.
48. Word Study. — Learn the meaning and correct spell-
ing of these derivatives. From animus, animosity, animus;
locus, locate, local, locality, location, locomotive; somnus,
insomnia, somnambulism; remus, trireme; modus, mode,
model, moderate, modest; gladius, gladiolus, gladiator;
castra, Chester, Winchester; ludus, delude, allude, illusion,
ludicrous; vallum, circum vallate ; ingenium, ingenious,
genius; templum, templar, temple; astrum, astrology, aster;
fatum, fate, fatal; vinum, wine, vintage, vineyard, vinegar.
49. Examples of the Use of These Words. — 1. Be-
tween the two Senators there was a feeling of animosity. 2.
A victim of somnambulism died of exposure to the cold. 3.
Strong coffee may produce insomnia. 4. The Greeks used
triremes in war. 5. Stylish clothes are said to be in the mode.
6. The gladiolus is an old-fashioned flower. 7. Names of
cities in England that end in Chester mark the sites of
Roman castra. 8. The town was circumvallated by a wall.
9. Of all inventors Edison is perhaps the most ingenious.
10. The most famous vintages come from the vineyards of
France.
3 . 33
APPLIED LATIN
REVIEW
50. Give the Latin for the following English words, pass-
ing around in columns in different directions:
Singular Number
Nom. a
friend, gift, danger,
command,
help.
Gen. of a
captive, ally, grain,
building,
punish-
ment.
Dat. to or
boy garrison, horse,
sleep,
servant.
for a
Ace. a
battle, wind, breath,
people,
year.
Voc. (0)
field, kingdom, place,
sword,
wall.
AM. with a,
etc.
number, man, standard
, messenger,
weapon.
Plural Number
Nom.
years, sons, measures
i, spaces,
shields.
Gen. of
wines, gifts, messen-
games,
begin-
gers,
nings.
Dat. to or
walled talents, envoys,
horses,
weapons.
for
towns,
Ace.
fields, buildings, kingdoms, men,
allies.
Voc. (0)
villages, hin- walls,
drances,
stars,
dangers.
Abl. with, etc.
wars, servants, temples,
commands,
fates.
51. Review the English derivatives of second declension
nouns.
52. Translate the following:
Latin to English
English to
1 Latin
i. Pueri.
Ad agrum.
1. Methods.
2. Cum animo. Pro castrls.
2. On account of fate.
3. Sine remls. Ab oppido.
3. Of swords
4. Ante ludum. Post bellum.
4. In the fields.
5. Scutorum. Extra pugnam.
5. Around the men.
6. Ingenl.
Contra socios.
6. Without sleep.
7. Ad astra. Per legatos.
7. Among the gods.
8. E castrls. Propter naturam.
8. Wines.
9. De vallo. Ob iniuriam.
9. With punishment.
10. In templls. Cum ancora.
10. Across the place.
34
ROME AND THE EASTERN NATIONS
Rome and the Eastern Nations
Look at the map once more.* East of Italy lay the Empire
of Alexander the Great, extending from Greece to India
and south to the ends of Egypt (Aegyptus). This empire
broke up after Alexanders death into a number of strong
kingdoms governed by the descendants of Alexander's gen-
erals. The Romans first defeated Pyrrhus, one of Alex-
ander's generals who had invaded Italy; then carried the
war to Greece, which soon fell into their power. Asia Minor
and Egypt were added to the Roman power by successful
wars, and thus all the East came under the control of Rome.
For centuries these lands enjoyed a period of peace, dur-
ing which the language, customs, and above all, the splen-
did governmental system of the Romans spread all over this
area. Around the frontiers stood the famous Roman army,
repelling all attacks. When, finally, the power of Rome was
overthrown, the Latin customs and language had become
so much a part of the traditions of the subject nations,
especially in the West, that they never lost hold. These
nations continued to use the Latin language, to follow the
Roman style of living, and to adapt the Roman system of
government to their own needs.
The Latin languages of modern times are Italian, French,
Spanish, and Portuguese. Beyond the bounds of Europe,
Latin languages are spoken in the southwest portion of the
United States, in Mexico, Central America, and throughout
South America.
* Cf. page 23.
35
APPLIED LATIN
Many Latin words were added to the English language
through the French language when the Normans, under
William the Conqueror, subdued England. The Normans
made French, a branch of Latin, the court language of
England. In the centuries that followed, many more
French (Latin) words were taken over by the English. When
English became again the court language, the French
(Latin) words were kept. A knowledge of Latin is therefore
a splendid assistance to the study of most modern languages,
and especially to the study of English.
IV. THE ADJECTIVE. FIRST AND SECOND
DECLENSIONS
53.
altus,
alta,
altum,
high or deep.
annuus,
annua,
annuum,
yearly.
bonus,
bona,
bonum,
good.
copiosus,
copiosa,
copiosum,
abundant.
longus,
longa,
longum,
long.
amplus,
ampla,
amplum,
extensive.
certus,
certa,
certum,
certain, appointed.
novus,
nova,
novum,
new or strange.
54. The words above are adjectives. We take up adjec-
tives now because they are closely associated with nouns and
resemble them in declension. Adjectives add some fact, such
as a condition, or a quality, to nouns, and regularly stand
just before or just after the nouns they qualify. Because of
this close association with nouns, adjectives came to be de-
clined like nouns. In the English language, as in Latin, ad-
jectives are used to qualify the meanings of nouns. They
call attention to size, color, shape, quality, etc.
36
THE ADJECTIVE
55. Latus, lata, latum, wide.
Memorize this standard adjective. Notice that latus uses
the endings of the first and second declensions.
Singular
Plural
M.
F.
N.
M.
F.
N.
Nom.
latus
lata
latum
lati
latae
lata
Gen.
lati
latae
lati
latorum
latarum
latorum
Dat.
lato
latae
lato
latis
litis
latis
Ace.
latum
15 tarn
latum
lauds
latas
lata
Voc.
late
lata
latum
lati
latae
lata
All.
lato
lata
lato
latis
latis
latis
56. Word Study. — Many English words are derived from
Latin adjectives. From altus, altitude; annuus, annual,
perennial, triennial, biennial, millennium; bonus, bonbon,
bounty, bonus; copiosus, copious; longus, long, longitude,
length, elongate, prolong; amplus, ample, amplitude,
amplify; certus, certain, certitude, ascertain, certificate;
novus, novel, new, novelty, renovate, novice; latus, latitude,
dilate.
Quiz. — What are adjectives? How are they used? What
about the use of adjectives in English?
57. Like latus, decline the following adjectives:
aequus, -a, -um, equal, level. gratus, -a, -um, acceptable,
aeternus, -a, -um, eternal. pleasing.
antiquus, -a, -um, ancient. magnus, -a, -um, great.
barbarus, -a, -um, savage, foreign. malus, -a, -um, bad.
clams, -a, -um, clear, famous. multus, -a, -um, much, great.
densus, -a, -um, dense, thick. dubius, -a, -um, doubtful, un-
falsus, -a, -um, false. certain.
firmus, -a, -um, firm, strong. parvus, -a, -um, small.
58. Decline in the singular and plural: hora longa, vicus
37
APPLIED LATIN
antiquus, densa silva, supplicium barbarum, equus novus,
ancora magna, falsus modus. Be sure that the form of the
adjective corresponds in gender, number, and case, to the form
of the noun qualified.
59. Rule.— Agreement of Adjectives. — Adjectives must
agree with the nouns they qualify in gender, number, and case.
60. Translate the following expressions: Note all possible
cases, i. Viae latae, servo bono, famam amplam, populo
antlquo, causa dubia. 2. Imperl magnl, horarum longarum,
legatorum bonorum, oppidi clari. 3. Fllio grato, socils
novls, vitam copiosam, regna mala, vicos barbaros.
61. Word Study.^ — Pick out the Latin derivatives: 1.
There is perennial snow in the higher altitudes of the Alps.
2. We received a bonus for extra work. 3. The sun is directly
over a meridian of longitude at noontime. 4. We were sur-
prised at the magnificent tribute to our army. 5. Admiral
Peary explored new latitudes near the North Pole. 6. Take
ample space for problems in multiplication. 7. We consider
ancient games mere antics. 8. On a certain day the male-
factor was sentenced. 9. Equatorial storms are particularly
severe. 10. Above a dense fog the sun shines as clear as ever.
1 1 . The aeroplane lost its equilibrium. 12. We should doubt
false reports. 13. Let us never equivocate. 14. What is the
difference between equity and inequity? 15. Our opinion
was confirmed by reading the novel. 16. Many people ex-
pected the Millennium to occur during the last century.
Quiz. — What rule governs the agreement of adjectives
and nouns? You have had some nouns, such as agricola,
38
THE ADJECTIVE
which arc masculine in gender, though they appear to be
feminine. What should be the gender of the adjective modi-
fying such nouns?
62. These adjectives are formed from Latin nouns al-
ready given:
accuratus, -a, -um, accurate, carefid.
bellicosus, -a, -um, warlike.
curiosus, -a, -um, curious, meddlesome.
fortunatus, -a, -um, fortunate.
frumentarius, -a, -um, pertaining to grain.
fugitivus, -a, -um, fugitive.
iratus, -a, -um, angry.
inimicus, -a, -um, hostile.
invius, -a, -um, pathless.
publicus, -a, -um, public, common.
vicinus, -a, -um, neighboring.
63 . Translate these expressions : i . Ad muros altos , scientia
accurata, ante portas magnas. 2. Trans imperium antiquum,
praesidium certum, apud falsum amicum. 3. Sine vigilia
aeterna, rosa annua, de murls vicinis. 4. Propter famam
magnam, ex proelio aequo, locus publicus. 5. Praeter bonos
amlcos, super silva invia, a bello dubio. 6. Sub astris novis,
fama fugitlva, in campo lato. 7. Servorum curiosorum, post
vltam claram, cum filils fortunatls. 8. Victoria certa, pr5
templo alto, inter populos barbaros. 9. Circum turbam
densam, contra fortiinam malam, extra pugnam magnam.
64. Translate: i.Viavici. 2. Initium pugnae dubiae. 3.
Rem! nautarum inimicorum. 4. Provincia regnl vicini.
39
APPLIED LATIN
5. Ira captivl. In these examples notice especially the use
of the genitive case. This case is often called the adjectival
case, for, (1) like an adjective, it is regularly used with a
noun and limits or qualifies its meaning; (2) it regularly
stands just before or just after the noun it qualifies.
65. Rule. — Genitive of Possession. — -The genitive case
often denotes possession or ownership. In English, the geni-
tive case is often called the possessive. It is shown by the
addition of J s (or s') to the noun — the boy's hat {the boys'
hats) .
66. Word Study. — Tell the meanings of these words by
finding the Latin bases. Learn their spelling, and use the
words in sentences of your own: 1. Clear, equality, longi-
tude, latitude, clarity, magnate. 2. Multitude, density,
ancient, inaccurate, popular. 3. Curiosity, enemy, malevo-
lent, falsify, doubt, confirm. 4. Antiquary, antique, clarion
declaration, condensation, failure. 5. Affirm, infirmary, con-
gratulate, gracious, gratis, majesty. 6. Malignity, malice,
sinecure, secure, impervious, voyage.
67. Make a list of the derivatives from the adjectives.
Quiz. — Why is the genitive case called adjectival? What
does this case commonly denote? Its name in English?
How is this case indicated in English? Give the genitive
singular of the words man, boy, lady, child, valley, Harry,
Mr. Jones. Give the genitive plural of ally, calf, fairy,
King of England, Miss Snow, lady. Write some English
sentences containing these words in the genitive case.
40
THE VERB
V. THE VERB. FIRST CONJUGATION
68. amo, / love; amare, to love.
clamo, / shout; clamare, to shout.
libero, / free; liberare, to free.
narro, / relate; narrare, to relate.
orno, / adorn; ornare, to adorn.
paro, / prepare; parare, to prepare.
parto, / carry; portare, to carry.
specto, / look at; spectare, to look at.
supero, / surpass; superare, to surpass.
voco, / call; vocare, to call.
69. We take up at this time another of the eight parts of
speech, the verb. A verb is a word used to declare or assert
something about a person, place, or thing. In sentences there
are two essential parts, the subject and the predicate. In
English the subject and the predicate must be expressed; in
Latin the subject may be included in the form of the verb, as,
laudo, / praise. A verb alone may then compose a Latin
sentence, for it contains the two parts necessary to the
expression of a complete thought.
70. Verbs may be transitive, that is, require a direct object
to complete the meaning, as, / struck the post; or intransitive,
that is, require no direct object to complete the meaning, as, /
walk.
71. We have seen that nouns in Latin have different forms
or cases which compose the various declensions. In like
manner the different forms of a Latin verb are said to com-
pose a conjugation.
There are in Latin four conjugations or groups of verb
4i
APPLIED LATIN
forms: the first, second, third, and fourth. All the verbs
of the present lesson belong to the first conjugation. The
conjugation to which a verb belongs is indicated by the
second form, called the infinitive, as, amare, clamare, etc.,
above. All verbs of the first conjugation have the long vowel a
in the infinitive form, as, laudare. This long vowel a is
called the characteristic vowel of the first conjugation.
English verbs are similar in their uses to Latin verbs.
They do not, however, fall into four distinct conjugations,
nor have they so elaborate a system of forms.
Quiz. — What is a verb? What is its importance? What
is a conjugation? Why is the infinitive form given? Why
is the English verb simpler than the Latin?
72. Very many words in English are derived from Latin
verbs. Sometimes these words are exactly the same in spell-
ing as the Latin word upon which they are based. More often
the Latin verb is buried in the English word, by being either
preceded by a syllable (or two), called the prefix, or followed
by a syllable (or two) , called the suffix. You have already
learned the meanings of some prefixes. Consider the fol-
lowing examples of English words derived from Latin verbs.
73. amo: amiable, amiability, amateur, amity, enmity,
inimical, enemy, amicable,
clamo: claim, claimant, clamor, acclaim, acclama-
tion, declaim, declamation, disclaim, ex-
claim, exclamation, exclamatory, reclaim,
reclamation, proclaim, proclamation.
42
THE VERB
libero: liberate, liberty, deliberate, liberal,
narro: narrate, narration, narrative.
orno: ornament, adorn, adornment, suborn.
paro: prepare, preparation, preparative, compare, com-
parable, comparative, comparison, apparel, ap-
paratus, separate, separation, repair, reparation,
reparative,
porto : transport, transportation, report, reporter, im-
port, importation, importer, important, port-
able, portfolio, portmanteau, porter, portage,
importune, portals, port, purport, portico, de-
port, inopportune, portly, deportment,
specto: spectator, spectacle, spectacles, respect, in-
spect, spectre, spectrum, prospective, perspec-
tive, aspect,
voco: vocative, vocation, vocal, vocabulary, revoke,
convoke, invoke, voice, irrevocable.
74. Learn these words carefully. How many of them do
you use? Did you realize that these words were connected by
the possession of a common Latin base? Can you add any
other words to this list?
Quiz. — For what reason is it difficult to determine the
Latin base in English derivatives ? How do you know that
the words following amo are interrelated? (Note the appear-
ance of the common base am-.)
43
APPLIED LATIN
75. LAUDO. — Active Voice — Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
i. laudo, / praise i. laudamus, we praise
2. laudas, you praise 2. laudatis, you praise
3. laudat, he (she, it) praises 3. laudant, they praise
Imperfect Tense
1. laudabam, / was praising 1. laudabamus, we were praising
2. laudabas, you were praising 2. laudabatis, you were praising
3. IsLudsLbat, he (she,it) was praising 3. laudabant, they were praising
Future Tense
1. laudabo, / shall praise 1. laudabimus, we shall praise
2. laudabis, you will praise 2. laudabitis, you will praise
3. laudabit, he (she, it) will praise 3. laudabunt, they will praise .
76. Learn the conjugation of these tenses and the meaning
of the terms used in connection with verbs.
77. Voice. — The Latin verb has two voices, the active and
the passive. The Active Voice is composed of all the forms
of the verb which indicate that the subject of the sentence
is acting upon some one or something; as, / praise the horse.
The Passive Voice includes all those parts of the verb which
indicate that the subject of the sentence is being acted upon
by some one or something; as, / am praised by John.
78. Mood. — The Latin verb has three moods : indicative,
subjunctive, and imperative. The term mood refers to the
feeling or mood of the speaker or writer. The Indicative
mood is used when the speaker wishes to state a fact. Its
use implies firmness, frankness, and independence. The
Subjunctive mood lacks the firmness and assurance of the
indicative. It does not state facts, but rather possibilities,
things which might be true under certain conditions; as, I
44
THE VERB
may see, not I see; I might hear, not I hear. The Impera-
tive mood is used to give a command; as, shoot! charge!
79. Tense. — The word tense means time. Tenses tell the
time at which an action takes place. The Present tense
indicates that the action takes place now; that is, at the
time when the speech is being made. The Imperfect tense
implies that (i) the action took place in the past, and (2)
that it took some time in being accomplished. The Future
tense implies that the action will take place in the future;
that is, after the speech is made.
80. Number. — Each tense of the Latin verb is further
divided into two parts, called Numbers.
The Singular number follows a subject which is singu-
lar; the Plural, a subject which is plural.
81. Person. — Each number of the verb has three forms,
called Persons. The first person singular indicates that the
subject of the sentence is /; the second person, you; the
third, he, she, or it. The first person plural indicates that the
subject of the sentence is we; the second you; the third,
they. The Latin words meaning I, you, we, do not appear
in a Latin sentence unless very emphatic. Ordinarily these
words are included in the form of the Latin verb, as, laudo,
/ praise, etc. But when the subject of the sentence is he,
she, or it, this subject is regularly expressed; as, poeta
laudat, he, namely, the poet, praises.
82. Translate these verb forms : 1. Amo, llberat, ornatis. 2.
Clamas, vocant, superamus. 3. Paras, portant, spectatis,
narramus. 4. Parabat, clamabam, portabamus. 5. Narra-
45
APPLIED LATIN
bas, vocabant, amabas. 6. Spectabatis, ornabant, llbera-
batis, superabant. 7. Portabunt, vocabo, superabimus.
83. Translate these simple declarative sentences:
Latin to English
1. Clamo.
2. Filiam amas.
3. Femina frumentum ex oppido*
portat.
4. Amlcum ex agro * vocamus.
5. Provinciam llberatis.
6. Socil praesidium superant.
7. Aedificium ornabam.
8. Fatum viri narrabas.
9. Nuntius oppidum spectabat.
10. Tela e fossa* portabamus.
11. Gladios parabatis.
12. Flliae rosas amabant.
13. Remos spectabo.
14. Pericula superabis.
15. Poeta fabulam novam narrabit.
16. Frumentum parabimus.
17. Clamabitis.
18. Amlci portas ornabunt.
English to Latin
1. We shall shout.
2. You were loving glory.
3. The women carry roses from
the building.
4. We call the men.
5. You were freeing a kingdom.
6. The allies will conquer.
7. We were adorning the place.
8. You relate a long story.
9. The messengers will look at
the horses.
10. I carry a shield.
11. You were preparing gifts.
12. The daughter will love the
man.
13. We shall look at the forests.
14. You were conquering the
allies.
15. The poets relate the fates of
cities.
16. I was preparing aid.
17. You shout.
18. The friends of the boys
carry wine.
84.* The Ablative Case. — The ablative is often called
the adverbial case because (1) it qualifies or limits the mean-
ing of the verb; (2) like an adverb, it defines the time, man-
ner, place, cause, or degree of the action of a verb.
In this lesson there are a few cases of the ablative intro-
duced by ex (e before a word beginning with a consonant)
which show the place from which something is taken or moves.
46
THE VERB
85. Rule.— Ablative of Place From Which. — The abla-
tive with ab, de, ex is used to express place from which.
As you have noticed in these sentences, a first person
singular subject is followed by a first person singular verb;
a second person singular subject by a second person singular
verb; a third person singular subject (whether masculine,
feminine, or neuter) by a third person singular verb.
86. Rule. — Agreement of a Verb with Its Subject. — A
verb must agree with its subject in person and number.
87. This same rule applies to the English language. If
you learn carefully the meanings of the Latin tenses, you
will at the same time learn how to conjugate properly the
tenses of the English verb.
Quiz. — Why is the ablative called the adverbial case? How
is place from which expressed? Give the rule for the agreement
of subject and verb. What is a declarative sentence ?
88. There are certain parts of the Latin verb which are
selected for memorizing, because all the other verb forms can
be made from them. These forms are called the principal
parts of the verb. In Latin there are four parts usually
given. If fewer than four appear, the lacking forms were
not commonly used by Latin writers.
The principal parts of the verb laudo are the following:
Present
Indicative
i. laudo
I praise
Present
Infinitive
2. laudare
to praise
Perfect
Indicative
3. laudavi
I have praised
47
Perfect Passive
Participle
4. laudatus
praised or
having been praised
APPLIED
LATIN
i. Examples.
— .
clamo
clamare
clamavi
clamatus
amo
am are
amavi
amatus
paro
par are
paravi
paratus
Give the principal parts of the other first conjugation
verbs.
90. In English, the principal parts of the verb are three
in number, the infinitive not being given because English
does not present jour regular conjugations. (Cf. 71.)
91. Examples of the Principal Parts of English
Verbs:
Present Indicative
Past Indicative
Past Participle
I love
I loved
loved
I produce
I produced
produced
I pull
I pulled
pulled
I go
I went
gone
I sing
I sang
sung
I am
I was
been
I see
I saw
seen
I feel
I felt
felt
I sit
I sat
sat
Hie
Hay
lain
The English verbs love, produce, pull, are said to belong
to the regular conjugation and do not show serious changes
in form; go and sing are said to belong to the irregular
conjugation; (1) because the vowels in the forms change
and (2) because entire forms differ.
Examine the English verbs in your reading book. Classify
them according to the conjugations and give the principal
parts.
48
THE VERB
92. We learn the perfect passive participle of Latin verbs
at this time because a great number of English words are
derived from this principal part. How many words have
you already had from this principal part?
Quiz. — What is the importance of the principal parts of
a verb? How many principal parts has the English verb?
What two conjugations are found in English verbs? Why
do we learn the participle of Latin verbs now?
93. LAUDO. — Active Voice — Indicative Mood
Singular Perfect Tense Plural
i. laudavi, / have praised i. laudavimus, we have praised
2. laudavisti, you have praised 2. laudavistis, you have praised
3. laudavit, he {she, it) has praised 3. laudaverunt, they have praised
Pluperfect Tense
1 . laudaveram, / had praised 1 . laudaveramus, we had praised
2. laudaveras, you had praised 2. laudaveratis, you had praised
3. laudaverat, he (she, it) had 3. laudaverant, they had praised
praised
Future Perfect Tense
1. laudavero, / shall have praised 1. laudaverimus, we shall have
praised
2. laudaveris, you will have praised 2. laudaveritis, you will have
praised
3. laudaverit, he (she, it) will have 3. laudaverint, they will have
praised praised
Practise the conjugation of these tenses, using the verbs
already given.
These tenses, with those already learned, complete the six
tenses of the indicative mood.
94. Use of These Tenses. — The perfect tense implies
that the action of the verb is complete in the present lime.
4 49
APPLIED LATIN
The pluperfect tense implies that the action of the verb was
completed in past time. The future perfect tense implies that
the action of the verb will have been completed in future time.
95. In English, the tenses most used are the present, past,
and future; in Latin, the present, perfect, and future. All the
other tenses of the indicative exist in English and are fre-
quently used. They consist, however, not of a single verb
form, as in Latin, but are formed by the addition of a num-
ber of small. verbs called auxiliaries. These are do, may,
might, would, could, etc.
96. Examples of English Auxiliary Verbs. — I do
praise, I am praising, present indicative; I was praising,
imperfect indicative ; I shall praise, you will praise, future
indicative ; I have praised, perfect indicative ; I had praised,
pluperfect indicative; I shall have praised, future perfect
indicative; I may praise, I might praise, I could praise; I
would praise, I may have praised, I was going to praise
(tenses outside of the indicative mood).
The words italicized are English auxiliary verbs.
Quiz. — How many tenses are there in the indicative mood?
What are the tenses of the indicative most used in Latin?
in English? How are many tenses made in English?
97. Translate the following forms : i. Libera vi t, ornavis-
tis, amavl. 2. ClamavistI, vocaverunt, superavimus, para-
visti. 3. Portaverunt, spectavistb, narravimus. 4. Clama-
verat, paraveram, portaveramus. 5. Narraveras, voca-
verant, amaveras, spectaveratis. 6. Ornaverant, llbera-
verit, superaveratis. 7. Vocaverint, portavero, superaveri-
THE VERB
mus. 8. Paraveris, spectaveritis, amaverimus, liberaver-
int. 9. Narraverit, clamaveris, ornavero.
98. Translate
1. Nomen* feminae clamavl. 1.
2. Magnam viri pecuniam* ama- 2.
vistl.
3. Femina coronam magnam 3.
porta vit.
4. Ex aedificio servos vocavimus. 4.
5. Nuntios llberavistis. 5.
6. Socil flammas superaverunt. 6.
7. Templum a] turn ornaveram. 7.
8. Fata mala narraveras. 8.
9. Nuntius pugnam ex Insula 9.
spectaverat.
10. Copiam f rumen tl porta vera- 10.
mus.
1 1 . Sagittas paraveratis. 1 1 .
12. Flliae litteras spectaverant. 12.
13. Turbam barbaram specta- 13.
vero.
14. Scientia impedlmentum 14.
superaverit.
15. Poeta periculum narraverit. 15.
16. Proelium paraverimus. 16.
17. Clamaveritis. 17.
18. Amlcl portam ornaverint. 18.
Si
Translate
We shall have shouted.
You had loved the farmer's
horse.
The women have carried
crowns.
They have called the retinue
from the fields.
You had freed the messengers.
The allies will have conquered
the provinces of the king-
dom.
We had adorned the temple.
You have related the story of
the war.
The messengers will have
looked at the fight from the
wall.
I have carried the roses.
You will have gotten ready
the arrows.
The daughter will have looked
at the form of the letter.
We shall have looked at the
earth.
You had overcome the flames.
The poets have related the
dangers.
I have gotten ready the gift.
You have shouted.
The friends had adorned the
gate.
APPLIED LATIN
THE DIRECT OBJECT
99. Some verbs in Latin may be used alone, that is, with-
out objects (intransitive) . Most verbs are so full of action
that they demand the use of some word to tell the object
toward which their action is directed (transitive). Note
the accusative cases in the sentences above.
100.* Rule. — The Direct Object. — The direct object of an
active transitive verb is put in the accusative case.
In English this case is called the objective.
WORD ORDER
101. The most important places in a Latin sentence are the
first and last. Consequently, the subject usually stands first
and the verb last. The object, and all other words, regularly
stand between subject and verb. English sentences follow the
natural word order. The subject and its modifiers begin the
sentence, the verb is next, and the verb modifiers come last.
Review the derivatives from first conjugation verbs.
Quiz. — What is the case of the direct object in Latin?
What is the usual order of words in a Latin sentence? in an
English sentence ?
The Nations of the Ancient World
Let us look once more at the map on page 23 and read the
names of the lands conquered by the Romans. In the far
West lay the British Islands: Britannia (Britain, British,
Britons), Scotia (Scotland, Scottish, Scots), and Hibernia
(Hibernians, Ivernia, Erin, Ireland). These islands were
52
THE NATIONS OF THE ANCIENT WORLD
known to the Ancients especially because of great deposits
of tin in England.
In Europe was Gallia (Gaul, Gallic, Keltic), inhabited by
the Kelts, who in early time controlled all the northern
part of Europe. Gaul was divided into three parts; that
inhabited by the Belgae (Belgium), the Celtae (Kelts), and
the Aquitani. The conquest of Gaul was completed by the
great general Julius Caesar, and the Gallic campaigns are
described in his famous Gallic War (Bellum Gallicum).
North of Gaul lay Germania, across the river Rhine
(Rhenus), inhabited by the German! (Germans), who were
an everlasting source of anxiety to the Romans. South of
Gaul was Hispania (Spain), a part of which (Lusitania) is
today Portugal. On the northern coast of Africa lay
Mauretania (Morocco, Moors, Moorish), Libya, and Aegyp-
tus (Egypt). Between Europe and Africa were the Pillars
of Hercules (Straits of Gibraltar).
In the Mediterranean Sea were the following islands:
Baleares (Balearic), Corsica, Sardinia, Ilva (Elba), Sicilia
(Sicily), Creta (Crete), Rhodus (Rhodes), and Cyprus. East
of Italy (Italia) lay Graecia (Greece), bounded on the north
by Macedonia and Thracia (Thrace).
Beyond Greece was Asia (modern Turkey in Asia), which
was composed of a number of small states, of which Armenia
was one. The power of the Roman empire never reached
further than Armenia, and beyond that point the huge
Parthian (Persian) empire was a continual menace.
53
APPLIED LATIN
VI. THE VERB. SECOND CONJUGATION
102.
habeo, / have or hold;
iubeo, / order;
maneo, / remain;
sedeo, / sit;
teneo, / hold;
timed, / fear;
taceo, / am silent;
terreo, / frighten;
video, / see;
valeo, I am strong or well;
habere, to have or hold.
iubere, to order.
manere, to remain.
sedere, to sit.
tenere, to hold.
timere, to fear.
tacere, to be silent.
terrere, to frighten.
videre, to see.
valere, to be strong or well.
Learn these second conjugation verbs.
103. There are two ways by which you may quickly recog-
nize verbs of the second conjugation: (i) the final 6 of the
verb is preceded by the letter e; (2) the infinitive form (sign
of the conjugation) always ends in the letters ere, of which
the first e is always long in quantity. This long vowel e is
called the characteristic vowel of the second conjugation.
104. The following English words are formed from these
second conjugation verbs.
Habeo gives us habit, habitable, habitual, habitation,
habiliments, inhabit, haven, exhibit, habitat, prohibit.
Maneo is found in remain, remainder, mansion, manse,
manor, manorial, maintain, remnant, permanent, perma-
nence, permanently.
Sedeo is the base of seat, sedan, sedate, sedative, sed-
entary, session, sediment, reside, residence, residual, resid-
uum, preside, president, subside, insidious, sedition, set-
tee, settlement.
54
THE VERB
Teneo gives us tenable, tenacious, tenure, tenant, tene-
ment, detain, retain, sustain, tenor, attain, tentative.
Timed appears in timid, timidity, timorous, intimidate.
Learn the meaning and spelling of these words. Use them
in sentences of your own composition and add any other
words of like origin that you know. In working out the
meanings be careful to note the prefixes used.
Quiz. — How can verbs of the first and second conjuga-
tions be distinguished?.
105. HABEO.— Active Voice— Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
i. habeo, / have i. habemus, we have
2. habes, you have 2. habetis, you have
3. habet, he {she, it) has 3. habent, they have
Imperfect Tense
1. habebam, / was having 1. habebamus, we were having
2. habebas, you were having 2. habebatis, you were having
3. habebat, he (she, it) was having 3. habebant, they were having
Future Tense
1. habebo, / shall have 1. habebimus, we shall have
2. habebis, you will have 2. habebitis, you will have
3. habebit, he {she, it) will have 3. habebunt, they will have
Practise the conjugation of these tenses, using the second
conjugation verbs already given.
106. Translate these verb forms :
1. Iubeo, manet, sedetis, terres, timent, tacemus, tenes,
vident, valetis, habemus.
2. Valebat, videbam, terrebamus, tacebas, timebant,
tenebas, sedebatis, manebant, iubebatis.
55
APPLIED LATIN
3. Tenebunt, sedebo, manebimus, iubebis, habebitis,
valebimus, videbunt, terrebit, tacebis, timebitis.
107. Word Study. — Taceo appears in English in the
words tacit, taciturn, taciturnity, reticent.
Terreo gives us the words: terror, terrify, terrible, deter.
Video is a very common base in English: Vision, visible,
visibility, visionary, vista, survey. Evidence, vizor, revise,
revision, view, visage, invisible, visual, provide, provision,
provisional. Proviso, advice, prudent, supervision.
Valeo makes these words possible: value, valuable, in-
valuable, valor, valid, invalid, prevail. Valiant, valorous,
validate, valid. Available, convalescent, valedictory.
108. Learn these words carefully, and try to make out
their meanings without the aid of an English dictionary.
Use them in sentences of your own construction.
Pick out some Latin bases in your English reader.
109.
moved, / move; movere, to move.
misceo, / mix; mlscere, to mix.
pateo, / extend; patere, to extend.
i* pareo, / obey; *■ parere, to obey (followed by the
dative).
pleo, / fill; plere, to fill.
ardeo, I am on fire or burn; ardere, to be on fire or bum.
arceo, / ward of or prevent; arcere, to ward of or prevent.
augeo, / increase; augere, to increase.
doceo, / teach; docere, to teach.
haereo, / stick or cling; haerere, to stick or cling.
Use these verbs in practising the three tenses of the second
conjugation already given.
56
THE VERB
110. Translate
i. Poenam augeo.
2. Aquam mlsces.
3. Fllia parva feminae paret.
4. Via longa patet.
5. Campos latos pletis.
6. Magnae silvae ardent.
7. Aedificium in oppido* antlquo
ardebat.
8. Slgnum clarum movebas.
9. Clarus poeta amicos docebat.
10. Fama bona in memoria viro-
rum haerebat.
11. Captlvos falsos habebatis.
12. Mult! cqul in campo mane-
bant.
13. In via lata sedebo.
14. Imperium vlcinum tenebis.
15. Captlvus Iratus iniuriam
timebit.
16. In somno alto tacebimus.
17. In victoria valebitis.
18. Feminae rosas in agrls
videbunt.
Translate
1. We shall be strong.
2. You were teaching the boys.
3. The daughters will obey the
poet.
4. We fill the walled town.
5. You were mixing wine.
6. The dangers will frighten
the allies.
7. We were ordering the
sailors.
8. The tongues of poets are
silent.
9. The mansion will be on fire.
10. I ward off the danger.
1 1 . You were moving the anchor
from the road.
12. The fugitive slaves will sit
in the road.
13. W T e shall remain in the camp.
14. You were afraid of a scarcity
of grain.
1 5 . They are holding the crowns.
16. I was frightening the
farmers.
17. The sword is sticking in the
earth.
18. The allies will remain in the
village.
111.* In paragraph no you find a few cases of the abla-
tive introduced by the preposition in to express the place in
which something is situated or happens.
112. Rule. — Ablative of Place in Which. — Place in which
is regularly expressed by the ablative with the preposition in.
Quiz. — How is place in which expressed in Latin? in
English? What word distinguishes this use of the ablative?
57
APPLIED LATIN
113. HABEO. — Active Voice — Indicative Mood
Singular Perfect Tense Plural
i. habui, / have had i. habuimus, we have had
2. habuisti, you have had 2. habuistis, you have had
3. habuit, he {she, it) has had 3. habuerunt, they have had
Pluperfect Tense
1. habueram, / had had 1. habueramus, we had had
2. habueras, you had had 2. habueratis, you had had
3. habuerat, he {she, it) had had 3. habuerant, they had had
Future Perfect Tense
1. habuero, / shall have had
2. habueris, you will have had
3. habuerit, he {she, it) will have had
1 . habuerimus, we shall have had
2. habueritis, you will have had
3. habuerint, they will have had
114. In order to practise these tenses it is first necessary
to learn the principal parts of the second conjugation verbs
already given. Note that verbs whose fourth principal
part ends in -m are intransitive.
habeo,
iubeo,
habere,
iubere,
habui,
iussl,
habitus,
iussus.
maneo,
sedeo,
teneo,
timeo,
manere,
sedere,
tenere,
timere,
mansi,
sedi,
tenul,
timul,
mansum.
sessum.
(tentus).
taceo,
tacere,
tacui,
tacitus.
terreo,
video,
valeo,
terrere,
videre,
valere,
terrui,
vldl,
valui,
territus.
vlsus.
moveo,
movere,
movl,
motus.
mlsceo,
mlscere,
miscul,
mlxtus.
pateo,
pareo,
pleo,
ardeo,
patere,
parere,
plere,
ardere,
patul,
parul,
plevi,
arsl,
pletus.
arsus.
arceo,
arcere,
arcul,
augeo,
doceo,
haereo,
augere,
docere,
haerere,
auxi,
docul,
haesl,
auctus.
doctus.
haesum.
58
THE VERB
115. Conjugate the perfect, pluperfect, and future per-
fect tenses of these second conjugation verbs.
Review the English words derived from these verbs.
Quiz. — Why is it essential to learn principal parts?
Mention some English words derived from the fourth prin-
cipal part of these verbs? What does the fourth principal
part in -m denote?
116. Translate: i. Movit, mlscuistis, patul. 2. ParuistI,
pleverunt, arsimus. 3. Arcuisti, auxerunt, docuistis, haesi-
mus. 4. Docuerat, auxeram, arcueramus. 5. Arseras,
pleverant, parueras. 6. Patueratis, mlscuerant, moverat,
haeseratis. 7. Pleverint, arsero, arcuerimus. 8. Auxeris,
docueritis, haeserimus. 9. Moverint, mlscuerit, patueris,
paruero.
117. Translate
1. Portam flrmam movi. 1.
2. Frumenta miscuisti. 2.
3. Regnum magnum patuit. 3.
4. Nautae bono paruimus. 4.
5. Aedificia friimento* plevistis. 5.
6. Vlcl in provincia arserunt. 6.
7. Perlcula cura arcueram. 7.
8. Audaciam auxeras. 8.
9. Nauta filios parvos docuerat. 9.
59
Translate
We shall have stayed in the
field.
You had filled the town with
allies.
The slaves had burned the
yearly grain.
The wind has moved the roses.
You had taught the new cap-
tive.
The wind will have warded
off the flames.
We had mixed the great
swords.
You have increased the guard.
The crowd will have obeyed.
APPLIED LATIN
Translate Translate
io. Haeseramus. 10. I have filled the temple with
roses.
ii. Scutum amplum moveratis. n. The forest will have been on
fire.
12. Vina bona mlscuerant. 12. The woman had taught the
poet's daughters.
13. Oppida magna arserint. 13. We shall have held the crown.
14. Captivum curiosum docueris. 14. You had increased (your) dil-
igence.
1 5 . Nuntius tela moverit . 15. The water had filled the lands .
16. Via in silvam patuerit. 16. I had stuck to (my) boldness.
17. Viros bonos docueritis. 17. You will have warded off fate.
18. Animo bellicoso haeserint. 18. He will have held the chief
command by the sword.
118.* In the sentences above there are some cases of the
ablative without a preposition to indicate the means by
which something is done.
119. Rule. — Ablative of Means. — The means by which
anything is done is expressed by the ablative without an intro-
ductory preposition.
120. Word Study. — From moved come: move, motion,
remove, motive, emotion, commotion, locomotive, mobile,
mob, remote, promotion; misceo: miscellaneous, promiscu-
ous, mix, mixture; pateo: patent, expatiate; pared : parent,
parentage; pled: complete, complementary, plenty, re-
plete, deplete, implement, supplement, accomplish; arced:
coerce, coercion; arded: ardent, ardor, arson; auged:
augment, author, authority, auctioneer, auxiliary; doced:
doctrine, doctor, docile, document; haered: adhere, ad-
hesive, cohere, incoherent, cohesion, hesitate.
Review the derivatives from the second conjugation verbs.
60
APPLIED LATIN
Quiz. — How is the means (or instrument) by which an
action is accomplished expressed in Latin? in English?
The Peninsula of Italy
The Italian peninsula fell naturally into three divisions,
marked in a general way by the three rivers: Arnus (Arno),
Tiberis (Tiber), and Liris. About the Arnus lay the lands
of the Etruscans, those mysterious people whose writings
have never yet been deciphered. Bordering the Tiber was
Latium, the home of the Latins, whose chief city was Rome.
Below the Liris Italy bore the name Magna Graecia (Great
Greece). This part of the peninsula had been settled at an
early period by men from Greece. The three rivers men-
tioned carried away the waters from the Apennine Moun-
tains, a chain of hills which ran down the center of the pen-
insula.
Above the Arnus, between the Alps and the northern end
of the Apennines, was an extensive plain drained by the
river Padus (Po). This plain belonged to Cisalpine Gaul
(Gaul, this side of the Alps), and, as the name suggests, was
inhabited by Gauls, not by Latins. When the Latins came
down to Latium, they passed along the crests of the Apen-
nines, escaping the Etruscans, and left little groups of their
own people along their path. These were the Umbrians,
Sabines, and Samnites. Be careful to note that Rome held
the central position in Italy, and Italy the central position
in the ancient civilized world. This central position meant
much in the march of the Romans to imperial power.
62
THE NOUN
VII. THE NOUN. THIRD DECLENSION
121.
consul, a consul, magistrate, m. Caesar, Caesar, a Roman name, m.
hiems, the winter, f. frater, a brother, m.
homo, man, m. amor, love, m.
legio, legion, a division oj the corpus, the body, n.
Roman army, f. urbs> a C u y ^ f.
nomen, a name, n. civ i s> a citizen, m.
vox, the voice, a word, f. nubes, a cloud, f.
aetas, age, f. sedfle, a seat, n.
virtus, courage, manliness, f. animal, an animal, n.
caput, the head, n.
122. There is no single noun whose declension can be
used as the standard for all third declension words. How-
ever, the declensions of the nouns given above serve as
standards for all words of this declension in common use.
These standard nouns must be carefully learned, as third
declension words are very common in Latin.
When men began to make a careful study of the individual
words of the Latin language, they found a large number
that had the endings of the first declension, many that were
like the second, and some that we shall soon find set apart
in the fourth and the fifth declensions. All the rest, because
of certain similarities, were grouped in the declension that
we are now studying. For this reason the number of words
in this declension is unusually large, and no single noun can
be used as a standard for all the rest.
123. Word Study. — From the nouns above come the
English words:
consul, consulate, consular.
homo, human, humanity, humane, inhuman.
63
APPLIED LATIN
legio, legion, legionary.
nomen, noun, nominal, nominate, cognomen, pro-
noun, denomination.
vox, voice, vocal, vowel, vocabulary, semivowel, vo-
ciferate, invoke, equivocal, vocation.
virtus, virtue, virtuous.
caput, capital, capitol, decapitate, chapter, occiput,
recapitulate, precipice.
Caesar, Caesarean, Kaiser, Czar, Shah.
frater, fraternal, fraternity, fratricide, fraternize.
amor, amour, amorous, amity, enemy.
corpus, corporate, corporation, incorporate, corpse,
corps, corporeal, corpuscle, habeas corpus.
urbs, urban, urbane, suburban.
civis, civic, civilian, civilize.
Use these English words in sentences of your own.
Quiz. — Why are there so many standard words of the
third declension?
124. Consul, consulis, a consul, m. Hiems, hiemis, the winter, i .
Singular
Singular
Nom.
consul, a consul, m.
hiems, the winter, f.
Gen.
consulis, of a consul.
hiemis, of the winter.
Dat.
consul!, to or for a consul.
hiemi, to or for the winter.
Ace.
consulem, a consul.
hiemem, the winter.
Voc.
consul, (0) consul.
hiems, (0) winter.
AM.
consul e, with, from, in, or by
hieme, with, from, in, or by
a consul.
the winter.
Plural
Plural
Nom.
consules, consuls.
hiemes, winters.
Gen.
consulum, of consuls.
hiemum, of winters.
Dat.
consulibus, to or for consuls.
hiemibus, to or for winters.
Ace.
consules, consuls.
hiemes, winters.
Voc.
consules, (0) consuls.
hiemes, (0) winters.
AM.
consulibus, with, from, in, or
hiemibus, with, from, in, or
by consuls.
by winters.
64
THE NOUN
125. Like the word consul decline:
exsul, exsulis, an exile, m.
sal, salis, salt, m. (saline, salary).
sol, solis, the sun, m. (no genitive plural in good use) (solar, solar-
ium).
126. Gender in the Third Declension. — No rule for
gender which will include all words of the third declension
can be framed in any brief form. It is best to learn the
gender of the words as they appear in the lessons.
127. Translate for practice in third declension cases: i.
Salis, consulem, hiemes, exsulibus, sole. 2. Pro consule, inter
exsules, propter solem, post hiemem. 3. Consulum annu-
orum, longls hiemibus, solem clarum, gladius exsulis. 4.
Donum salis, in templo solis, consules. 5. Populum voca-
mus. 6. Hiemes longas amamus.
128. Translate: 1. The consul's daughter. For the exiles.
By the sun. Of salt. The winter (ace). 2. O consuls! The
exiles will hold the booty. In the sun. Before the battle.
3. In front of the gate. On account of victory. Without a
sword.
129. Examples of the Use of Derivatives. — 1. To save
life, a saline solution is often injected into the blood. 2. The
sun is the chief member of the solar system, which includes
the planets Venus, Mars, the Earth, Jupiter, Saturn,
Uranus, and Neptune. 3. Sun parlors are called solaria. 4.
Salary was originally salt money; that is, money with which
to buy an article without which mankind cannot live.
65
APPLIED LATIN
130.
Homo, hominis, a
Legio, legionis, a
Nomen, nominis, a
man, m.
legion, f.
name, n.
Singular
Singular
Singular
Norn
, homo, a man, m.
legio, a legion, f.
nomen, a name, n.
Gen.
hominis
legionis
nominis
Dat.
homini
legion!
nomini
Ace.
hominem
legion em
nomen
Voc.
homo
legio
nomen
Abl.
homine
legione
nomine
Plural
Plural
Plural
Nom
. homines, men
legiones, legions
nomina, names.
Gen.
hominum
legionum
nominum
Dat.
hominibus
legionibus
nominibus
Ace.
homines
legiones
nomina
Voc.
homines
legiones
nomina
Abl.
hominibus
legionibus
nominibus
Learn these declensions.
131. Like homo and legio decline:
imago, imaginis, an imitation, image, f. (image, imagine, imaginary).
margo, marginis, a border, m. (margin, marginal).
origo, originis, an origin, f. (original, originate, aboriginal),
virgo, virginis, a maiden, f. (virgin, Virginia).
magnitudo, magnitudinis, greatness, size, f. (magnitude).
multitudo, multitudinis, great number, f. (multitude).
longitiido, longitudinis, length, f. (longitude).
oratio, orationis, a speech, f. (oration, peroration, oratory, oratorio),
led, leonis, a lion, m. (lion, leonine, Leonard).
natio, nationis, a nation, f. (national, international).
valetudd, valetudinis, health, f. (valetudinarian).
66
THE NOUN
132. Like nomen decline :
gramen, graminis, the grass, m. (graminate, graminivorous).
lumen, luminis, light, n. (luminous, luminary).
limen, liminis, a threshold, doorway, n. (preliminary).
agmen, agminis, an army (on the march), n.
flumen, fluminis, a river, n. (flume).
carmen, carminis, a poem, n.
omen, ominis, an omen, n. (ominous, ill-omened).
volumen, voluminis, a volume, n. (voluminous).
133. Translate: i. Imaginis, omen, volumine, carmini-
bus, multitudinem. 2. Margin!, orlginum, leones, orationis,
nationum, virgines. 3. Legio, nomina, agminis, luminibus,
longitudinis. 4. In gramine, ad legionem, propter magni-
tudinem, ab origine, carmina poetarum. 5. E flumine, cum
multitudine amlcorum, sub limine, post orationem consulis.
Translate: 1. For men, to a legion, with nations, in the
grass, of poems. 2. On account of size, from the origin,
rivers, of maidens, outside the threshold.
Write English sentences using the derivatives given.
Most third declension words have one more syllable in
the genitive singular than in the nominative singular.
134. Amor, amoris, love, m. Frater, fratris, a brother, m.
Singular Plural Singular Plural
Nom. amor, love, m. amores, loves frater, a brother, m. fratres, brothers
Gen.
amoris
amorum
fratris
fratrum
Dat.
amori
amoribus
fratri
fratribus
Ace.
amorem
amores
fratrem
fratres
Voc.
amor
amores
frater
fratres
Abl.
amore
amoribus
fratre
67
fratribus
APPLIED
LATIN
Caesar, Caesaris
;, Caesar, m.
Singular
Plural
Norn.
Caesar, Caesar, m.
Caesares, emperors*
Gen.
Caesaris
Caesarum
Dat.
Caesari
Caesaribus
Ace.
Caesarem
Caesares
Voc.
Caesar
Caesares
Abl.
Caesare
Caesaribus
135. Like amor decline :
clamor, clamoris, an outcry, m. (clamor, exclaim, proclaim).
honor, honoris, an honor (office), m. (honor, honorable, dishonor,
honorary).
labor, laboris, labor, work, m. (laborer, laborious, elaborate).
viator, viatoris, a traveler, m.
imperator, imperatoris, a commander, m. (emperor, empress, im-
perious).
ardor, ardoris, a burning heat, m. (ardor, ardent, arson).
auctor, auctoris, an author, m. (authoress, auctioneer).
color, coloris, a color, m. (colored, discolored, particolored).
odor, odoris, an odor, smell, m. (odorous, malodorous, odoriferous).
terror, terroris, fright, m. (terror, terrible, deter).
soror, sororis, a sister, f. (sorority).
136. Like frater (fraternal, fratricide, fraternity) decline:
pater, patris, a father, m. (paternal, patrimony, patricide, patron,
patrician) .
mater, matris, a mother, f. (maternal, matrimony, matricide, ma-
tron).
137. Translate: i. Clamori, honoribus, laborem, viatoris.
2. Imperator (vocative), ardore, auctores, coloris. 3. Odorum,
terrores, sororibus, amor (vocative). 4. Imperatorl, labore,
colorum, terrorem. 5. Sororis, f nitres, matrum, Caesare,
patribus. .
138. Translate: 1. Affections, by shouts, for a brother, of
* Note. — Proper nouns are rarely declined in the plural.
68
THE NOUN
Caesar, with colors. 2. In a burning heat, of an odor,
authors of volumes, great fright.
Write exercises using the English derivatives.
139. Corpus, corporis, a body, n.
SlNGUL
AR
Plural
Nom.
corpus, a
body, n.
corpora, bodies
Gen.
corporis
corporum
Dat.
corpori
corporibus
Ace.
corpus
corpora
Voc.
corpus
corpora
Abl.
corpore
corporibus
140. Like corpus (corporate, incorporate, corporeal) de-
cline :
genus, generis, a kind, breed, species, n. (genial, genuine, gentle, in-
genuity).
onus, oneris, a load, burden, n. (onus, onerous, exonerate).
pectus, pectoris, the breast, n. (pectoral, expectorate, parapet).
frigus, frigoris, cold, n. (frigid, refrigerator).
opus, operis, a work, n. (operate, cooperate).
rus, ruris, the countryside, n. (rural, rustic, rusticate).
ius, iuris, the law, n. (jurist, jurisprudence, injustice, adjust).
munus, muneris, a task, service, n. (remunerate, remuneration,
municipal, common, immunity).
tempus, temporis, time, n. (extempore, temporal, temporary).
141. Translate: 1. Corpus, pectore, frlgora, operibus. 2.
Iura, run,* ruris, temporibus. 3. Oneris, genere, munerum.
4. In corpore, ex tempore, opera agricolarum. 5. Genus
* Note. — The form run (in the country) is the locative case of rus, the
country. The locative case, which in very old Latin expressed place in
which, was discarded by the Latins except in certain very common words,
like rus (country) and domus (house), and in the names of cities: Romae,
at Rome; Athenis, at Athens; Corinthi, at Corinth; Delphis, at Delphi;
Carthagini, at Carthage. Locate these cities. Why were they famous?
69
APPLIED LATIN
hominum, his nationum, pectus leonis. 6. Equus magnum
onus portavit.
Translate: i. Of bodies, by cold, in the breast, kinds of
men. 2. Works, the laws of the land, in the country, the
tasks of the consul, without burdens.
142. Examples of the Use of Derivatives. — 1. There
are good and bad corporations. 2. They say cherry pectoral
allays expectoration. 3. The Pope lost his temporal powers
in 1870. 4. Let us rusticate temporarily. 5. The prisoner
was exonerated. 6. Breastworks are often called parapets.
7. Life is hardly endurable in the frigid zones. 8. The
onus of the blame rested on the inhabitants of a remote
municipality. 9. Vaccination brings to most people im-
munity from small-pox.
Write sentences using the derivatives above.
143.
Aetas, aetatis, age, i.
Vox, vocis, the voice, f .
Singular
Singular
Nom.
aetas, age, i.
vox, the voice, f .
Gen.
aetatis
vocis
Dat.
aetati
voci
Ace.
aetatem
vocem
Voc.
aetas
vox
All.
aetate
voce
Plural
Plural
Nom.
aetates, ages
voces, voices
Gen.
aetatum
vocum
Dat.
aetatibus
vocibus
Ace.
aetates
voces
Voc.
aetates
voces
Abl.
aetatibus
vScibus
70
THE NOUN
144. Like aetas decline:
calamitas, calamitatis, a disaster, f. (calamity, calamitous).
necessitas, necessitatis, need, f. (necessity, necessary).
auctoritas, auctoritatis, authority, f.
aestas, aestatis, the summer, f .
civitas, civitatis, a state, f. (civic, civilian).
humanitas, humanitatis, humanity, f . (humanitarian)
libertas, libertatis, freedom, f. (liberty).
nobilitas, nobilitatis, nobility, f.
miles, militis, a soldier, m. (military, militia, militarism).
quies, quietis, rest, f. (quiet, requiem, acquiesce, coy).
virtus, virtutis, valor, f. (virtue, virtuous).
145. Like vox (voice, vocal, invoke, provoke) decline:
dux, ducis, a leader, m. (duke, duchess, ducal, duchy)
lux, lucis, light, f. (lucid, translucent).
pax, pads, peace, f. (pacify, peaceful).
lex, legis, a law, f. (legal, legislature).
rex, regis, a king, m. (regal, regalia, reign, realm).
146. Translate: i. Because of need. By authority. In
states. Against humanity. 2. Without liberty. With no-
bility. Among the soldiers. In sleep. 3. For leaders. The
light of the sun. Peace adorns a nation. The king is well.
The woman's voice. The ages of men.
Write sentences using the derivatives above.
147. Urbs, urbis, a city, f.
Singular
Plural
Nom.
urbs, a
city, i.
urbes, cities
Gen.
urbis
urbium
Bat.
urbi
urbibus
Ace.
urbem
urbes
Voc.
urbs
urbes
Abl.
urbe
urbibus
71
APPLIED LATIN
148. Like urbs (urban, urbane, suburban) decline:
pars, partis, a part, f. (impart, partition).
ars, artis, an art, f. (art, artist, artistic, artificial, inert, artisan).
gens, gentis, a tribe, f. (gentile).
irons, frontis, the forehead, f. (front, frontal, frontispiece).
dens, dentis, a tooth, m. (dental, dentist, dentifrice, dandelion).
pons, pontis, a bridge, m. (pontoon, pontiff).
m6ns, montis, a mountain, m. (Montana, mountainous, moun-
taineer).
fons, fontis, a fountain, m. (font, fountain).
mens, mentis, the mind, f. (mental, mentality, demented).
149. Translate : i . Urbi, partium, virtiites gentis. 2 . Artes,
frons leonis, pontibus, dente, ad f on tern aquae. 3. Mens Iram
superat. 4. Pontes in flumine magno videbunt. 5. In margine
fontis manebunt. 6. Imaginem solisin aquavidemus. 7. Pars
turbae in oppido mansit. 8. Agricola magnum numerum
servorum habet. 9. Partem urbis militibus plevimus.
Notice the genitive cases following pais (7) andnumerus (8).
150. Rule. — Partitive Genitive. The genitive denoting the
whole from which a part is taken is called the partitive genitive.
151. Examples of the Use of Derivatives. — 1. We
live in the suburbs. 2. The artist imparts life to his pictures.
3. The frontal bone was fractured. 4. Dentifrice is a prep-
aration which dentists prescribe for dental ills. 5. Robin-
son is a Gentile name. 6. We admire mental ability in our
fellow men. 7. The bridge was made of seven pontoons.
8. Montana is so called from its high mountains. 9. The
child was baptized at a marble font.
Quiz. — Explain the use of the partitive genitive. What
kind of words are found before this use of the genitive?
72
THE
NOUN
152.
Civis, civis, a citizen
, m.
Nubes, nubis, a cloud, f.
Singular
Singular
Norn.
civis, a citizen, m.
nubes, a cloud, f.
Gen.
civis
nubis
DaL
clvi
nubi
Ace.
civem
nubem
Voc.
civis
nubes
Abl.
cive (i)
nube
Plural
Plural
Nom.
cives, citizens
nubes, clouds
Gen.
civium
nubium
DaL
civibus
nubibus
Ace.
cives (is)
nubes (is)
Voc.
cives
nubes
Abl.
civibus
nubibus
153. Like civis decline:
Like nubes decline:
avis, -is, a bird, f. (aviary). valles, -is, a valley, f. (vale)
orbis, -is, a circle, m. (orbit, orb, caedes, -is, a massacre, f.
exorbitant). clades, -is, a defeat, f.
turns, -is, a tower, f. (turret, rupes, -is, a rock, crag, f.
tower), (-im, ace.) sedes, -is, a seat, f. (siege,
vestis, -is, a garment, f. (vest- sedate, insidious).
ment, vest, vesture),
collis, -is, a hill, m.
ignis, -is, afire, m. (ignite, ignition),
navis, -is, a ship, f. (navy, naval, nautical, nave),
classis, -is, a fleet, f.
finis, -is, an end, m. (final, finish, definite),
hostis, -is, an enemy, m. (hostile, hostility).
154. Most nouns of the third declension have stems
ending in a consonant; the third declension nouns above,
however, have stems ending in the vowel i. Nouns like
civis and nubes differ from consul in declension as fol-
lows : i . They end in is (or es) in the nominative singular.
2. They have the same number of syllables in both the
nominative and genitive singular. 3. Some have an ac-
cusative singular in -im (turrim). 4. Some have an abla-
tive singular in -1 as well as in -e (navi). 5. All have -ium
73
APPLIED LATIN
not -um in the genitive plural. 6. They sometimes have
-is for -es in the accusative plural.
The nouns of Paragraphs 147-148 and 157-159 are -i
stems. In the words of 147-148 this is shown only in the
genitive plural.
155. Translate, noting all possible cases: 1. Avis, collis,
finis, rupes, navis. 2. CladI, sedi, hostl, valll, caedi. 3.
Nubem, avem, collem, finem, rupem. 4. Navl, clvl, orbe,
turn, veste. 5. Classes, clades, sedes, hostes, valles. 6.
Caedium, nubium, avium, collium, finium. 7. Rupibus,
navibus, civibus, orbibus, turribus.
156. Translate: 1. In colle turrim vidisti. 2. Post nubes
sol manebat. 3. Aves in silva clamaverunt. 4. Consules
populum civitatis laudabunt. 5. Sol orbem terrarum (the
world) spectat. 6. Vestes feminarum portabimus. 7.
Propter frigus hiemis Ignem in aedificio habuimus.
Compose sentences using the English derivatives in If 153.
157. Sedfle, sedilis, a seat, n. Animal, animalis, an animal, n.
Singular
Singular
Nom.
sedile, a seat, n.
animal, an animal, n.
Gen.
sedilis
animalis
Dat.
sedlli
animal!
Ace.
sedile
animal
Voc.
sedile
animal
Abl.
sedlli
animali
Plural
Plural
Nom.
sedllia, seats
animalia, animals
Gen.
sedllium
animalium
Dat.
sedllibus
animalibus
Ace.
sedllia
animalia
Voc.
sedllia
animalia
Abl.
sedllibus
animalibus
74
THE NOUN
158. Like sedfle, sedllis, a seat, n., decline:
cubile, cubilis, a den, couch, bed, n.
mare, maris, the sea, n. (transmarine, submarine, maritime, marsh,
marigold, mariner),
conclave, conclavis, a suite of rooms, n. (conclave).
159. Like animal (animalism) decline:
vectigal, vectlgalis, a tax, n.
tribunal, tribunalis, a tribunal, n.
160. Translate, noting all possible cases : i . Marl, animalis,
cubllia, sedilium, conclavibus. 2. Vectigal, tribunalium, ma-
ria, vectlgall, maribus. 3. Classem oonsulis in marl vidimus.
4. Legio partem Insulae tenebat. 5. In cublll leo tacebat. 6.
Aestate* aves praedam ad silvas portant. 7. Hieme mllites
in castrls manebunt. 8. Consules vectlgalia tenuerunt.
* Notice the ablatives aestate (6) and hieme (7), indicat-
ing time when or within which.
161. Rule.— Ablative of Time When or Within Which.
— Time when or within which is expressed in Latin by the ab-
lative without a preposition.
162. Examples of the Use of Derivatives. — 1. The
color was ultramarine. 2. The problem of the submarine has
caused great trouble in the present world war. 3. The pris-
oner stood before the tribunal of the judge. 4. At the edge
of the marsh grew the marigold. 5. The cardinals in con-
clave at Rome chose the Pope. 6. The mariners were en-
gaged in transmarine trade. 7. We deplore all evidences of
animalism in our age of civilization.
Quiz. — Explain the ablative of time when or within which.
75
LATIUM, THE HOME OF THE LATINS
Latium, The Home of the Latins
When the Latins finally stopped their wanderings and
found a permanent home, the land of which they possessed
themselves lay along the Tiber, and was given the name
of Latium. Latium stretched southward from the Tiber
to a small range of hills called the Alban mountains. In
this territory were located a number of villages which joined
in a confederacy for protection. The enemy which they
especially feared was the Etruscan nation. Against this
foe a fortress was built at that point on the banks of the
Tiber river, where, later, the great city of Rome stood.
There were seven small hills at this point, which gave
great strength to the fortress, and made it easy to prevent
the Etruscans from crossing the river by means of the island
which lay in the river at this point. Across the river was a
tall hill called Janiculum, which the Latins quickly occupied,
and turned into an outer fortification. The capital city of
Latium was at first Alba Longa, situated in the Alban
mountains, but the fortress at Rome soon became more im-
portant than the capital, and the seat of government was
transferred there.
When the Romans began the conquest of the tribes
around the city, they first set out toward the south.
After the march of the army, the Romans built great mili-
tary roads for the rapid movement of troops. The first
great road (Via Appia) led toward Capua from the gate in
the walls of Rome called Porta Capena. This road was later
77
APPLIED LATIN
extended to the city of Brundisium, and was the main road
for all travellers to the East. The Via Latina (through
Latium) followed. To the north the Via Flaminia, to which
was added the Via Aemilia, led to the plain of the Po river.
The Via Aurelia skirted the shore on the way to Spain.
VIII. THE ADJECTIVE. THIRD DECLENSION
163.
felix, happy. omnis, all, every. brevis, brief, short.
audax, bold. facilis, easy. acer, keen, sharp.
atrox, fierce. fortis, brave. celer, swift.
sagax, wise, shrewd. gravis, heavy. equester, equestrian.
velox, fleet, swift. immortalis, immortal.
recens, recent. insignis, remarkable,
praesens, present. distinguished.
164. You have learned that adjectives, through constant
use with nouns, came to be declined precisely like nouns.
For this reason, then, many adjectives were declined like
nouns of the first and second declensions; and many like
nouns of the third declension. The adjectives above are
third declension adjectives.
165. Third declension adjectives are divided into three
groups: adjectives of one termination, two terminations, and
three terminations. These groups are so named because, in
the nominative singular, those of one termination have but
one form for all three genders. For instance, the form felix
may be used with a masculine, feminine, or neuter noun. In a
two termination adjective, like omnis, there is a form omnis,
which is used with a masculine or a feminine noun, and a
form omne, which is used with a neuter noun. Adjectives
78
THE ADJECTIVE
of three terminations have a separate form for each
gender.
Learn the meanings of the adjectives given above.
166. Word Study. — Can you tell the Latin words from
which these English derivatives come: velocipede, present-
able, sagacity, celerity, fortitude, insignia, acrimonious,
brevity, atrocity, facility, mortality, recent, audacity,
equestrienne, accelerator, gravity, felicitous, omnibus, sage,
represent, omnipotent, presage, omniscient, effort, force,
comfort, grievous, gravitation, abbreviate, acrid?
Do you know the meaning of these words so well that you
can use them in sentences?
Quiz. — What are the different types of adjectives? What
are the classes of adjectives of the third declension? How
are they distinguished?
67.
Felix, happy
Recens, recent
Singular
Singular
M.F.
N.
M.F.
N.
Norn.
fellx
fellx
recens
recens
Gen.
fellcis
fellcis
recentis
recentis
Dat.
fellci
fellci
recent!
recenti
Ace.
fellcem
fellx
recent em
recens
Voc.
fellx
fellx
recens
recens
AbL
felice (I)
felice (i)
recent e (i)
recente (i)
Plural
Plural
Norn.
fellces
fellcia
recent es
recentia
Gen.
fellcium
fellcium
recentium
recentium
Dat.
fellcibus
fellcibus
recentibus
recentibus
Ace.
fellces (is)
fellcia
recentes (Is)
recentia
Voc.
fellces
fellcia
recentes
recentia
Abl.
fellcibus
fellcibus
recentibus
recentibus
79
APPLIED LATIN
168. Remember that one termination adjectives have two
forms in the ablative singular. The accusative plural mascu-
line and feminine may end in -is instead of -es.
169. Like felix decline the adjectives in -x of Paragraph
163 and also
efficax, efficient (efficacious, efficacy).
fallax, treacherous, deceitful (fallacious, fallible, infallibility).
loquax, talkative (loquacious, loquacity).
rapax, thievish (rapacious, rape, rapine, rapacity).
170. Like recens decline:
diligens, careful (diligent).
elegans, elegant (elegance).
frequens, frequent (frequent (verb), frequency, infrequent).
clemens, mild (clement, clemency, inclement).
ingens, huge.
sapiens, wise (sapient, insipid).
vehemens, violent (vehemence, vehement).
171. Decline in full, with the rule about the agreement of
adjectives in mind: 1. Natura felix, caedes recens, servus
loquax, avis rapax, donum elegans.
172. Translate, noting all possible cases: 1. Diligens,
frequentem, sapientes, ingenti, vehementibus. 2. Rapaces,
loquacium, recehte, elegantem.
173. Translate: 1. Homo felix fllios dlligentes amat. 2.
Via tores cladem atrocem in valle viderunt. 3. Leo ingens
in rupe sedebat. 4. Virl sapientes inter loquaces amicos
tacent. 5. Vehemens fill Ira patrem terruit. 6. Clemens
imperator amorem mllitum habet.
Write sentences using the derivatives above.
Quiz. — What have you learned about adjectives like felix?
80
174.
THE ADJECTIVE
Fortis, forte, brave
Singular
M.F.
N.
Nom.
fortis, brave
forte
Gen.
fortis
fortis
Dat.
forti
forti
Ace.
fort em
forte
Voc.
fortis
forte
Abl.
forti
Plural
forti
Nom.
fortes
fortia
Gen.
fortium
fortium
Dal.
fortibus
fortibus
Ace.
fortes (-is)
fortia
Voc.
fortes
fortia
Abl.
fortibus
fortibus
175. The great majority of third declension adjectives
follow the declension of fortis. There are only a few like
felix, and still fewer like acer. Take great pains in learning
fortis. Note especially that the ablative singular has but
one form, and that this form ends in i:
176. Like fortis practise the declension of
fragilis, -e, frail (fragile).
nobilis, -e, noble (nobility).
illustris, -e, remarkable (illustrious),
communis, -e, common (community, commons),
facilis, -e, easy (facile, facility),
fertilis, -e, fertile (fertilize).
levis, -e, light (levity, levitation, irrelevant, alleviate, relief),
militaris, -e, military (militia),
navalis, -e, naval.
terribilis, -e, terrible.
tristis, -e, sad.
utilis, -e, useful (utility, utilitarian).
6 8i
APPLIED LATIN
177. Decline in full: miles terribilis, opus facile, ager
fertilis, ptigna navalis, victoria illustris.
178. Translate : i . Pontibus fragilibus, virginum nobilium,
nomen illustre. 2 . Somno levi, gloriae mllitaris, artem utilem,
anima tristis. 3. Caesar omnes impera tores virtu te* supera-
vit. 4. In cublli leones terrore* manserunt. 5. Aves sagaces
hiemem ventis vehementibus timent. 6. Communi periculo*
omnes socii bellum parabant. 7. Praesidium audacia* hos-
tium auximus.
* Note the ablative cases in these sentences. They express
the cause or reason for action.
179. Rule. — Ablative of Cause. — Cause may be expressed
in Latin by the ablative case without a preposition.
This use of the ablative is often replaced by the use of
the prepositions ob or propter, followed by the accusative;
or by the prepositions de or ex, followed by the ablative.
180. Pick out the Latin derivatives in these English
sentences: 1. We should pity frailty. 2. Germany is
charged with militarism, England with navalism. 3. Do
you attack difficult problems with fortitude? 4. No man
should think illustrious deeds ignoble. 5. Farmers use
many preparations for fertilizing the fields.
Quiz. — How is cause expressed in Latin? In what other
ways can cause be expressed? Review the derivatives of
third declension adjectives.
82
THE ADJECTIVE
81.
Acer,
acris, acre, sharp, keen
Singular
M.
F.
N.
Norn.
acer, keen,
sharp
acris
acre
Gen.
acris
acris
acris
Dat.
acri
acri
acri
Ace.
acrem
acrem
acre
Voc.
acer
acris
acre
Abl.
acri
acri
Plural
acri
Nom.
acres
acres
acria
Gen.
acrium
acrium
acrium
Dat.
acribus
acribus
acribus
Ace.
acres (-
is)
acres (-is)
acria
Voc.
acres
acres
acria
Abl.
acribus
acribus
acribus
182. Though the forms of each gender are given com-
pletely, note that in quite a few cases the forms of the mascu-
line, feminine, and neuter of acer are the same. Note es-
pecially that the ablative singular of adjectives, like acer, has
but one form, and that this form ends in the letter I.
183. Practise the declension of acer, using the adjectives:
celeber, -bris, -bre, famous (celebrate, celebrity).
celer, celeris, celere, swift (accelerate, accelerator).
pedester, -tris, -tre, on foot, pedestrian.
Silvester, -tris, -tre, wooded.
terrester, -tris, -tre, belonging to the earth (terrestrial).
184. Decline in full: equus acer, poeta celeber, navis
celeris, imperium terrestre.
185. Translate: i. Clamores acres loca silvestria plebant.
2. Flumen velox pontem ingentem superavit. 3. Carmina
APPLIED LATIN
immortalia poetarum reges antlquos moverunt. 4. Initio
pugnae copiae pedestres silvas densas plebant.
Translate: In a wooded place. Before the famous temple.
Among pedestrian forces. Beyond the kingdoms of ' the
earth. Sharp cold. A celebrated state.
186. Examples of the Use of Derivatives. — 1. The
life of the wealthy man is not always felicitous. 2. Vinegar
has an acrid taste to some people. 3. An accelerator in-
creases the speed of the automobile. 4. We speak of celes-
tial and terrestrial regions. 5. Silvester was a saint of the
early church. 6. The word vinegar is formed from vinum
and acer.
Quiz. — What facts must you specially note about third
declension adjectives of three terminations?
IX. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION
187.
ago, / set in motion; I drive; agere, to set in motion; to drive.
cedo, / make a motion; I go cedere, to make a motion; to go
away; I yield; away; to yield.
died, / say, I state; dicere, to say, state.
duco, / lead; ducere, to lead.
mitto, / send; mittere, to send.
peto, / seek; petere, to seek.
pono, I put or place; ponere, to put or place.
pello, I push back; I drive back; pellere, to push back or drive back.
rego, I rule; regere, to rule.
verto, / turn; vertere, to turn.
188. Verbs of the third conjugation can be recognized
by the form of the infinitive. This form always ends in ere,
the first e of which is short. Further, the first principal part
84
THE VERB
never has the vowel e before the final letter 6, as all second
conjugation verbs do (moneo).
189. Word Study. — Not only are verbs of this conjuga-
tion very common in Latin, but the roots of these verbs are
found in a great number of English words, verbs, nouns, ad-
jectives, etc.
Ago appears in the words
action, actual, actor, actress, cogent, enact, exact,
agitate, agile, agent, agency, react, interact, inac-
tion, transact, retroact, act.
Cedo gives us
cede, cession, cessation, concede, recede, success,
recess, precede, proceed, procession, intercede, ex-
ceed, excess, incessant, process.
Dico underlies
dictionary, diction, dictate, contradict, edict, male-
diction, predict, verdict, indict, dictum.
Duco appears in the words
duke, conduct, conductor, reduce, reduction, ab-
duct, conduce, deduce, ducat, duchy, introduce,
produce, product.
Mitto gives us
mission, missionary, dismiss, omit, permit, trans-
mit, submit, admit, intermission, missile, promise,
emissary.
Try to make out the meanings of these words. Learn how
to spell them and talk over the proper uses with your teacher.
Quiz. — How can third conjugation verbs be identified?
85
APPLIED LATIN
190. DUCO.— Active Voice— Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
i. duco, / lead i. ducimus, we lead
2. ducis, you lead 2. ducitis, you lead
3. dficit, he {she, it) leads 3. ducunt, they lead
Imperfect Tense
1. ducebam, / was leading 1. ducebamus, we were leading
2. ducebas, you were leading 2. ducebatis, you were leading
3. ducebat, he {she, it) was leading 3. ducebant, they were leading
Future Tense
1. ducam, / shall lead 1. ducemus, we shall lead
2. duces, you will lead 2. ducetis, you will lead
3. dticet, he {she, it) will lead 3. ducent, they will lead
191. Practise these tenses, using the verbs given in
Paragraph 187. Be specially careful with the future tenses.
The future tense of the first and second conjugations ends
in -bo in the first person singular; the future tense of the
third and fourth conjugations ends in -am in the first person
singular. Note this difference with great care.
192. Translate these verb forms: 1. Ago, cedit, dlcitis,
ducis, mittunt, petimus, ponis, pellunt, regitis, vertimus. 2.
Regebat, pellebam, ponebamus, petebas, mittebant, ducebas,
dlcebatis, cedebant, agebatis, vertebat. 3. Mittent, petam,
ponemus,pelles, regetis, vertemus, agent, cedet, dicam, ducent.
Word Study:
193. Peto gives us the root of these words:
appetite, compete, competition, impetuous, repeat,
petulant, competent, impetus.
Pono appears in the words
pose, position, positive, deposit, decompose, im-
pose, expose, transpose, opponent, opposite, pro-
pose, posture, compose, compositor, exposition.
86
THE VERB
Pello gives us
compel, repel, expel, impel, repellant, propel, pulse,
impulse, repulse, propulsion, compulsion, expul-
sion, propeller, repulsive, impulsive.
Rego supplies us with
regent, regal, reign, royal, regimen, direct, regu-
late, rector, regiment, incorrect, rectify, erect, regu-
lar, regalia, interregnum.
Verto underlies
avert, revert, convert, pervert, subvert, invert, di-
vert, vertical, versatile, vertigo.
Try to make these words your own possessions. Use them
in sentences. Talk them over in the class.
194.
cado, / fall; cadere, to fall.
cured, / run; currere, to run.
iungo, / join; iungere, to join.
premo, / press hard; I overwhelm; p rem ere, to press hard, overwhelm.
quaero, / ask; quaerere, to ask.
rumpo, / break; rumpere, to break.
scribo, / write; scribere, to write.
tego, / cover; tegere, to cover.
traho, / draw; trahere, to draw.
tango, / touch; tangere, to touch.
195. Learn these verbs, and practise them in the tenses
already given.
196. Translate: i. Aquam claram tango. 2. Turris de
monte cadit. 3. Caesar slgnum veste tegit. 4. Scientiam cum
ciira iungimus. 5. Ancoram ingentem ex aqua trahitis. 6.
Milites ad fossam* currunt. 7. Hostem barbarum preme-
bam. 8. Nomen urbis ab homine quaerebas. 9. Ventus velox
87
APPLIED LATIN
nubes rumpebat. 10. Ad vlcum* currebamus. n. Scutum
sine auxilio trahebatis. 12. Agricolae fontes cum flumine
iungebant. 13. In Ignem* cadam. 14. Servum rus* ducebas.
15. Somnus milites in castris premet. 16. Litteras breves
scrlbemus. 17. Viam a viatoribus quaere tis. 18. Equi
celeres virum circum oppidum trahent.
* In these sentences you find some instances of the accusa-
tive case introduced by ad or in expressing the place to which.
197. Rule. — Accusative of Place to Which. — Place to which
is expressed by the accusative with ad or in. Names of cities
(Roma), also rus, the countryside, and domus, a house, omit
the preposition.
198. Translate: 1. We shall turn the huge ship. 2. You
were ruling the brave allies. 3. The servants will drive the
horses. 4. We put heavy burdens upon the men. 5. You
were asking the name of the street. 6. The brothers will
send gifts to (their) father. 7. We were leading the citizens
into the temple. 8. You state the cause. 9. The birds will go
away in winter. 10. I am sending the sisters from the city.
11. The sun was driving away the cold. 12. The forests will
cover the mountains. 13. We shall go away from the river.
14. You were asking the classes of animals. 15. The sailors
are leading the captives to Caesar. 16. I was driving a
treacherous lion. 1 7 . You rule provinces covered with woods.
18. All the men will send roses.
In your English reader find ten words derived from Latin.
Quiz. — How is place to which expressed in Latin? Are
there any exceptions? Why do you think the preposition
88
THE VERB
was omitted with the words mentioned in the rule? What
can you say about the sentence, "I am going home."
199. DUCO. — Active Voice — Indicative Mood
Singular Perfect Tense Plural
i . duxi, / have led i . duximus, we have led
2. duxisti, you have led 2. duxistis, you have led
3. duxit, he (she, it) has led 3. duxerunt, I hey have led
Pluperfect Tense
1. duxeram, / had led 1. duxeramus, we had led
2. duxeras, you had led 2. duxeratis, you had led
3. duxerat, he (she, it) had led 3. duxerant, they had led
Future Perfect Tense
1 . duxero, / shall have led 1 . duxerimus, we shall have led
2. duxeris, you will have led 2. duxeritis, you will have led
3. duxerit, he (she, it) will have led 3. duxerint, they will have led
200. Before practising these tenses, it is necessary to
learn the principal parts of the verbs already given:
I
II
III
IV
ago,
agere,
egl,
actus.
cedo,
cedere,
cessl,
cessum.
dico,
dlcere,
dlxl,
dictus.
duco,
ducere,
duxi,
ductus.
mitto,
mittere,
misl,
missus.
peto,
petere,
petivl,
petltus.
pond,
ponere,
posul,
positus.
pello,
pellere,
pepull,
pulsus.
rego,
regere,
rexl,
rectus.
verto,
vertere,
vertl,
versus.
cado,
cadere,
cecidi,
casum.
curro,
currere,
cucurri,
cursum.
iungo,
iungere,
iunxi,
iunctus.
premo,
premere,
pressl,
pressus.
quaero,
quaerere,
quaeslvl,
quaesltus,
rumpo,
rumpere,
rupl,
ruptus.
scrlbo,
scrlbere,
scrips!,
scrlptus.
tego,
tegere,
texl,
tectus.
traho,
trahere,
traxl,
tractus.
tango,
tangere,
tetigi,
tactus.
89
APPLIED LATIN
201. Practise the three tenses of Paragraph 199, using
the verbs given above.
Try to determine from which principal part the English
words of Paragraph 193 are derived.
202. Word Study. — We have the following English de-
rivatives from:
cado: cadence, casual, occasion, coincide, accident, de-
ciduous.
curro: current, currency, occur, incur, course, cursive,
recur.
iungo: join, joint, juncture, junction, injunction, re-
joinder.
premo: press, pressure, compress, repress, express, im-
press, oppress, suppress.
quaero: inquire, inquest, request, query, question, re-
quire, perquisite, acquire, exquisite.
Use these derivatives in sentences of your own construc-
tion.
203. Translate these expressions into English: 1. Cecidit,
cucurristis, iunxi, pressistl. 2. Quaeslverunt, rupimus,
scrlpsistl. 3. Texerunt, traxistis, tetigimus. 4. Ruperat,
scrlpseram, cecideramus, presseras. 5. Texerant, tetigeras,
traxeratis. 6. Iunxerant, cucurrerat, quaesiveratis. 7.
Traxerint, pressero, scrlpserimus, iunxeris. 8. Cecideritis,
quaeslverimus. 9. Cucurrerit, ruperint, tetigeris, texero.
204. Translate Translate
1. Bonam vitam egi. 1. We shall have fallen into the
flames.
2. Ex agro cessistl. 2. You had run to the spring.
90
THE VERB
Translate
3. Consul nomen urbis dixit.
4. Populum clarum duximus.
5. Litteras longas mlsistis.
6. Dona grata petlverunt.
7. Volumen parvum in aedificio
posueram.
8. Legatos illustres pcpuleras.
Translate
3. The leaders had sought the
camp of Caesar.
4. They have joined wine with
water.
5. You had repressed the crowd.
6. The soldiers will have broken
the swords.
7. We had written a long letter.
8. You have covered the fields
with grain.
9. They will have drawn the ship
from the sea.
10. I have touched the fierce ani-
mal.
1 1 . You will have sought the poet.
12. The sister had covered (her)
head with a garment.
13. We shall have fallen from the
rock.
14. Ab hostibusvelocibuscesseris. 14. You had joined shouts with
terror.
15. Calamitas nationem egerit.
9. Omnes terras gladio rexerat.
10. Caput leonis verteramus.
11. Iunxeratis.
12. Imperator milites acres in
_ proelium duxerat.
13. Omen bonum dlxero.
15. The clouds have touched the
earth.
16. I had run to (my) mother.
17. You will have repressed the
boldness of the legions.
18. Coronas in capitibus posuerint. 18. The slave will have broken
the arrows.
16. Naves celeres verterimus.
17. Regna lata rexeritis.
205. Word Study. — In English we have from:
rumpo: rupture, eruption, abrupt, interrupt, rumple,
bankrupt, disrupt, corruption.
scribo: scribe, scrivener, scripture, scribble, describe,
inscribe, subscribe, prescribe.
tego: detect, detective, protect, protection, tegument,
protege.
91
APPLIED LATIN
trahd : attract, abstract, detract, trail, train, tract, trace,
retract, contract, distract.
tango : tact, tangent, tangible, tangle, intact, contact.
Try to make out the meaning of these derivatives, and
talk them over in class.
The Cities of Italy*
Though we are chiefly interested in the story of the city
of Rome and of its inhabitants, we must not forget that there
were other cities in Italy which played a great part in the
history of Roman greatness. Just south of the Alps, in
the plain of the Po, were a number of important cities.
Mediolanum (medioplanum , middle of the plain) is today
Milan; Placentia (placeo, the pleasing city) is Piacenza.
Cremona, an important city in antiquity, was in the late
Middle Ages the home of renowned violin makers. The city
of Mantua has become immortal because the great Latin
poet Vergil was born there. On the banks of the Arnus river
stood Pisa, famous today because of its Leaning Tower,
and Florentia (floreo, the flourishing city), which today is
eternally lovely Florence. South of the Liris river was sit-
uated Capua, long the second city of Italy. This city Han-
nibal, the great Carthaginian general, used as his base dur-
ing the great death struggle between Rome and Carthage.
Near Capua lay Naples, an early settlement of the Etrus-
cans in Magna Graecia. Today steamers from Italy to
America make Naples their last stopping place on the
way to the New World. Behind Naples stood Vesuvius,
*Cf. page 61.
02
THE ADJECTIVE
a mountain which, as a volcano, overwhelmed the fair cities
of Pompeii and Herculaneum, the fashionable pleasure
resorts of the Romans, in 79 a.d. In Magna Graecia
were Tarentum (Taranto, a great modern Italian naval
base), and Brundisium (Brindisi to-day), the port from
which all steamships leave Italy for Greece and Egypt.
X. THE ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON
206. The Value of Comparison. — Whatever we meet
that is new or strange we try to understand by comparing
with something we already know or with which we are famil-
iar. For instance, we realize how sweet some new thing is,
(1) by comparing it with the sweet thing that we eat con-
stantly (sugar), or, (2) by recalling all the sweet things we
have ever eaten and comparing the new thing with them.
So, for the sake of giving the proper value to new things, we
need degrees of comparison in Latin as well as in English.
The Latins used the following forms to express these com-
parative values.
207.
Positive Degree
latus, wide,
f elix, happy,
recens, late, recent,
fortis, brave,
acer, sharp,
Comparative Degree
latior, lathis, wider,
felicior, felicius,
happier,
recentior, recentius,
Superlative Degree
latissimus, -a, -um,
widest.
felicissimus, -a, -um,
happiest.
recentissimus, -a,
later or more recent, -um, latest or most
recent.
fortior, fortius, fortissimus, -a, -um,
braver, bravest.
acrior, acrius, acerrimus, -a, -um,
sharper, sharpest.
93
APPLIED LATIN
208. Remember: (i) That the comparative degree must be
used when a comparison is to be made between two things;
(2) that the superlative must be used when three or more
things are to be compared. Incorrect use of the degrees of
comparison is a very common error among students of
English.
209. Like latus compare
altus, clarus, amplus, firmus.
Like felix compare
audax, atrox, velox.
Like recens compare
dlligens, frequens, ingens, sapiens.
Like fortis compare
nobilis, levis, tristis, fertilis.
Like acer compare
celeber.
Give the English comparison of each of the above words.
210. The degrees of comparison are also declined. The
positive (latus) you have already learned: the superlative is
also declined like the adjective latus ; the declension of the
comparative you will learn in the next paragraph.
The rule regarding the agreement of an adjective with its
noun applies to the comparative and superlative degrees
as well as to the positive.
Quiz. — What is the importance of degrees of comparison?
94
THE
ADJECTIVE
1.
Fortior, fortius,
braver
Singular
M.F.
N.
Norn.
fortior, fortius, braver
fortius
Gen.
fortioris
fortioris
Dat.
fortiori
fortiori
Ace.
fortiorem
fortius
Voc.
fortior
fortius
Abl.
fortiore (i)
Plural
fortiore (i)
Norn.
fortiores
fortiora
Gen.
fortiorum
fortiorum
Dat.
fortioribus
fortioribus
Ace.
fortiores (is)
fortiora
Voc.
Abl.
fortiores
fortioribus
fortiora
fortioribus
212. Like fortior decline:
audacior, facilior, acrior, brevior, recentior, clarior.
213. Decline in full: Initium audacius, fabula brevior,
opus facilius, tempus recentius, homo nobilior.
214. Translate: i. Fortissimos hostes in proelio superabi-
mus. 2. Regna ampliora rexeras. 3. Inter homines honores
Insigniores habebunt. 4. Praesidium firmissimum in urbe
mansit. 5. Altissimos monies run amamus. 6. Imaginem
clariorem solis in aqua vides. 7. Virl fortes animalia leoni-
bus* ferociora in silvls petiverunt. 8. Deus nomen omni-
bus nominibus* altius habet. 9. Aquam bono vino* clar-
iorem mlscemus.
* Notice the ablative cases used in the last three sen-
tences. They indicate a comparison.
215. Rule. — Ablative of Comparison. — The ablative case
with a comparative denotes comparison.
95
APPLIED LATIN
216. Translate: i . We have horses fleeter than the winds
2. They saw towers higher than hills. 3. Caesar held prov
inces more extensive than a kingdom. 4. They were adorn
ing a building more ancient than the temple of the god.
Quiz. — How is a comparison often expressed in Latin?
Learn these irregular comparisons:
217. bonus, good, melior, better,
malus, bad, peior, worse,
magnus, great, maior, greater,
parvus, small, minor, smaller,
multus, much, plus, more,
Notice that in English some of these adjectives are also
compared irregularly. Learn their comparisons in English.
218. The adjective facilis, easy, is compared irregularly
as follows:
facilis, facilior, facillimus.
Like facilis compare difficilis, difficult; similis, similar;
dissimilis, dissimilar; gracilis, slender; and humilis, lowly.
219. Plus is defective in declension.
optimus, best.
pessimus, worst.
maximus, greatest.
minimus, smallest.
plurimus, most.
Singular
M.F.
N.
Nom.
plus
Gen.
Tint
plviris
uai.
Ace.
plus
Voc.
Abl.
nlure
Plural
M.F.
N.
plures
phira
plurium
plurium
pliiribus
pliiribus
plures (-i
is)
plura
pliiribus
pliiribus
220. In English there are several ways of wording com-
parisons. You may say —
wide, wider, widest.
or wide, rather wide, very wide,
or wide, comparatively wide, extremely wide.
96
THE VERB
221. Decline in full: Causa optima, aedificium maius,
vlnum pessimum, turba maxima, flumen minus.
222. Translate: i. Pueri boni amlcos optimos habent.
2. Opera facillima petis. 3. Gracillima gramina ventusgra-
vior pressit. .4. Turba maxima in templo sedebat. 5. Peiora
vlna miserunt. 6. PlurimI viri famam amant. 7. Plurimae
feminae pacem petebant. 8. Dona minora amorem mai-
orem portant. 9. Fratres dissimillimos in via vidimus.
223. Translate: 1. Rather small women, better wine, a
great reward. 2. A very lowly art, greater glory, in the
smallest danger. 3. The worst calamity, for an extremely
bad boy, more men, of the best citizens, more citizens.
XI. THE VERB.
THIRD CONJUGATION IN -IO
224.
capio,
capere,
cepi,
captus,
to take.
cupio,
cupere
cupivi,
cupitus,
to desire.
facio,
facere
feci,
factus,
to make or do,
fugio,
fugere
fug*,
fugitum,
to flee.
iacio,
iacere,
iect,
iactus,
to throw.
rapid,
rapere,
rapui,
raptus,
to snatch.
specio,
specere,
spexi,
spectus,
to spy.
quatio,
quatere,
quassi,
quassus,
to shake.
225. That these verbs belong to the third conjugation is
shown by the ending of the infinitive. You will find that
verbs of the fourth conjugation also end in -id, but you must
not confuse these verbs with them. The -io ending of the
first principal part may trouble you, but the ending of the
infinitive in -ere should make a mistake impossible, for the
fourth conjugation infinitive ends in -ire.
7 97
APPLIED LATIN
226. Learn the following tenses:
CAPIO. — Active Voice — Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
i. capio, / take i. capimus, we take
2. capis, you take 2. capitis, you take
3. capit, he {she, it) takes 3. capiunt, they take
Imperfect Tense
1. capiebam, / was taking 1. capiebamus, we were taking
2. capiebas, you were taking 2. capiebatis, you were taking
3. capiebat, he {she, it) was taking 3. capiebant, they were taking
Future Tense
1. capiam, / shall take 1. capiemus, we shall take
2. capies, you will take 2. capietis, you will take
3. capiet, he {she, it) will take 3. capient, they will take
227. In the last three tenses of the indicative these verbs
follow the conjugation of the verb duco exactly.
Practise the conjugation of all these tenses, using the
verbs in Paragraph 224.
228. Word Study. — We find in English the following
derivatives from:
capio : capture, capacious, conception, accept, receptacle>
receive, intercept, deceive, except, receipt.
cupio: cupid, cupidity.
facio: fact, facility, factor, factory, perfect, infect, affec-
tion, efface, deface, effect, affect, faculty.
fugio: fugitive, refuge, subterfuge, vermifuge, refugee.
iacio: inject, reject, dejection, abject, subject, object,
adjective.
rapio: rapine, rapacious, rapid, rapture, rapier, surrepti-
tious.
quatio: (often -cutio) quake, earthquake, discuss, per-
cussion, concussion.
98
THE VERB
specio: inspect, respect, retrospect, circumspect, des-
picable, suspect.
Quiz. — How do the verbs above differ from duco? How
are they distinguished from verbs of the fourth conjugation?
Can you spell the derivatives above correctly?
229. For practice in the third conjugation -id verbs
translate the following forms:
i. Cupis, facio, fugimus, rapit. 2. Iaciunt, quatitis, capis.
3. Faciebas, iaciebant, rapiebam, fugiebatis. 4. Cupieba-
mus, capiebant, quatiebat. 5. Capies, cupiemus, faciam, fu-
gient. 6. Rapietis,iaciet,quatiam. 7. QuassI, iecistis, rapuit,
fugimus. 8. FecistI, cupivit, ceperunt. 9. Fugeras, rapu-
eram, ieceramus, quasserant. 10. Feceratis, cuplverat,
ceperamus. 11. Iecerimus, quassero, rapuerimus.
230. Translate
1. Vectlgal magnum capio.
2. Regnum ducis cupimus.
Servi Ignem in Insula faciunt.
Ex periculis belli fugiebas.
Pecuniam nuntiorum
rapiebat.
6. Tela barbara cum Ira*
iaciebatis.
7. Terram magnam quatiam.
8. Captlvus plure cum peri-
culo* fugiet.
9. Virl maximo cum clamore*
opus facient.
10. Vltam longiorem bono animo 10. You desire quiet,
cuplvistl.
99
Translate
1. We have taken public money.
2. You have desired a wider
kingdom.
3. He has made a massacre of
the soldiers.
4. You had fled from the lion
with greatest danger.
5. They had snatched a soldier's
shield.
6. You had thrown the booty
with care into the fire.
7. We shall have shaken the
mountains with courage.
8. They will have fled from the
envoys with disaster.
9. Galba will have made a high
wall around the town.
APPLIED LATIN
Translate Translate
ii. Agros fertiles agricolae n. With great boldness I take
cepimus. the sailor's oars.
12. Gladios terribiles quasserunt. 12. He shakes the ends of the earth.
13. Scutum ingens in mare iece- 13. We were throwing spears from
ram. the mountain into the sea.
14. Clvis avem loquacem 14. They were snatching up the
rapuerat. roses from the grass.
15. Frigus hiemis fugeratis. 15. You were fleeing from a sav-
age lion with great fear.
16. Sedem gratam in gramine 16. You will make a bridge across
feceris. the river.
17. Nobilitatem cupiverit. 17. They will desire very great
fame.
18. Vestes bonas ceperimus. 18. I shall take many allies to the
camp.
* Notice the ablatives introduced by cum in these sen-
tences. They express manner.
231. Rule. — Ablative of Manner. — The ablative with cum
is used to denote the manner of an action. When the ablative is
modified by an adjective, the preposition cum may be omitted.
Quiz. — How is the manner of an action expressed in
Latin? In English?
XII. THE NOUN. FOURTH DECLENSION
232.
casus, a chance, falling, m. (case, casual) .
cornu, a horn, wing (of an army), n. (Capricorn).
exercitus, an army, m. senatus, the senate, m.
impetus, a charge, attack, m. (impetuous).
passus, a pace, m. (compass, unsurpassed).
usus, use, advantage, m. (misuse, abuse, usual).
cursus, a running, course, m. (incursion, concourse, excursion).
motus, a motion, m. (motive, locomotive).
conspectus, a view, sight, m. concursus, an attack, collision, m.
occasus, the setting (of the sun), m.
manus, the hand, f. (manual, maneuver, manuscript).
100
THE NOUN. 5
233. Words of the fourth declension have, with a few
exceptions, the same form in the nominative singular as the
form which you have already learned as the fourth prin-
cipal part of the verb. For example, take the noun motus
from moved, casus as if from cado, cursus from curro,
conspectus from specio. The fourth declension, then, en-
abled the Latins to use part of a verb as a noun. It is very
easy in most cases to determine the meaning of fourth de-
clension nouns by recalling the meaning of the verb from
which the noun is derived.
234. Learn this standard fourth declension noun:
Casus, casus, a chance, m.
Singular Plural
Notn. casus, a chance, m. casus, chances
Gen. casus, of a chance casuum, of chances
Dat. casui, to or for a chance casibus, to or for chances
Ace. casum, a chance casus, chances
Voc. casus, (0) chance casus, (0) chances
Abl. casu, with, etc., a chance casibus, with, etc., chances
235. Most of the nouns of this declension are masculine in
gender. The only common neuter noun of the fourth de-
clension is cornu, a horn.
Cornu, cornus, a
horn
! n.
Singular
Plural
Norn.
cornu, a
horn,
n.
cornua, horns
Gen.
cornus
cornuum
Dat.
cornu
cornibus
Ace.
cornu
cornua
Voc.
cornu
cornua
Abl.
cornu
IOI
cornibus
APPLIED LATIN
236. Domus, a house, f., is a fourth declension noun with
some forms of the second declension.
Singular
domus, a house, f .
domus (domi)
Norn.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
AM.
Loc.
Plural
domus, houses
domuum (domorum)
domibus
domus (domos)
domus
domibus
domui (domo)
domum
domus
domu (domo)
domi, at home (compare note, page 67)
Domus (domestic, domicile, domesticate).
237. Write sentences containing the English derivatives
given above.
Quiz. — What do you know about the gender of the fourth
declension? Explain the locative case.
XIII. THE NOUN. FIFTH DECLENSION
238. When the nouns of the Latin language had been
examined and arranged by scholars in four declensions, there
were found to be a, few left; very few, indeed, hardly twenty
that had a uniform declension. These were grouped in the
fifth declension.
Learn these nouns:
acies, an edge, a line of battle, f ,
dies, a day, m.
superficies, a surface, f.
effigies, a likeness, image, f.
f acies, the face, f.
glacies, ice, f .
series, a series, f.
fides, faith, f .
pernicies, destruction, ruin, f.
species, an appearance, show, f .
spes, hope, f.
res, a thing, f.
planities, a plain, f .
rabiSs, fury, i.
102
THE NOUN
39. Learn to decline these two
fifth declension n
Dies, diei, a day, m.
Res, rei, a thing, f.
Singular
Singular
Norn.
dies, a day, m.
res
Gen.
diei, of a day
rei
Dat.
diei, to or for a day
rei
Ace.
diem, a day
rem
Voc.
dies, (0) day
r€s
Abl.
die, with, etc., a day
re
Plural
Plural
Nom.
dies, days
res, things
Gen.
dierum, of days
rerum
Dat.
diebus, to or for days
rebus
Ace.
dies, days
res
Voc.
dies, (0) days
res
Abl.
diebus, with, etc., days
rebus
240. Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine in gender.
Dies, m., is an exception. Only the nouns dies and res of this
declension are declined throughout in both singular and
plural. The others are declined in the singular. Among
these some have also the nominative and the accusative plural.
241. For rapidity translate the following forms, noting
all possible cases :
i. Acies, casus, superficial, res. 2. Domibus, spem, cor-
nua, manibus. 3. Perniciel, rebus, casum, motuum. 4.
Fidem, doml, iisum, re, senatul. 5. Diebus, casu, rerum,
speciem, exercituum. 6. Glacie, seriem, rabies.
242. Translate: 1. Servl montes altos dies* multos spec-
tabant. 2. Multas horas per silvam densam exercitum
duxit. 3. Hostes ex loco plurimos passiis cesserunt.
103
APPLIED LATIN
* Notice the underscored accusatives in these sentences.
They express duration of time or extent of space.
243. Rule.— Accusative of Duration of Time and Ex-
tent of Space. — Duration of time and extent of space are ex-
pressed by the accusative without a preposition.
244. Translate: i. The hours of the day. 2. Many
strange things. 3. Beyond hope. 4. Days of anger. 5. To
the faith of Caesar. 6. Because of great things. 7. The
image of a man. 8. The wing of an army.
Quiz. — How extensive is the fifth declension? Are all
fifth declension words completely declined? How are
duration of time and extent of space expressed?
The City of Rome*
The first settlement at Rome was on that one of the seven
hills called the Palatine (Mons Palatums). Around this
hill a strong wall was constructed, and inside this wall were
the barracks of the soldiers. This hill was completely
covered in later times by the houses (palatia, palaces) of
the Emperors. Near the river was another hill called the
Capitoline (Mons Capitolinus) , on which stood the temple
erected to the three great gods of the Latins : Jupiter, Juno,
and Minerva. This hill had two peaks, and upon the second
peak was built a citadel called the Arx. As a center of civic
life, the Capitoline hill has given us the words capitol and
capital, which we now use in connection with our state
houses and centers of state government.
* Cf . p. 76.
104
THE VERB
Between the Palatine and the Capitoline was the meeting-
place of the Romans, called the Forum, a place which has
been justly famous throughout all succeeding centuries.
Nearer the river was the Forum Boarium, to which the
Romans brought produce for exchange. Here was the
great commercial center of early Rome. Beyond the Capit-
oline lay in order the Quirinal, Viminal, Esquiline, Caelian,
and Aventine hills, which were afterward enclosed within
the walls of Rome. The Circus Maximus, or chief circus, lay
between the Aventine and the Palatine. In this circus took
place horse races, gladiatorial shows, and festal games. At
the bend in the Tiber, north of the city, was the Campus Mar-
tius, or field devoted to the god of war, Mars. In this field
the Roman armies were trained for war and their magistrates
were elected. The Janiculan hill was just across the river.
XIV. THE VERB.
245.
audio, I hear;
finid, / finish;
haurio, / draw of; I drain;
impedio, / hinder;
munio, / fortify;
sentio, / perceive;
scio, / know;
servid, I serve;
venio, / come;
vincio, / bind;
FOURTH CONJUGATION
audire, to hear.
finire, to finish.
haurire, to draw off; drain.
impedire, to hinder.
munire, to fortify.
sentire, to perceive (by the senses).
scire, to know.
servire, to serve (followed by dat-
ive case).
venire, to come.
vincire, to bind.
246. Verbs of the fourth conjugation do not differ greatly
from third conjugation verbs, especially capio, rapio. The
105
APPLIED LATIN
vowel i, however, constantly appears in the forms. Verbs of
this conjugation may be recognized by the ending of the
infinitive -ire, in which the vowel I is always long.
247. Word Study. — Though the number of verbs in this
group is small in comparison with the great number found
in the other conjugations, they furnish important root
verbs for the English language.
Audio is the base of audit, auditor, audience, audible,
obedience.
Finio gives us finish, finite, infinite, infinitive.
Haurio appears in exhaust, inexhaustible, exhaustion.
Impedio is found in impede, impediment.
Munio gives munition, ammunition.
Sentio is found in sense, sensation, sentiment, sensual,
sensible, sentence, presentiment, resent, assent, consent,
scent, sentinel, nonsense.
Scio appears in science, scientific, conscience, prescience.
Servio is the base of serve, servitude, subservient.
Venio is particularly common: advent, adventure, vent,
prevent, intervene, invent, event, eventual.
Write out some English sentences containing these de-
rivatives.
Quiz. — How are verbs of the fourth conjugation recog-
nized?
248. AUDIO.— Active Voice— Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
i. audio, / hear I. audlmus, we hear
2. audls, you hear 2. audltis, you hear
3. audit, he {she, it) hears 3. audiunt, they hear
106
THE VERB
Singular Imperfect Tense Plural
i. audtebam, / was hearing i. audiebamus, we were hearing
2. audiebas, you were hearing 2. audiebatis, you were hearing
3. audiebat, he {she, it) was hearing 3. audiebant, they were hearing
Future Tense
1. audiam, / shall hear 1. audiemus, we shall hear
2. audies, you will hear 2. audietis, you will hear
3. audiet, he (she, it) will hear 3. audient, they will hear
Practise these tenses, using the verbs already given.
249. Translate these verb forms:
1. Audio, flnit, haurltis, impedis.
2. Munit, sentiunt, scis, serviunt, venitis.
3. Muniebat, sentiebam, sciebamus, serviebas.
4. Veniebant, vinciebas, audiebatis.
5. Finiebant, hauriebatis, impediebat.
6. Finient, sentiam, hauriemus, scies.
7. Impedietis, serviemus, munient.
8. Vincient, veniam, audiet.
250. Learn these fourth conjugation verbs:
dormio, / sleep; dormire, to sleep.
punio, / punish; punire, to punish.
sancio, I ordain or establish; sancire, to ordain or establish.
sepelio, / bury; sepelire, to bury.
251. Word Study:
Dormio appears in the words: dormant, dormitory.
Punio gives us: punish, punitive, impunity.
Sancio is the base of saint, sanctum, sanctify, sanctuary.
Sepelio provides the words: sepulchre, sepulture.
252. Examples of the Use of These Derivatives. — 1.
The auditor examined the accounts of the bank. 2. Fire
107
APPLIED LATIN
broke out in the dormitory. 3. Francis of Assisi was a saint
of the Catholic Church. 4. Caesar led the army on a puni-
tive expedition. 5. Do not enter the Sanctum Sanctorum.
Write other similar sentences. Ask your teacher for other
derivatives.
253. Learn the principal parts of the following verbs:
audio,
audlre,
audlvl,
audltus.
flnio,
JFlnlre,
flnlvl,
flnltus.
haurio,
haurire,
hausl,
haustus.
impedio,
impedlre,
impedlvl,
impedltus.
mtinio,
munlre,
munlvl (-il),
munltus.
sentio,
sentire,
sensl,
sensus.
scio,
scire,
sclvl,
scltus.
servio,
servlre,
servil (-IvI),
servltum.
venio,
venire,
venl,
ventum.
vincio,
vincire,
vlnxl,
vlnctus.
dormio,
dormlre,
dormlvl,
dormltum.
punio,
piinlre,
punlvl (-il),
punltus.
sancio,
sanclre,
sanxl,
sanctus.
sepelio,
sepellre,
sepellvl (-il),
sepultus.
254. Translate
1. Avem inter ntibes audio. 1
2. Laborem diel cum spe finis. 2.
3. Femina aquam ex fonte haurit. 3.
4. Socios legibus malls impedl- 4.
mus.
5. Oppidum vallo munltis. 5.
6. Aves odorem silvae sentiunt. 6.
7. Aetatem equl sciebam. 7.
8. Imperatorl grato serviebas. 8.
108
Translate
We shall hear of the terrible
dangers.
You were ending a night-
watch in the tower.
He will drain the water from
the ditch.
We fortify the town with a
wall.
You were hindering the ardor
of the soldiers.
The senate will perceive the
courage of the citizens.
We know the face of the
maiden.
You serve the senate.
THE VERB
Translate Translate
9. Exercitus ad castra vcniebat. 9. They will come to the gate
with hope.
10. Vinum antiquum hauriebamus. 10. They will draw off the new
wine.
11. Vallum magno labore fini- 11. I was ending the liberty of
ebatis. the captives.
12. Clves rem a captlvls audi- 12. You will hear of the necessi-
ebant. ties of the state.
13. Manus pessimorum servorum 13. I bind the hands of the treach-
vinciam. erous slave.
14. In agro inter colles dormies. 14. You were sleeping on a low
couch.
15. Dux sapiens fllios puniet. 15. He will establish the law.
16. Pacem sine bello sanciemus. 16. The consul will punish the
crowd.
17. Equum in fossa alta sepelietis. 17. You were burying the body.
18. Silvae densae agmen 18. They hinder the charge of
impedient. the soldiers.
255. AUDIO.— Active Voice— Indicative Mood
Singular Perfect Tense Plural
1. audivi, / have heard 1. audlvimus, we have heard
2. audlvisti, you have heard 2. audlvistis, you have heard
3. audivit, he {she, it) has heard 3. audlverunt, they have heard
Pluperfect Tense
1. audlveram, / /rod heard 1. audlveramus, we have heard
2. audlveras, you had heard 2. audiveratis, you had heard
3. audlverat, he {she, it) had heard 3. audlverant, they had heard
Future Perfect Tense
1. SLudivetOf I shall have heard 1. audlverimus, we shall have
heard
2. audiveris, you will have heard 2. audlveritis, you will have heard
3. audlverit, he {she, it) will have 3. audlverint, they will have heard
heard
Practise the conjugation of these tenses, using the verbs
already given.
256. Translate these forms : 1 . Munivit , impedlvistis, hausl.
109
APPLIED LATIN
2. Finivisti, audiverunt, sensimus. 3. ScivistI, servierunt,
venistis. 4. Vlnximus, dormlverat, punlveram. 5. Sanxer-
amus, sepeliveras, impedlverant. 6. Servients, sciveratis,
senserant. 7. Munlverat, impedlveratis, hauserint. 8.
Fimvero, audiverimus, veneris. 9. Vinxeritis, dormlverimus,
puniverit. 10. Sanxerint, sepellveris, impedlvero.
257. Translate
1. Perniciem aciei impedlvl.
2. Leonem ferocem sepellvistl.
Translate
1. We shall have heard the
name of the state.
2. You had drained the deep
ditch.
3. Caesar omnes leges bonas sanxit. 3. Caesar will have fortified
the houses.
4. We had hindered the way-
farer's steps.
5. They will have perceived
the odor of wine.
6. You had kno.wn the affairs
of the senate.
7. We have served the people.
8. The end of the day will
have come.
9. Caesar omnes mllites sciverat. 9. The enemy had drained the
rivers around the camp.
10. Colorem vestium senseramus. 10. I have ended the hope of
flight.
11. Urbem fossa altissima muni- 11. You will have heard the
4. Homines malos punivimus.
5. In templo dormlvistis.
6. Nuntium fallacem vlnxerunt.
7. In aedificium cum filiis amid
veneram.
8. Clvibus nobilibus serviveras.
veratis.
winds in the hills.
12. Nubes lumen solis impedl- 12. I have bound the brothers
verant.
13. Fontes aquae malae hausero.
14. Imperium ducis finlveris.
15. Vocem Caesaris in senatu
audiverit.
with care.
13. You had slept among the
mountain crags.
14. The commander will have
ratified peace.
15. We had punished the treach-
erous envoys.
no
THE SENTENCE. INTERROGATIVE
Translate Translate
16. Exsules punlverimus. 16. You have buried the body
of Caesar.
17. Frigus flumina hieme vlnxerit. 17. The mountains have hin-
dered the swift motion of
the winds.
18. In valle inter montes dorm- 18. He had heard the false re-
Iveritis. port.
XV. THE SENTENCE. INTERROGATIVE
258. Up to the present time we have dealt only with the
declarative sentence, the form which is used when we wish
to make a statement of fact. We now come to the inter-
rogative sentence, which is employed when we wish to ask a
question. In English this kind of sentence is shown com-
monly by the addition of a mark of punctuation called the
question mark at the end. Now, in the time of Shakespeare
it was not an uncommon practice to place this mark of punc-
tuation just above the first word of a question, so that the
reader might not have to wait till the end of the sentence,
as we do now, to find out whether or not the sentence was a
question. Among the Romans there was a similar practice.
One of three little words, -ne, nonne, num, was usually
placed at the beginning of an interrogative sentence.
These little words told the reader or listener not only that
the sentence was a question, but also indicated what kind of
an answer was expected.
259. The little word -ne attached to the first word of a
sentence showed that the sentence was interrogative, and
that the answer expected might be either affirmative or nega-
iii
APPLIED LATIN
tive. Habesne rosam? Have you a rose? Yes or no (Habeo
or non habeo).
The word nonne at the beginning of a sentence indicated
a question requiring an affirmative answer. Nonne rosam
habes? You have a rose, haven't you? Yes (Habeo).
The word num at the beginning indicated a question re-
quiring a negative answer. Num rosam habes? You
haven't a rose, have you? No (Non habeo).
260. In Latin, the difference between declarative and in-
terrogative sentences is commonly shown by the addition of
these little words, but there are also other words; as, ubi,
where, and unde, whence, which may introduce questions.
Such introductory words are common. They are either
pronouns or adverbs. We shall meet them later, but for the
present remember that every interrogative sentence must be
introduced by some interrogative word.
261. Translate: i. Nonne exercitus impetum fecit? 2.
Num flammae equos terrent? 3. Ubi servi viam parave-
runt? 4. Regesne gentes hominum regent?
1. Have you seen the captive? 2. Whence came the sound
of voices? 3. You don't love money, do you? 4. Where do
the boys sleep? 5. We have served the state, haven't we?
Quiz. — How are interrogative sentences distinguished in
Latin?
XVI. THE VERB SUM, TO BE
262. This verb, although very important, we have left till
now because it is irregular in conjugation, and does not fol-
low the forms of any of the four regular conjugations.
112
THE VERB
Principal Parts : Sum, / am; esse, to be; fui, / was or I have been, — .
SUM.— Active Voice— Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
i. sum, I am i. sumus, we are
2. es, you are 2. estis, you are
3. est, he {she, it) is 3. sunt, they are
Imperfect Tense
1. eram, / was 1. cram us, we were
2. eras, you were 2. cratis, you were
3. erat, he {she, it) was 3. erant, they were
Future Tense
1. ero, I shall be 1. erimus, wc shall be
2. eris, you will be 2. critis, you will be
3. erit, he {she, it) will be 3. erunt, they will be
Perfect Tense
1. fui, / have been 1. fuimus, we have been
2. fuisu", you have been 2. fuistis, you have been
3. fuit, he {she, it) has been 3. fuerunt, they have been
Pluperfect Tense
1. fueram, / had been 1. fueramus, we had been
2. fueras, you had been 2. fueratis, you had been
3. fuerat, he {she, it) had been 3. fu erant, they had been
Future Perfect Tense
1. fuero, / shall have been 1. fu erimus, wc shall have been
2. fueris, you will have been 2. fueritis, you will have been
3. fuerit, he {she, it) will have been 3. fuerint, they will have been
263. Learn the tenses of the verb given above, and for
practice translate the following forms of the verb sum :
1. Es, eratis, fuisti, sumus, erant, fueris.
2. Fuerimus, est, eram, ero, fuerunt, erimus.
3. Fuimus, erat, erunt, fueram, eris, eramus.
264. Examine these sentences :
1. Caesar fuit homo, Caesar was a man.
The noun homo, though it is connected in sense with the
noun Caesar, is a part of the predicate. It is called a pred-
icate noun.
8 113
APPLIED LATIN
2. Flumen erat latum, The river was wide.
The adjective latum, though it modifies the noun flumen,
is a part of the predicate. It is called a predicate adjective.
Predicate nouns and predicate adjectives are to be trans-
lated after their verb.
265. Rule. — Agreement in the Predicate. A predicate
noun agrees in case with the noun it modifies; a predicate
adjective agrees in gender, number, and case.
Make up some Latin sentences using the verb sum.
XVII. THE ADVERB
266. The name of this new part of speech reveals to us its
most important and most frequent use. The adverb belongs in
a sentence, ad in connection with verb, the verb. To a slight
extent the use of the adverb is extended beyond its use with
the verb. Sometimes an adverb modifies an adjective or
another adverb.
267. Most adverbs (i) are derived from adjectives and
(2) present degrees of comparison as follows:
(Adj.) Adverb Comparative Superlative
(clarus), clare, clarius, more clearly, clarissime, most
clearly, clearly.
(fortis), fortiter, fortius, more bravely, fortissime, most
bravely, bravely.
(recens), recenter, recentius, more recentissime, most
recently, recently, recently.
(felix), feliciter, felicius, more felicissime, most
happily, happily, happily.
(acer), acriter, acrius, more sharply, acerrime, most
sharply, sharply.
These adverbs furnish standard examples of the degrees
of comparison of first, second, and third declension ad-
114
THE ADVERB
verbs. Most first and second declension adverbs follow the
comparison of clare ; most third declension adverbs are like
fortiter.
268. Some adverbs are compared irregularly:
bene (bonus), well, melius, better, optime, best.
male (malus), HI, peius, worse, pessime, worst.
magnopere, greatly, magis, more, maxime, most.
multum (multus), much, plus, more, plurimum, most.
parum, Utile, minus, less, minime, least.
saepe, often, saepius, oftencr, saepissime, oftencst.
269. Some very common adverbs are not derived from
adjectives, but are actually cases of nouns or adjectives that
arc used as adverbs.
a. Some adverbs end in -6 (originally an ablative case) :
subito, suddenly; necessario, necessarily; perpetud, cease-
lessly; primo, at first.
b. Some adverbs end in -tim or -im (originally an ac-
cusative case) : gr a da tim, step by step, verbatim, word by
word, nominatim, name by name, statim, immediately.
270. The following adverbs express the idea of place: ubi,
where; ibi, there; inde, thence; unde, whence; hie, here;
hue, hither; nine, hence.
271. The following adverbs indicate time: nunc, now;
tunc, then; iam, already; nuper, recently; primum, first;
deinde, next; denique, finally; numquam, never; semper,
always; saepe, often; antea, before; postea, afterward.
272. The adverbs tarn, ita, sic, mean so; praeterea, be-
sides; propterea, on that account. The negative adverb is
non, not.
"5
APPLIED LATIN
273. Translate the following: i. Dux mllites in pugnam
saepe ducit. 2. Recenter venerunt. 3. Impetum subito
fecerunt. 4. LegatI homines nominatim vocaverunt. 5. Inde
leonem spec tat. 6. Ubi fontes sunt? 7. Nunc clare vide-
mus. 8. Primum venit, deinde aciem spectavit, denique
acriter clamavit. 9. Famam numquam habebis. 10. Nonne
fortisslmi semper sumus? 11. Tunc in agro eratis. 12. Ibi
captivos tenent. 13. Poeta fata verbatim narrabat.
Quiz. — How are adverbs formed and used?
Pick out ten adverbs in your English reader.
XVIII. THE SENTENCE. COMPOUND
The Conjunction
274. Our sentences so far have been very short and have
expressed simple ideas only. Short sentences are commonly
used by young children or those older persons whose educa-
tion has been neglected. After the short sentences of child-
hood we come to the longer sentences of youth. These
longer sentences are, first, compound, and later, complex.
275. Compound sentences are composed of two or more
short sentences of equal importance, connected by a new
part of speech called the Conjunction.
Example. — Ccesar gave the command and the soldiers obeyed.
276. Some conjunctions merely connect two sentences
(and) ; others connect, but at the same time show a con-
trast between the two sentences (but) ; others are used at
the beginning of a sentence to connect it with the sentence
which has just preceded.
116
COMPOUND SENTENCES
277. The following Latin conjunctions merely connect: et,
-que, atque, and. Color et odor; color odorque.
278. These conjunctions connect and also show a contrast:
sed, but; tamen, nevertheless; autem, however.
279. These conjunctions connect a new sentence with one
which has just preceded: nam, for; itaque, and so; igitur,
accordingly; enim, for; etenim,/or.
280. These conjunctions often occur in pairs:
et . . . . et, both .... and.
aut. . . .aut, either. . . .or.
vel. . . .vel, either. . . .or.
neque (nee) .... neque, (nee) neither .... nor.
Conjunctions which are used in pairs are called correla-
tive conjunctions.
281. It is important to remember that the conjunctions
autem, enim, and igitur are regularly placed second, never
first, in their sentences. The conjunction -que is always
added to the word which it ought to precede. It is called
an enclitic because it is always attached to another word.
The accent of a word to which an enclitic is attached is
on the syllable just before the enclitic, homines'que.
282. The most common English conjunctions are and, but,
because, neither, nor, either, or, for, if, than, that.
283. Translate: i. Honorem gloriamque petimus. 2. Et
patrem et matrem amabant fllii. 3. Virum facile ceperunt
sed femina fugit. 4. Avis frumentum rapuit, et in rupe
sedit. 5. Neque aestatem neque lumen solis timemus. 6.
Etenim domum in insula habemus.
117
APPLIED LATIN
284. Translate: i. Where are the hills and valleys? 2.
And so the general led the army into camp. 3. We saw
neither houses nor low buildings. 4. For (cf. 282) the town
was on fire. 5. Nevertheless the slaves warded off the flames,
and overcame the fire. 6. Both women and men sought
flight. 7. However the danger drove them from the road.
Quiz.— Explain the words conjunction, enclitic, cor-
relative.
XIX. THE PRONOUN
285. If it were always necessary to repeat the noun-sub-
ject of a sentence, and there were no words which could re-
place the subject, we would talk something in the following
way: "John says that John saw John's wife at John's store
and that John's wife said to John that John's wife was on the
way home." Happily there are words which we may use to
replace the noun. These words are called pronouns, and
the word pro (for) noun (a noun) reveals the use of this
new part of speech.
286. In English and in Latin there are personal, demonstra-
tive, reflexive, interrogative, relative, and indefinite pronouns.
287. Personal pronouns replace nouns which are the
names of persons. They are usually employed when it is
desirable to emphasize the subject of a verb which is used in
the first or second persons, singular or plural. As you have
learned, the personal subjects of the verbs, unless especially
important or emphatic, are not expressed in Latin, but are
included in the verb form.
118
THE PRONOUN
288. The personal pronoun of the first person :
Singular Plural
Norn, ego, / nos, we
Gen. mei, of me nostrum, (i), of us
Dat. mini, to or for me nobis, to or for us
Ace. me, me nos, us
Voc. , ,
Abl. me, with, etc., me nobis, with, etc., us
289. The personal pronoun of the second person :
Singular Plural
Nom. tu, you vos, you
Gen. tui, of you vestrum (i), of you
Dat. tibi, to or for you vobis, to or for you
Ace. te, you vos, you
Voc. , ,
Abl. te, with, etc., you vobis, with, etc., you
Learn these pronouns.
290. Translate: i. Ego filiam regis amo. 2. Te in aedi-
ficium portamus. 3. Nos fortissiml militum sumus. 4. Vos
equum in via vidistis. 5. Nos loquaces sumus sed numquam
mall. 6. Nos ad mare venimus et rosas in aquam claram
iecimus. 7 Vos cum poeta* venistis. 8. Cum virginibus
puerisque* templum spectavl. 9. Legatum tecum* mlsl. 10.
Voblscum in exercitii serviebamus. 11. Multa animalia
nobiscum in agro dormiunt. 12. Rex te e regno pellet.
* Note the use of the ablative with cum in these sentences.
They express accompaniment.
291. Rule. — Ablative of Accompaniment. — The ablative
with cum expresses accompaniment.
292. The preposition cum is regularly attached (enclitic)
to the ablative cases of these two personal pronouns (tecum) .
119
APPLIED LATIN
293. Translate: i. The consul looked at the races with the
citizens. 2. Did the sad woman come with you? 3. The gen-
eral with leaders and envoys ran to the camp. 4. We came
with you. 5. They spoke to us about the soul.
Quiz. — What kinds of pronouns are there in Latin? in
English? How is accompaniment expressed in Latin?
The Story of Early Rome
At the beginning, Rome was merely an outpost of the
Latin Confederacy against the Etruscans. Many soldiers
lived there. When the fortress became thoroughly estab-
lished and there was a lull in the fighting, the peaceful occu-
pations of herding and agriculture began to appear. The
farmers and herdsmen went out each morning to their work,
and returned each evening to the protection of the walls of
the Palatine. Popular tales of the Romans told an inter-
esting story of the way early Rome was filled with people.
It seems that the Romans held some great festival to which
all the maidens of the neighboring tribes were invited.
When the games were going on, and all the maidens were
intently watching, each Roman, at a given signal, seized
one for himself and kept her for his wife. Thus, they said,
domestic life began at Rome.
After Rome had become important as a large village, the
men of surrounding tribes made their homes there and in-
creased the population. Eventually Rome fell into the
power of the Etruscans, who set up a kingdom there.
When the new government was established, the leading
120
THE VERB
men of the Roman families were called together as an ad-
visory council for the kings, and formed the Senate. De-
scendants of these senators made up the first group of citi-
zens at Rome called the Patrician Order. Men of other
tribes who had come to Rome made up the Plebeian Order,
or the common people of Rome. The Etruscan kings were
finally banished, and a Republican government under two
Consuls was set up. This government was at first entirely
controlled by the Patricians, the Plebeians having no voice
in public affairs. The later history of Rome is mainly the
story of the struggle of the Plebeians for a voice in the gov-
ernment.
XX. THE VERB. FIRST CONJUGATION
294.
anno, armare, armavi, armatus, to equip with weapons, arm.
cred, creare, creavi, creatus, to create, elect.
do, dare, dedi, datus, to give, grant.
erro, errare, erravi, erratum, to go astray, make a mistake.
firmo, firmare, firmavi, firmatus, to make firm, strengthen.
memoro, memorare, memoravi, memoratus, to mention, relate.
emigro, emigrare, emigravi, emigratum, to move away.
monstro, monstrare, monstravi, monstratus, to show, point out.
muto, mutare, mutavi, mutatus, to change, alter.
sto, stare, steti, statum, to stand, stand firm.
Learn these first conjugation verbs.
295. Word Study. — Can you tell the Latin base and the
English meanings of the following words? Add, army,
monster, commute, station, destiny, statute, constitution,
armory, donor, solstice, demonstrate, dative, erratic, ar-
121
APPLIED LATIN
mada, memorandum, confirm, editor, stagnant, armistice,
firmament, memorial, monstrous, statue, render, errant,
stall, infirmary, remonstrate, surrender, disarm, standard,
armament, unerring, commuter, donation, firm, memoir,
date, immutable, erratum, memory, monstrosity, addition,
erroneous, obstacle, institute, data, error, affirm, infirmity,
memorable, mutual, erring, destitute, stable, superstition,
distance, assist, staid, stability, establish, restive, constant,
stage, standstill.
Discuss these derivatives in class. Learn to spell them
correctly. Use them in sentences.
296. LAUDO. — Passive Voice — Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
i. laudor, / am praised i. laudamur, we are praised
2. laudaris, you are praised 2. laudamini, you are praised
3. laudatur, he (she, it) is praised 3. laudantur, they are praised
Imperfect Tense
1 . laudabar, / was praised 1 . laudabamur, we were praised
2. laudabaris, you were praised 2. laudabamini, you were
praised
3. laudabatur, he (she, it) was 3. laudabantur, they were
praised praised
Future Tense
1. laudabor, / shall be praised 1. laudabimur, we shall be
praised
2. laudaberis, you will be praised 2. laudabimini, you will be
praised
3. laudabitur, he (she, it) will be 3. laudabuntur, they will be
praised praised
297. The Passive Voice. You have already learned that
the passive voice is used when the subject of the sentence is
122
THE VERB
represented, not as acting upon some object, but as being acted
upon.
298. Examples.— He strikes John (verb in the active
voice). He is struck by John (verb in the passive voice).
From the second of these sentences note that it is impossible
to have a direct object after a passive verb.
299. Examples. — He strikes John. John is struck by him.
From the second of these sentences note that the direct ob-
ject of a verb in the active voice becomes the subject of the verb
when the verb is changed from the active to the passive voice.
300. Translate for practice : i. Amor, llberatur, ornamini.
2. Laudatur, vocantur, superamur, pararis. 3. Portantur,
spectaminl, narrantur. 4. Parabatur, laudabatur, porta-
bamur. 5. Narrabatur, vocabantur, amabaris, spectaba-
mini. 6. Ornabantur, llberabamini, superabantur. 7. Por-
tabuntur, vocabor, superabimur. 8. Paraberis, spectabi-
minl. 9. Amabimur, llberabuntur. 10. Narrabitur, cla-
mabitur, ornaberis.
301. Translate: 1. Neque tells neque gladiis armor. 2.
TurexBrittanorum e multitudine mllitum crearis. 3. Pro-
vinciae navibus praesidilsque maximls firmabantur sed
hostes impetus terribiles saepe fecerunt. 4. Post pericula
et labores vltae nomina virorum illiistrium memorantur.
5. Vos inter optimos elves monstrabiminl.
302. Translate: 1. I shall be decorated with a crown. 2.
We shall be overcome by the cold. 3. The slaves will be
carried from the island. 4. Nevertheless they always desire
freedom. 5. At first the commander looked at the army. 6.
123
APPLIED LATIN
Then he changed the line of battle. 7. We have seen the
sunset.
Quiz. — When is the passive voice used? Can a passive
verb have a direct object?
XXI. THE PRONOUN. PERSONAL
303. The personal pronoun of the third person :
Is, Ea, Id, He, She, It, This, That
Singular
M.
F.
N.
Ncm.
is
ea
id
Gen.
eius
eius
eius
Bat.
el
ei
ei
Ace.
eum
earn
id
Voc.
Abl.
eo
ea
Plural
eo
Nom.
ei, ii
eae
ea
Gen.
eorum
earum
eorum
Bat.
eis, iis
eis, iis
eis, iis
Ace.
eos
eas
ea
Voc.
Abl.
eis, iis
eis, iis
eis, iis
Meaning of the cases:
Singular Plural
Nom. he, she, it, this, that they, these, those
Gen. of him, her, it, this, that of them, these, those
Bat. to or for him, her, it, this, to or for them, these, those
that
Ace. him, her, it, this, that them, these, those
Voc.
Abl. with, etc., him, her, it, this, with, etc., them, these, those
that
124
THE PRONOUN
304. The pronoun is, when used in agreement with a noun,
becomes a demonstrative adjective; Is homo, this man; ea
femina, this woman; id bellum, this war.
305. Translate: i. Aves loquaces els * dabuntur. 2. Ab
els** hostes superantur. 3. Fllils* poetae novam viam
monstramus. 4. A consulibus** leges malae mutabantur.
5. Ampla provinciae vectlgalia imperatorl dabantur. 6.
Eorum equl in agro sunt. 7. Aedificia magna els faciemus.
* Many verbs are followed by two objects : the direct (accu-
sative) upon which the verb acts directly, and the indirect
(dative) with which the action of the verb is indirectly con-
cerned. Thus: I give the book (d. o.) to John (i. o.). In sen-
tences Nos. 3, 5, 7 are cases of the dative of the indirect object.
306. Rule. — Indirect Object. — The indirect object of a
verb is put in the dative case.
**Note the instances in 2 and 4 of the ablative intro-
duced by ab (a). These ablatives are used with verbs in the
passive voice. They indicate the person by whom the action
is done. Change the verb to the active voice and you will
see that the ablative becomes the subject of the verb.
307. Rule. — Ablative of Agent. — The personal agent with
a passive verb is put in the ablative case introduced by the prep-
osition ab (a).
Translate: 1. I love her son. 2. He is freed by the com-
mander. 3. They are carrying grain to the town. 4. Their
voices are heavy. 5. We were overcome by them. 6. Are
you looking at them {fern) ? 7. We shall be armed with those
swords. 8. He was appointed consul.
125
APPLIED LATIN
Quiz. — Give the personal pronouns for all three persons,
singular and plural. How is the indirect object expressed?
The personal agent ?
XXII. THE VERB. FIRST AND SECOND CON-
JUGATIONS
308. LAUDO. — Passive Voice — Indicative Mood
Singular Perfect Tense Plural
i. laudatus (a, um) sum, / have i. laudati (ae, a) sumus, we have
been praised been praised
2. laudatus (a, um) es, you have 2. laudati (ae, a) estis, you have
been praised been praised
3. laudatus (a, um) est, he {she, it) 3. laudati (ae, a) sunt, they have
has been praised been praised
Pluperfect Tense
1. laudatus (a, um) eram, I had 1. laudati (ae, a) eramus, we had
been praised been praised
2. laudatus (a, um) eras, you had 2. laudati (ae, a) eratis, you had
been praised been praised
3. laudatus (a, um) erat,he (she, it) 3. laudati (ae, a) erant, they had
had been praised . been praised
Future Perfect Tense
1. laudatus (a, um) ero, / shall have 1. laudati (ae, a) erimus, we
been praised shall have been praised
2. laudatus (a, um) eris t 'you will 2. laudati (ae, a) eritis, you will
have been praised have been praised
3. laudatus (a, um) erit, he (she, it) 3. laudati (ae, a) erunt, they will
will have been praised have been praised
309. These tenses are the easiest of the Latin verb be-
cause they are composed of forms which you already know.
126
THE VERB
They are made up of the fourth principal part of the verb and
tenses of the verb sum. Hence these tenses are called com-
pound tenses.
The form laudatus is really an adjective, and is declined
-like the adjective latus. You must be very careful to make
the adjective laudatus correspond in gender and number
with the gender and number of the subject of the verb, as
homo laudatus est, homines laudati sunt,
femina laudata est, feminae laudatae sunt,
carmen laudatum est, carmina laudata sunt.
310. Translate these forms for rapidity: i. Amatus es,
ornatl sunt, paratae estis. 2. Monstrata erant, mutatae
erimus, creatum erit.
311. Translate : 1 . A meis filiabus amatus sum. 2 . Pericula
ab hostibus creata erunt. 3. Bella Gallica ab omnibus civi-
bus optimlsmemorata erant. 4. Ubisunt litterae? 5. Nomen
legis mutatum est. 6. Feminae in luce solis stabant. 7. Mons
altissimus in finibus hostium stat. 8. Itaque agricolae ex
agrls emigraverunt.
312. Translate: 1. Toil brings fame to many men. 2. In
time of war we give aid to our friends. 3. Their house is
burning, and the slaves are bringing water. 4. Have we been
praised by the soldiers? 5. The names of evil men are never
mentioned by good citizens. 6. The enemy stood at the
head of the bridge.
313. Explain the uses of the ablative in these sentences.
Review all the English derivatives of first conjugation verbs.
127
APPLIED LATIN
314.
deled,
delere,
delevi,
deletus,
to blot out, destroy.
floreo,
florere,
florui,
j
to bloom.
fulgeo,
fulgere,
fulsi,
>
to glow, flash.
luceo,
Ulcere,
luxi,
}
to give light, beam.
rideo,
ridere,
risi,
risum,
to laugh (at).
caveo,
cavere,
cavi,
cautus,
to beware, be on one's guard.
torqueo,
torquere,
torsi,
tortus,
to twist.
studeo,
studere,
studui,
j
to attend to, be eager (fol-
lowed by the dative).
spondeo ,
spondere,
spopondi,
sponsus,
to promise.
placed,
placere,
placui,
placitus,
to please (followed by the
dative),
to favor, aid (followed by
faveo,
favere,
favi,
fautus,
the dative).
Learn these second conjugation verbs.
315. Word Study. — Let us see what words are derived
from the verbs above:
deled, delete, indelible.
floreo, flower, flourish, Florence, efflorescence, florist.
fulgeo, refulgent, effulgent.
luceo, Lucy, lucent, translucent, lurid, elucidate.
rideo, deride, derision, risible, ridicule.
caveo, caution, precaution, cautionary.
torqueo, extort, contort, distort, torture, torment.
studeo, study, studious, student.
spondeo, spouse, respond, sponsor, despond, irresponsible, corre-
spond.
placeo, please, displease, complacent, complaisance, pleasant,
pleasure, placid.
faveo, favorite, favor, disfavor, favorable.
316. Examples of These Derivatives in English. —
i. We have indelible pencils. 2. The florist sells flowers. 3.
The polished shield was refulgent in the sunlight. 4. Very
fine china through which light can shine is said to be trans-
lucent; glass through which the eye can see objects very
128
THE VERB
clearly is called transparent. 5. A lurid flame lighted up the
heavens. 6. Do not deride people who take precautions. 7.
By means of torture evidence was extorted from the slave.
8. An irresponsible person is a bad companion for young
people. 9. May fortune favor the brave.
317. HABEO.— Passive Voice— Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
1. habeor, / am held (had) 1. habemur, we are held (had)
2. haberis, you are held (had) 2. habemini, you are held (had)
3. habetur, he (she, it) is held (had) 3. habentur, they are held (had)
Imperfect Tense
1. habebar, I was held (had) 1. habebamur, we were held (had)
2. habebaris, you were held (had) 2. habebamini, youwereheld(had)
3. habebatur, he (she, it) was held 3. habebantur, they were held (had)
(had)
Future Tense
1. habebor, / shall be held (had) 1. habebimur, we shall be held
(had)
2. habeberis, you will be held (had) 2. habebimini, you will be held
(had)
3. habebitur, he (she, it) will be held 3. habebuntur, they will be held
(had) (had)
Practise these tenses, using the verbs given in Para-
graph 314.
318. Translate: 1. Placetur, spondemur, torqueris, fave-
tur, delentur. 2. Iubebatur, tenebaris, terrebamur, videba-
minl, habebantur. 3. Studebitur, torquebimus, delebuntur,
tenebiminl, habeberis.
319. Translate: 1. Memoria periculorum graviorum no vis
calamitatibus deletur. 2. Aestate silvae floruerunt. 3.
Fortiina fortibus fa vet. 4. Captivl a mllitibus habentur. 5.
Ignis ingens in colle fulgebat. 6. Per nubes densas sol non
semper lucet. 7. Legiones victoria rlserunt et clamaverunt.
8. Nonne Iram Caesaris cavemus? 9. Silvae vehementibus
9 129
APPLIED LATIN
hiemis ventis torquentur. 10. HumanitatI et libertati elves
Roman! studebant. n. Dona amlcls propter curam dili-
gentiamque eorum spopondimus. 12. Opera mllitum duel
placent.
320. Translate: 1. We are moved by the dangers of the
war. 2. The streets of the town were filled by the shouts of
the wayfarers. 3. The taxes are increased because of the
lack of grain. 4. Their sons and daughters will be taught by
the poet. 5. The labor of years was destroyed by the flames.
XXIII. THE PRONOUN. REFLEXIVE
321. You have already learned the personal pronouns of
the first, second, and third persons.
In such sentences as / praise myself or you love yourself
or he strikes himself, a special kind of personal pronoun is
used for the objects myself, yourself, and himself. This pro-
noun is called the reflexive personal pronoun.
322. The reflexive pronouns of the first and second per-
sons are the same in form as the personal pronouns ego and tu.
I praise myself, me laudo.
You praise yourself, te laudas.
We praise ourselves, nos laudamus.
You praise yourselves, vos laudatis.
There is a special reflexive pronoun for the third per-
son:
Third Person Reflexive Pronoun
Nom.
.
Gen.
sui,
of himself, herself, itself.
Dat.
sibi,
to or for himself, herself, itself.
Ace.
se,
himself, herself, itself.
Voc.
.
Abl.
se,
with, from, in, or by himself, herself, itself.
130
THE PRONOUN. REFLEXIVE
The plural of this pronoun has the same forms as the
singular. The meanings of the plural cases are of them-
selves, to or for themselves, etc.
323. The following possessive adjectives are formed
from the personal pronouns:
meus, mea, meum, my or mine, noster, nostra, nostrum, our.
tuus, tua, tuum, your {singular), vester, vestra, vestrum, your
{plural).
suus, sua, suum, his, her, its. suus, sua, suum, their.
These adjectives are declined like latus. The nominative
singular masculine of noster and vester are exceptional
(ager, Paragraph 46). All the other forms of these two
adjectives follow latus exactly. Suus is reflexive. If his,
her, etc., denotes possession by the subject of the verb, use
suus; if possession by someone other than the subject, use
the genitive of is (eius, eorum, earum).
324. Translate Translate
1. Meus servus se laudabit. 1. The king's sister looks at her
own image.
2. Nos vestris coronls ornamur. 2. We know ourselves.
3. Me in aqua video. 3. Our sun shines with its own
light.
4. Reges se non semper rexerunt. 4. Men love their own sons.
5. Caput tuum ad occasum solis 5. The woman is led by her own
vertebas. daughters.
6. Ars per se valebit. 6. Caesar will be praised by his
own leaders.
7. Poeta suum carmen narravit. 7. Your sons have loved me al-
ways.
8. Nostris laboribus semper lau- 8. Your {singular) daughters give
dabimur. gifts to the sailor.
9. Noster avis eorum voces au- 9. Our horses often remain in the
dlverat. fields.
10. Vos nos vestibus tegitis. 10. Where are your {plural)
weapons?
131
APPLIED LATIN
XXIV. THE VERB. SECOND AND THIRD CON-
JUGATIONS
325. HABEO.— Passive Voice— Indicative Mood
Singular Perfect Tense Plural
i. habitus (a, um) sum, / have been i. habiti (ae, a) sumus, we have
held {had) been held {had)
2. habitus (a, um) es, you have been 2. habiti (ae, a) estis, you have
held {had) been held {had)
3. habitus (a, um) est, he {she, it) 3. habiti (ae, a) sunt, they have
has been held {had) been held {had)
Pluperfect Tense
1. habitus (a, um) eram, I had been 1. habiti (ae, a) eramus, we had
held {had) been held {had)
2. habitus (a, um) eras, you had 2. habiti (ae, a) eratis, you had
been held {had) been held (had)
3. habitus (a, um) erat, he {she, it) 3. habiti (ae, a) erant, they had
had been held {had) been held {had)
Future Perfect Tense
1. habitus (a, um) ero, / shall have 1. habiti (ae, a) erimus, we shall
been held {had) have been held {had)
2. habitus (a, um) eris, you will have 2. habiti (ae, a) eritis, you will
been held {had) have been held {had)
3. habitus (a, um) erit, he {she, it) 3. habiti (ae, a) erunt, they will
will have been held {had) have been held {had)
Practise these tenses, using the verbs given in Paragraph
3 J 4.
326. Translate: 1. Iussus sum, territa es, visum est,
placitum est, deleta sunt, sponsl sumus. 2. Dele turn erat,
torti erant, iussl eramus, habitae eratis. 3. Visum erit,
placitum erit, territi eritis, iussi erunt.
327. Translate: 1. Captlvus in supplicio aeterno habitus
sum. 2. Viri suis calamitatibus moti erant. 3. Num sol se
movet? 4. In fabulls poetarum multa sunt falsa. 5. Leo
atrox se in clara fliiminis aqua spectabat. 6. Omnis exer-
citus in suo loco manebat. 7. Frater sororem suam duxit. 8.
132
THE VERB
Caput, frons, dentes, mantis sunt partes corporis. 9. Natura
hominum vestibus bonis non mutatur. 10. Consules clamor-
ibus clvium territl erunt.
328. Translate: 1. The swift birds were seen in the forest.
2. Life is short and time is fleeting. 3. Above the pathless
forests the sun shines. 4. Over the river there was a frail
bridge. 5. The sad mother touched the face of her son with
her hand. 6. I am considered a citizen of many states. 7.
The bird was seen at the edge of the spring.
Review all the English derivatives of second conjugation
verbs.
329.
caedo,
caedere,
cecidi,
caesus,
to cut, kill.
credo,
claudo,
credere,
claudere,
credidi,
clausi,
creditus,
clausus,
to trust, believe,
{followed by dative)
to close.
cresco,
crescere,
crevi,
cretus,
to increase.
flecto,
flectere,
flexl,
flexus,
to bend.
fluo,
fluere,
fluxi,
fluxinn,
to flow.
frango,
solvo,
frangere,
solvere,
fregi,
solvi,
fractus,
solutus,
to break.
to loosen, free.
struo,
struere,
struxi,
structus,
to build.
vinco,
vincere,
vici,
victus,
to conquer.
Learn these third conjugation verbs.
330. Word Study. — Can you pick out the Latin bases
and define the English meanings of these words? Suicide,
seclusion, flux, resolve, substructure, convince, reflector,
credit, flow, fraction, instruct, conviction, solve, decide, con-
clude, fluent, insolvent, obstruct, destroy, deflect, creed, fluid,
fraction, soluble, structure, fracture, concise, include, flue,
resolute, convict, destructive, flexible, credulity, affluent,
133
APPLIED LATIN
solvent, victor, dissolute, infringe, incision, conclude, con-
fluence, invincible, construct, fragment, inflection, incredi-
ble, influential, victim, superstructure, dissolve, fragile,
precise, fluctuate.
Write English sentences containing these derivatives.
331. DUCO.— Passive Voice— Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
i. ducoT, I am led i. ducimur, we are led
2. duceris, you are led 2. ducimini, you are led
3. ducituTfhe (she, it) is led 3. ducuntur, they are led
Imperfect Tense
1. ducebar, / was led 1. ducebamur, we were led
2. ducebaris, you were led 2. ducebamini, you were led
3. diicebatur, he (she, it) was led 3. ducebantur, they were led
Future Tense
1. ducar, / shall be led 1. ducemur, we shall be led
2. duceris, you will be led 2. ducemini, you will be led
3. ducetur, he (she, it) will be led 3. dticentur, they will be led
Practise these tenses, using the verbs of Paragraph 329.
332. Translate: 1. Caedor, creditur, crescitur, flectimur,
frangiminl, struuntur. 2. Vincebar, solvebaris, claudebatur,
credebatur, caedebantur. 3. Credetur, flecteris, crescetur.
4. Caedemur, vincemini, struentur.
333. Translate: 1. Aedificium ingens in colle altissimo
struebatur. 2. Manum meam cecldi. 3. Ibi flumen nobile
fluit. 4. Portae urbis clauduntur et omnes milites terrore
tacent. 5. Cursus aquae ab agricola flectebatur. 6. La-
bor omnia vincit. 7. Calamitatibus necessitatibusque do-
cemur. 8. Captivi in oppidum ducuntur. 9. Dentes leonis
gladio servi frangentur. 10. Hieme frigus crescit sed
i34
THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
aestate claro solis lumine vincitur. 1 1 . Fabula fallacis cap-
tivl ab omnibus legatls credebatur.
334. Translate: i. Love laughs at all restraint. 2. Broad
rivers flow from the mountains into the sea. 3. The gates of
the city are closed against the enemy. 4. Caesar built a wall
around the town. 5. We believe in virtue and nobility. 6.
The rush of the wind was overcome by the high hills. 7. A
fleet was constructed for the famous consuls.
XXV. THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
335.
hie, haec, hoc, this, or this man, woman, thing, according to the
gender.
iste, ista, istud, that {of yours), or that man, woman, thing, accord-
ing to the gender.
ille, ilia, illud, that, or that man, woman, thing, according to the
gender.
336. These three words are pronouns because they replace
nouns. They are called demonstrative because they point
out (demonstro) or call attention to special persons, places,
or things.
Examples as pronouns:
1. Ille est bonus homo. That is a good man.
2. Haec est mea mater. This is my mother.
Hie, iste, and ille when used in agreement with nouns
are demonstrative adjectives.
Examples as adjectives:
1. Hie homo est imperator noster. This man is our
commander.
2. Ista fHia est sapiens. That daughter of yours is wise.
These three words are, consequently, sometimes dem-
onstrative pronouns, sometimes demonstrative adjectives.
i35
APPLIED LATIN
337. Hie is sometimes called a pronoun of the first person
because it always refers to some one close beside the speaker.
Iste is sometimes called a pronoun of the second person
because it refers to some one a little removed from the speaker,
that is, over beside you.
Ille is sometimes called a pronoun of the third person
because it refers to some one at a considerable distance from the
speaker.
338. Learn the declension of hie.
Singular
Nom. hie, haec, hoc, this, he, she, it.
Gen. huius, huius, huius, of this, of him, her, it.
Dat. huic, huic, huic, to or for this, to him, her, it.
Ace. hunc, hanc, hoc, this, him, her, it.
AM. hoc, hac, hoc, with, etc., this, him her, it.
Plural
Nom. hi, hae, haec, these, they.
Gen. horum, harum, horum, of these, them.
Dat. his, his, his, to or for these, them.
Ace. hos, has, haec, these, them.
AH. his, his, his, with, etc., these, them.
339. The pronoun hie is constantly used as an adjective,
and when so used is a demonstrative adjective.
340. Translate: i. Hie (homo) equum in agro vidit, sed
domum non duxit. 2. Mllites his gladiis caedem atrocem
facient. 3. Omnes (virl) matrem Caesaris amant. 4. Hi
(servi) domi sunt. 5. Rosaene aestate florent? 6. Haec
(pericula) multos fortes terruerunt, sed legiones imperatoris
numquam fugerunt. 7. Hoc (carmen) saepe laudatum est.
8. Hac in provincia consul sapienter rexit. 9. Hunc lega-
136
THE VERB
turn de pace statim misimus. 10. Nunc bellum atrocissi-
mum est in Europa. n. Trans flumen latum German!
castra posuerunt. 12. His (rebus) socil territi sunt.
341. Translate: 1. These men were dragging that anchor
from the water. 2. 1 am giving a gift to that son (of yours).
3. The leader of this legion saw that river and those bridges.
4. Do you favor those nations? 5. With this hope the minds
of the soldiers were filled. 6. That house (of yours) in the
valley is burning. 7. There stood the standard of Caesar.
8. We favor this law.
XXVI. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION
342. DUCO.— Passive Voice— Indicative Mood
Singular Perfect Tense Plural
1. ductus (a, um) sum, / have been 1. duett (ae, a) sumus, we have
led been led
2. ductus (a, um) es, you have been 2. ducti (ae, a) estis, you have
led been led
3. ductus (a, um) est, he {she, it) has 3. ducti (ae, a) sunt, they have
been led been led
Pluperfect Tense
1. ductus (a, um) eram, / had been 1. ducti (ae, a) eramus, we had
led been led
2. ductus (a, um) eras, you had been 2. ducti (ae, a) eratis, you had
led been led
3. ductus (a, um) erat, he {she, it) 3. duett (ae, a) erant, they had
had been led been led
Future Perfect Tense
1. ductus (a, um) ero, / shall have 1. ducti (ae, a) erimus, we shall
been led have been led
2. ductus (a, um) eris, you will have 2. ducti (ae, a) eritis, you will
been led have been led
3. ductus (a, um) erit, he {she, it) 3. ducti (ae, a) erunt, they will
will have been led have been led
Practise these tenses, using >the verbs given in Para-
graph 329.
i37
APPLIED LATIN
343. Translate these forms: i. Caesus sum, creditum
est, clausum est, flexi sumus, fracta sunt. 2. Solutus eras,
structum erat, victi eratis, caesi erant, ductae eramus. 3.
Petitus ero, positae erunt, recti erimus, press! eritis,
scriptae erunt.
344. Translate: 1. Dentibus huius leonis caesus ero. 2.
Ex hac provincia celeriter pulsl eramus. 3. Frigus Ignibus
plurimls premetur. 4. Scientia artis utilis omnibus honorem
dat. 5. Aqua e flumine ad urbem ducetur. 6. Auxilia a
Caesare missa erunt. 7. Litterae recenter scriptae erant.
8. In manibus nunti magna pecunia posita est.
345. Translate: 1. The enemy quickly sought peace. 2.
He was called emperor by a happy throng. 3. At the begin-
ning of the fight the line of battle was broken. 4. However,
the legions easily retained their places and then the enemy
was driven from the camp. 5. The leader's standard was
being carried before the marching troops.
Review all the English derivatives of third conjugation
verbs.
The Story of Later Rome
The Republican form of government lasted till the time
of the great general, Julius Caesar, who brought about the
changes which turned the Roman Republic into an Empire.
Caesar lived just a little while before the time of Christ,
and the republic which he ended had lasted about five hun-
dred years. The early years of the republic were occupied
with the struggles of the Patricians and Plebeians, and of
both with the tribes surrounding Rome.
138
THE STORY OF LATER ROME
The rising Roman power next came into conflict with the
Carthaginians, who possessed a great naval empire, with a
base at Carthage, in Africa. After the first war with this na-
tion, Rome gained control of Sicily. The second war brought
into history Hannibal, one of the world's greatest com-
manders. Starting from Spain, Hannibal made a wonderful
passage over the Alps, overwhelmed the Romans in North
Italy, advanced toward Rome, and made his camp at Capua.
For months he remained in Magna Graecia, proving a terror
to the people of Rome. Roman mothers quieted their chil-
dren by telling them that Hannibal "would get them if they
didn't watch out." Finally he was forced to return to
Carthage because of troubles at home. The third war saw
the complete destruction of Carthage by Roman armies led
by Scipio Africanus. The supremacy of Rome over the
Western Mediterranean followed the victory of Scipio.
At the same time Roman armies conquered Greece, thus
extending their power over the Eastern Mediterranean.
At last the task of governing the whole world became too
great for the citizens of Rome. The ordinary Roman citizen
could not cope with the problems of imperial control.
Men of genius began to see an opportunity for seizing im-
perial power. Bloody civil wars became the fashion in
Rome. Marius, Sulla, Pompey, and Julius Caesar followed
one another in quick succession. Caesar was at last suc-
cessful, after a terrible period of civil war. But he was
assassinated soon after securing control. His successor,
Augustus, during a long peaceful reign, established the
139
APPLIED LATIN
Empire, which spread abroad Roman laws, customs, and
government throughout Europe and Western Asia.
XXVII. THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
346. Learn the declension of ille.
Singular
Nom. ille, ilia, illud, that, he, she, it.
Gen. illius, illius, illius, of that, him.
Dat. illi, illi, illi, to or for that, him, her, it.
Ace. ilium, illam, illud, that, him, her, it
Abl. illo, ilia, illo, with, etc., that, him, her, it.
Plural
Nom. illi, illae, ilia, those, they.
Gen. illorum, illarum, illorum, of those, them.
Dat. illis, illis, illis, to or for those, them.
Ace. illos, illas, ilia, those, them.
Voc. , , , , .
Abl. illis, illis, illis, with, etc., those, them.
347. The declension of iste, that (of yours), he, corre-
sponds exactly in endings to the declension of ille.
348. Like hie, ille and iste are often used in agreement
with nouns. When thus used these pronouns become
demonstrative adjectives. Ille is sometimes used in the
same sentence with hie to indicate a contrast, as ille, the
former; hie, the latter.
349. Translate: i. Illud vinum pessimum erat. 2. Illo
bello istl milites territi sunt. 3. Iste films imperatorem
suum amat. 4. Ilia calami tas civitatem felicem superavit.
5. Nos clamorem magnam in illo templo saepe facimus.
140
THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
6. Ubi ille pons in flumine lato fuit? 7. Caesarem et Gal-
bam videmus; ille imperator, hie agricola est.
350. Translate: 1. We see the swift motion of that river.
2. That army was led across the bridge into the territories
of the enemy. 3. The fragrance of roses is pleasing to all
men. 4. The color of the garment had been destroyed by
the light of the sun. 5. The great war has destroyed the laws
of nations. 6. In these days we seek peace not war.
Certain Irregular Adjectives
351. Certain adjectives in Latin resemble ille and iste
in declension, especially in the genitive and dative singular.
When used alone, these adjectives become pronouns.
352. Learn this declension : totus, tota, totum, all, whole.
Singular
Plural
M.
F.
N.
M.
F.
N.
Norn.
totus
tota
totum
toti
totae
tota
Gen.
totius
totius
totius
totorum
totarum
totorum
Dat.
toti
toti
toti
totis
totis
totis
Ace.
totum
totam
totum
totos
totas
tota
Voc.
tote
tota
totum
toti
totae
tota
Abl.
toto
tota
toto
totis
totis
totis
353. Learn the following irregular adjectives:
unus, una, unum, one, alone.
ullus, ulla, ullum, any.
nullus, nulla, nullum, none, no.
uter, utra, utrum, which {of two).
neuter, neutra, neutrum, neither
{of two).
uterque, utraque, utrumque, each
{of two) both.
solus, sola, solum, alone, only.
alius, alia, aliud, other, another.
alter, altera, alterum, the one,
the other {of two); Genitive
singular, alterius.
354. Translate: 1. Alii consules maiores provincias ha-
141
APPLIED LATIN
bent. 2. Totum carmen amamus. 3. NullI pueros malos
laudant. 4. Aliud flumen in mare fruit. 5. Nos soli impera-
tores sumus.
Word Study. — Explain these English words and use
them in sentences of your own: Unit, alternate, sole, alien,
neuter, union, total, alternately, soliloquy, neutrality, an-
nul, unify, in to to, null, solo, once, uniform.
XXVIII. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION IN -10
355. Review Paragraphs 224-231.
356. Learn the conjugation of the following tenses of the
passive voice of verbs in -io.
CAPIO.— Passive Voice — Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
1. capior, / am taken 1. capimur, we are taken
2. caperis, you are taken 2. capimini, you are taken
3. capitur, he {she, it) is taken 3. capiuntur, they are taken
Imperfect Tense
1. capiebar, / was taken 1. capiebamur, we were taken
2. capiebaris, you were taken 2. capiebamini, you were taken
3. capiebatur, he {she, it) was 3. capiebantur, they were taken
taken
Future Tense
1. capiar, / shall be taken 1. capiemur, we shall be taken
2. capieris, you will be taken 2. capiemini, you will be taken
3. capietur, he {she, it) will be 3. capientur, they will be taken
taken
357. The verb facio does not possess these three tenses of
the passive voice. Instead of them the Latins used tenses
of fio, an irregular verb to be taken up later.
358. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect tenses of
142
THE VERB
these verbs do not differ in conjugation from the same tenses
of duco.
Conjugate captus sum, captus eram, captus erd.
359. Practise these tenses, using the other seven verbs
given.
360. For rapidity translate these forms: i. Capior,
iaceris, specitur. 2. Rapimur, cupiminl, quatiebar. 3. Ca-
piebaris, rapiebatur, iaciebamini. 4. Cupiebamur, rapiar.
5. Capieris, specietur, iaciemur. 6. CupieminI, quatientur.
7. Iactus sum, cuplta es, quassl eramus, factae eratis, rapta
erunt.
361. Translate: 1. Praeda ab hostibus rapiebatur. 2.
Tela in flumen iacta erant. 3. Murus magnus a mlhtibus
capietur. 4. Mons altus ventis vehementibus quassus erit.
5. Magna pecunia ab omnibus hominibus non cupitur. 6.
De vallo tela in densam turbam accurate iaciebantur.
362. Translate: 1. The great town in the valley will be
captured. 2. This town was recently captured by the brave
soldiers. 3. Extensive provinces are desired by the king.
4. The whole temple had been shaken by the hands of
a god. 5. In what direction had the captives fled?
Quiz. — Can you recall some of the English derivatives of
-io verbs given before? What must you remember about
the passive voice of facio ? Pick out in your English reader
some (1) personal pronouns; (2) possessive adjectives;
(3) reflexive pronouns; (4) demonstrative pronouns; (5)
demonstrative adjectives. Can you decline the personal
pronouns of the first and second persons in English?
i43
APPLIED LATIN
XXIX. THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE.
INTERROGATIVE
363. The interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod, which
or what, is declined as follows:
Norn.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
M.
qui,
cuius,
cui,
quern,
j
quo,
Singular
F.
quae,
cuius,
cui,
quam,
N.
quod,
cuius,
cui,
quod,
>
quo,
qua,
Plural
qui, quae, quae,
quorum, quarum, quorum,
quibus, quibus, quibus,
quos, quas, quae,
which or what,
of which,
to or for which,
which or what.
with, from, in, or by which.
which or what,
of which,
to or for which,
which or what.
quibus, quibus, quibus, with, from, in, or by which.
364. When this interrogative adjective is used without
any noun in agreement, it becomes an interrogative pronoun
and is slightly different in declension and meaning.
365. The singular of the interrogative pronoun has but
two terminations, one for both the masculine and feminine and
one for the neuter. Learn its declension.
Singular
M. and F.
N.
Nom.
quis,
quid,
who or what.
Gen.
cuius,
cuius,
whose.
Dat.
cui,
cui,
to or for whom or what.
Ace.
quem,
quid,
whom, what.
Voc.
>
>
.
Abl.
quo,
quo,
with, from, in, or by whom or what.
144
THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INTERROGATIVE
366. The plural is declined exactly like the plural of qui,
quae, quod, having separate forms for all genders.
367. The pronoun quis, quid, and the interrogative ad-
jective qui, quae, quod, are regularly used to introduce in-
terrogative sentences.
368. Translate: i. Quod aliud flumen ex monte videmus?
2. Flumen Rhenum clare videmus. 3. Quis vlnum haurit?
4. Qua in urbe rex mansit? 5. Quae feminae coronam in
templum portaverunt? 6. Qui equum parvum vlnxerunt?
7. Cuius rosam puer habet? 8. A quibus socils illud bellum
paratum est? 9. Quibus virls soils consul favebat? 10. Quod
perlculum unum cavemus? 11. Quarum vestes servi curiosl
in aqua posue runt? 12. Quid quaerebas? 13. Quo in proe-
lio elves niiper superatl sunt?
369. Translate: 1. In what building were the women? 2.
Whom do we see in the field? 3. To what man is the
fragrance of roses pleasing? 4. With what sword was
the soldier's hand cut? 5. The ship was drawn from the
sea without injury. 6. Whose crown is covered by the
garment? 7. In this recent battle was another messenger
killed?
Quiz. — Describe the uses of the interrogative adjective
and pronoun. How do they differ in forms? How can you
tell when the form cuius is used as a pronoun? How can
you tell when it is used as an adjective? What kind of words
must introduce interrogative sentences? What other words
have you learned which can introduce interrogative sen-
tences?
10 145
APPLIED
LATIN
XXX
370.
. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION
aperio,
aperire,
aperui,
apertus,
to open.
custodio,
custodire,
custodivi,
custoditus,
to guard.
mollio,
mollire,
mollivi,
mollitus,
to soften.
reperio,
reperire,
repperi,
repertus,
to find.
salio,
salire,
salui,
saltus,
to jump.
saevio,
saevire,
saevivi,
saevitus,
to rage.
stabilio,
stabilire,
stabilivi,
stabilitus,
to make steady.
vestio,
vestire,
vesti vi,
vestitus,
to clothe.
Learn these fourth conjugation verbs.
371. Word Study. — Can you tell the Latin root words
from which these derived words are formed: Custody,
mollify, aperture, sally, stability, vest, result, insult, stabil-
izer, assail, vesture, exult, investments, assault, emollient,
aperient, custodian, salient, vestment, resilience?
372. Examples of the Use of These Derivatives. — i.
If you are in the custody of an irate policeman, do not try to
mollify him with tears. 2. From an aperture in the wall a
sally was attempted. 3. What inventor can discover a
stabilizer for an aeroplane? 4. The Russian salient at
Warsaw was soon broken by the Germans. 5. Let us not
exult in the results of our investments. 6. Cold cream is
an emollient. What is an aperient? 7. Resilience is the
bouncing property in rubber. 8. He was arrested on a
charge of assult and battery. 9. As custodian of the Seal
he was vested with great authority. 10. Do you not
admire stability of character?
Do you know any more derivatives of these verbs?
146
THE VERB
373. AUDIO.— Passive Voice— Indicative Mood
Singular Present Tense Plural
i. audior, / am heard i. audimur, we are heard
2. audiris, you are heard 2. audlmini, you are heard
3. audltur, he {she, it) is heard 3. audiuntur, they are heard
Imperfect Tense
1. audiebar, / was heard 1. audiebamur, we were heard
2. audiebaris, you were heard 2. audiebamini, you were heard
3. audiebatur, he {she, it) was 3. audiebantur, they w ere heard
heard
Future Tense
1. audiar, / shall be heard 1. audiemur, we shall be heard
2. audieris, you will be heard 2. audiemini, you will be heard
3. audietur, he {she, it) will be 3. audientur, they will be heard
heard
374. Translate for practice: 1. Audiris, impedior, mun-
Itur, serviuntur, vincimur, sepellminl. 2. Aperiebatur, ves-
tiebar, impediebantur, serviebaris, vinciebamini. 3. Ves-
tiemur, punieminl, munientur, audietur, finietur.
375. Translate: 1. Uter servus loquax punietur? 2. In
fossa magna milites sepelientur. 3. Lex bona ab omnibus
sancltur. 4. Totum templum a virls fortissimls custodie-
batur. 5. Quis gloriam famamque amat? 6. Gloria famaque
ab omnibus sapientibus amantur. 7. A quo pax petlta erit?
8. Quis hoc in loco sepelitur? 9. Ad aliud oppidum venie-
bant.
376. Translate: 1. The voice of the consul will be heard
in the midst of the shouts of the citizens. 2. In the forests
the lions and fierce animals rage. 3. The sailors leaped from
the ship. 4. The slave was guarded by the soldiers. 5. The
cause of the outcries was easily found. 6. The anger of
i47
APPLIED LATIN
Caesar was softened by the sad voices of the people. 7.
The women will be clothed in elegant garments. 8. A road
was opened by the legion through the mountains. 9. What
tale has been told by the messenger?
XXXI. THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
377. The two demonstrative pronouns idem and ipse are
also called intensives, because they are especially emphatic.
Like hie, ille, iste, they are often used in agreement with
nouns as demonstrative adjectives. They may be, then,
either pronouns or adjectives.
378. Idem and Ipse are declined as follows:
Idem,
the same
Singular
M.
F.
N.
Nom.
idem,
eadem,
idem,
the same {man, woman,
thing).
Gen.
eiusdem,
eiusdem,
eiusdem,
of the same.
Bat.
eidem,
eidem,
eidem,
to or for the same.
Ace.
eundem,
eandem,
idem,
the same.
Voc.
■>
>
y
.
AM.
eodem,
eadem,
eodem,
with, etc., the same.
Plural
Nom.
j eidem,
1 iidem,
eaedem,
eadem,
the same.
Gen.
eorundem,
earundem,
eorundem,
of the same.
Bat.
\ eisdem,
( iisdem,
eisdem,
eisdem,
to or for the same.
iisdem,
iisdem,
Ace.
eosdem,
easdem,
eadem,
the same.
Voc.
>
,
y
.
Abl.
( eisdem,
} iisdem,
eisdem,
eisdem,
with, etc., the same.
iisdem,
iisdem,
148
THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE
379.
Ipse, self {himself, itself, etc.)
Singular
Nom.
ipse
ipsa
ipsum
Gen.
ipsius
ipsius
ipsius
Dat.
ipsi
ipsi
ipsi
Ace.
ipsum
ipsam
ipsum
Voc.
Abl.
ipso
ipsa
Plural
ipso
Nom.
ipsi
ipsae
ipsa
Gen.
ipsorum
ipsarum
ipsorum
Dat.
ipsis
ipsis
ipsis
Ace.
ipsos
ipsas
ipsa
Voc.
Abl
ipsis
ipsis
ipsis
380. Translate: i. Elsdem, ipsis, earundem, eld em. 2.
Ipsorum, ipsam, idem. 3. Ipsi, eadem, ipsa, eadem.
381. Translate: 1. Ipsi (homines) eandem (feminam)
amant. 2. Quis filiam poetae laudat? 3. Nosomneshanc
feminam laudamus. 4. Ab imperii tore (ipso) alii mllites
ductl sunt. 5. Ubi domus Caesaris est? 6. Altera domus in
monte Palatlno nunc stat. 7. Locum ipsum custodlmus.
382. Translate: 1. The same servants serve the same
commander. 2. These same sailors leaped from the ship. 3.
We slept on the same couch. 4. The body of Caesar was
buried in the temple itself. 5. Those same men will estab-
lish peace. 6. The steps of the consul were suddenly hin-
dered by a throng of men.
149
APPLIED LATIN
XXXII. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION
383. AUDIO.— Passive Voice — Indicative Mood
Singular Perfect Tense Plural
i. audltus (a, um) sum, / have i. audlti (ae, a) sumus, we have
been heard been heard
2. audltus (a, um) es, you have 2. audit! (ae, a) estis, you have
been heard been heard
3. audltus (a, um) est, he {she, it) 3. audlti (ae, a) sunt, they have
has been heard been heard
Pluperfect Tense
1. audltus (a, um) eram, / had 1. audlti (ae, a) eramus, we had
been heard been heard
2. audltus (a, um) eras, you had 2. auditi (ae, a) eratis, you had
been heard been heard
3. auditus (a, um) erat, he (she, 3. audlti (ae, a) erant, they had
it) had been heard been heard
Future Perfect Tense
1. audltus (a, um) ero, / shall 1. audlti (ae, a) erimus, we shall
have been heard have been heard
2. audltus (a, um) eris, you will 2. auditi (ae, a) eritis, you will
have been heard have been heard
3. auditus (a, um) erit, he (she, 3. auditi (ae, a) erunt, they will
it) will have been heard have been heard
Learn these tenses. Practise them, using other fourth
conjugation verbs.
384. Translate: 1. Auditum est, finlta sunt, impediti
estis, munlta est. 2. Sensum erat, reperta erant, piinltl
erant. 3. Sanctum erit, sepelitus eris, custoditi " erunt,
vestitus eris.
385. Translate: 1. Frlgus hiemis lumine solis mollitum
erat. 2. Ludus novus a pueris repertus est. 3. Milites aqua
150
THE HEART OF ROME
impeditl sunt. 4. Labor diel long! finltus est. 5. Praeda
ab exsulibus sepellta erat. 6. Socil ad oppidum venerunt
sed in pugna nostri vlcerunt.
386. Translate: 1. Has any city been fortified by a wall?
2. The laws have been established by the people. 3. In win-
ter a wise woman is well clothed. 4. Flames leaped from the
fire. 5. All the leaders perceived the same thing. 6. Who will
punish the treacherous envoys?
Quiz. — Can you mention some of the English derivatives
of fourth conjugation verbs?
The Heart of Rome
The heart of Rome was the Roman Forum, situated be-
tween the Palatine and Capitoline Hills. In that small
space the history of the world was made for centuries.
There the common people of Rome fought for suffrage, and
marked out the course later followed by the common people
of England and France, a course now being followed by the
Social Democrats of Germany, a course which has produced
the Republican Government of the United States. There
Roman Religion had its central shrine, and Roman Law, the
basis of modern law, was brought to perfection. There Cato
thundered his denunciation of Carthage; Marius and
Sulla shook the foundations of the Republic with civil war;
Cicero, Rome's greatest orator, reached the utmost heights
of eloquence, and Julius Caesar held the destinies of the
world in his power. To that spot the victorious Roman
generals returned from their foreign conquests, and ambas-
151
SUMMARY
sadors from the ends of the world came to talk peace with the
invincible Republic. Within its limits were the offices of
bankers who controlled the money markets of the ancient
world. Crowds of people from every quarter of the Mediter-
ranean thronged its narrow passages, elbowing and jostling,
mixing their foreign languages with the native Latin.
There tarried the great Roman poets who loved to dwell on
the achievements of Rome. That was the spot which had
so great an attraction for Cicero that in his banishment he
could hardly endure life away from Rome. In the Forum
were centered all those joys of living whose loss through
banishment destroyed the genius of so great a poet as Ovid.
The Forum was the heart of Rome, and the heart of the
ancient world.
SUMMARY. FOR THE STUDENT
Before proceeding further consider carefully the follow-
ing summary of what you should have acquired by this
time in your study of the relation of Latin and English.
In the field of Grammar you should know —
i. The Parts of Speech (except the Interjection).
2. The Sentence: Simple and Compound. Declarative
and Interrogative.
3. The Declension of Regular Nouns and Adjectives.
4. The Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs.
5. The Conjugation of Regular Verbs in the Indicative
Mood, Active and Passive.
6. The Conjugation of the verb Sum in the Indicative.
7. The Agreement of Adjectives with Nouns.
153
APPLIED LATIN
8. The Agreement of Verbs with their Subjects.
9. The Agreement of Predicate Nouns and Adjectives.
10. The Meanings and Uses of Prepositions.
11. The Following Case Constructions:
The Nominative as the Subject. The Genitive ex-
pressing Possession. The Partitive Genitive. The
Dative of the Indirect Object. The Accusative of
the Direct Object. The Accusative of Place to Which.
The Accusative of Duration of Time and Extent of
Space. The Ablatives of Means, Cause, Accompani-
ment, Manner, Comparison, Agent, Time when or
within Which, Place in Which and Place from Which.
Besides these definite acquisitions in the field of Grammar
you should by now have a clear and enthusiastic apprecia-
tion of the close dependence of English upon Latin. You
should be able to make out the meaning of many English
nouns without the aid of an English dictionary. You
should have acquired the habit of breaking up unfamiliar
compound English words into their various parts and of
bringing to bear upon each part the information which this
study of Latin has given you.
Your study of the material presented in the interchapters
should have given you a wider knowledge of the facts of
ancient geography and history. You should feel now that
the connection between the ancient and the modern world
is after all very close, that acquaintance with the facts of
modern times only is but a partial education, and that
what exists to-day is but the latest development of move-
ments which started many centuries ago.
154
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
XXXIII. THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
A. IN ENGLISH
387. In the first part of this book the sentences you met
were either Simple, as "J saw the beautiful garden of the
queen") or Compound, as "The general gave tJie command
and the soldiers charged." You are now ready to consider
the third type of sentence, the Complex.
As has been said, the Simple sentence is the form used by
young children; the Compound, by older children who have
begun to link simple sentences together. The Complex
sentence is used by those who have been well educated and
have trained minds. Someone has said that the extent
of a man's education can be measured by his ability to use
the complex sentence correctly.
388. The Complex Sentence. — A Complex sentence is one
that contains one independent {principal) statement or clause
and one or more dependent (subordinate) statements or clauses.
389. Clause. — A Clause is a group of words (containing
a subject and a predicate) that forms part of a sentence. It may
be Principal or Subordinate.
390. Examine the following English complex sentences
and note especially the italicized parts which mark the
dependent clauses.
i. Why he went away has never been found out. 2. I
asked what he had seen. 3. Mr. Jones called while I was out.
4. We study Latin to give us greater mastery of English.
5. Caesar was so great a military genius that we forget his
extraordinary political ability.
Each of these sentences is Complex. Each contains one
i5S
APPLIED LATIN
main statement and one subordinate {dependent) statement.
The dependent statement may precede or follow the main
statement, and contains a subject and a predicate of its own.
Kinds of Dependent Clauses
391. A dependent clause may take the place of a noun
(noun clause) : I hear that he has gone; or of an adjective
(adjectival clause) : The hat which I am holding is mine; or
of an adverb (adverbial clause) : When the captain started
the soldiers followed.
Adverbial clauses are very frequent in English. The fol-
lowing words usually precede them:
In order that, that, to (purpose). I look to (in order
that / may) see.
That (result). He ran so hard that he fell down.
Because, since (cause). The picnic was postponed be-
cause it rained.
If, if not, unless (condition). If we win, we shall be happy.
Though, although, even if (concession). Although we
failed we were not discouraged.
After, before, since, until, till (temporal). After the war
began all the nations were involved.
Adjectival clauses are about as common as adverbial
clauses. They are introduced in English by these words:
Who, which, what, and that (relative pronouns). The
hat which / hold is mine.
Where, when, whence, why, whither, while (conjunctive
adverbs). I know the place where the violets grow.
Noun clauses for the most part follow verbs of saying,
knowing, thinking, and perceiving. They are introduced by
156
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
the conjunctions — that, I say that tlie day is fair; whether,
He asked whether we were going to town; if, I shall wait to
see if they cross the river.
You should have little trouble in telling the kinds of
dependent clauses in English sentences, for at the beginning
of each clause there regularly stands one of the above in-
troductory words which serves to identify the clause.
Quiz. — What is a Complex sentence; a clause? How can
you tell the different kinds of clauses in English? What
are the several kinds of adverbial clauses? In your English
reader pick out a number of Complex sentences and identify
each clause. Write some complex sentences of your own.
392. Study the following sentences. Tell which are
Simple, which Complex, and which Compound. Point out
the Subordinate Clauses. Tell which Part of Speech each
word is.
i. It was often difficult to believe that the day was so
near at hand. 2. Is not the Star Spangled Banner inspiring
when we hear it played? 3. We started early because we
were to visit the mill. 4. In order to reach the town the
cavalry made a detour. 5. A merchant must know his
neighborhood before he buys his stock. 6. Throw the ball;
I will catch it. 7. Our first objective was Troy, which lay
to the north. 8. As I entered the main street I saw what
froze my heart. 9. So deep was the silence that it seemed
menacing. 10. Unless the war is speedily ended the nations
will be bankrupt, n. I know his name and the house in
which he lives. 12. The physician came late in the day to
see his patient. 13. If the river were a little higher, our
pasture land would be under water. 14. Go and may God
157
APPLIED LATIN
bless you. 15. Let justice be done even if the Heavens fall.
16. 1 continued to bathe while the others were watching the
shark. 17. Ask him to wait until all are ready. 18. Before
I congratulate the gentleman, I must know whether he will
accept the appointment. 19. The Mayor's statement shows
that he is alive to his responsibilities, though his words are
none too reassuring. 20. When a friend is telling us any-
thing except what is very short and simple, we understand
most easily if he gives us one step at a time.
B. IN LATIN
393. In the first part of this book the Latin sentences
were either Simple, as Caesar aciem spectat, Caesar looks at
the battle line; or Compound, as Caesar aciem spectat et
mflites laudat, Caesar looks at the battle line and praises the
soldiers. You are now ready for the Complex sentence.
394. As in English, so in Latin, a Complex sentence
contains one independent {principal) statement or clause and
one or more dependent {subordinate) statements or clauses.
In Latin as in English dependent statements are called
subordinate clauses. Clauses have their own subjects and pred-
icates, and may take the place of nouns (noun clauses), ad-
jectives (adjectival clauses), or adverbs (adverbial clauses).
395. Examine these Complex sentences in Latin and note
the underscored words which mark subordinate clauses.
1. Puerum ad flumen ducimus ut aquam spectet. (Pur-
pose clause.) We lead the boy to the river that he may
see the water.
2. Hostes tarn celeriter veniunt ut Romani fugiant.
(Result clause.) The enemy come so quickly that the
Romans flee.
158
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
3. Dum est vita spes est. (Time clause.) While there is
life there is hope.
Kinds of Dependent Clauses
396. The kinds of dependent clauses in Latin complex
sentences are not difficult to identify, for they can be
distinguished in two ways: (1) by the word which intro-
duces them; (2) by the mood of their main verb. In
dependent clauses the verb is usually a form not of the
indicative but of the Subjunctive mood. The introductory
words and the subjunctive mood combine to render the
identification of most dependent clauses easy.
Adverbial clauses in Latin are introduced as follows:
Purpose clauses: ut, in order that, ne, in order that —
not, lest. Venimus ut spectemus. We come to {that
we may) look.
Result clauses : ut, so that; ut non, so that — not. Caesar
impetum tarn celeriter fecit ut hostes fugerent.
Caesar made the attack so quickly that the enemy fled.
Temporal clauses: postquam, after, cum, when, dum,
while, until, priusquam, before, until.
Dum est vita spes est. While there is life there is hope.
Venimus priusquam hostes tela iacerent. We came be-
fore the enemy could throw their weapons.
Conditional clauses: si, if, nisi, if not.
Brutus, si Caesarem caedat, regnum capiat. // Brutus
should slay Caesar he would usurp the kingdom.
Causal clauses: quod, because, cum, since.
Proelium vidimus quod a Galba missi eramus. We
saw the battle because we had been sent by Galba.
159
APPLIED LATIN
Quae cum ita sint, consulem laudamus. Since these
things are so, we praise the consul.
Concessive clauses: quamquam, although, cum, al-
though. Quamquam hanc fabulam audivit, tacebat.
Although he heard this story, he was silent.
Cum clamaret, avem non terruit. Though he shouted,
he did not frighten the bird.
Adjectival clauses in Latin are introduced by the relative
pronoun, qui, quae, quod, who, which, that.
Servus qui equum ducebat curiosissimus erat. The
slave who was leading the horse was very inquisitive.
Oppidum quod hostes tenebant facile cepimus. We
easily captured the town which the enemy were holding.
Noun clauses will be taken up in Paragraphs 763-800.
Study the words which introduce dependent clauses so
that you may be able to identify the clauses quickly.
Let these introductory words be your signals.
Quiz. — Name the kinds of dependent clauses in Latin.
How can you tell them apart? Name the introductory
words and the clause which should follow each one.
XXXIV. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. CLAUSES OF
PURPOSE AND RESULT. SEQUENCE OF TENSES
397. In the earlier paragraphs of this book you met forms
of the Indicative mood only because the Latin sentences
were all statements of fact. For such sentences the Indica-
tive (the mood of fact) is the proper mood in all languages.
In Complex sentences the main statement of fact (principal
clause) takes its verb in the Indicative and the dependent
(weaker) clause takes its verb usually in the Subjunctive
160
THE VERB
mood. Since the Subjunctive mood (Paragraph 78) lacks
the firmness, frankness, and assurance of the Indicative, it
is naturally used in most dependent (weaker) clauses.*
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
398. The Subjunctive mood has all the tenses of the
Indicative except the future and future perfect. The
endings of the Subjunctive in all four conjugations are
similar , tense for tense. The endings of all present tenses
(except in the first conjugation) are alike. All imperfect
tenses have similar endings. When, then, you have learned
the Subjunctive of one conjugation you have learned the
Subjunctives of practically all conjugations, for the present
subjunctive of the First conjugation alone presents difficulties.
399. LAUDO and HABEO— Active Voice— Subjunctive Mood
Present Imperfect Present Imperfect
Singular Singular
1. laudem laudarem habeam haberem
2. laudes laudares habeas haberes
3. laudet laudaret habeat haberet
Plural Plural
1. laud emus laudarem us habeamus ha her emus
2. laudetis laudaretis habeatis haberetis
3. laudent laudarent habeant haberent
400. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect
subjunctive of the English verb find in Paragraph 824.
The Translation of the Subjunctive Mood
401. For the Latin forms which you have just learned we
have added no English meanings, for the Latin Subjunc-
tive, with a few exceptions, is translated into English
* Occasionally the Subjunctive mood is used as the main verb in in-
dependent statements. Compare paragraphs 522-535.
" 161
APPLIED LATIN
exactly like the Indicative. In the English verb find (Para-
graph 824) you saw that the Subjunctive in English is
made up of a main verb find, combined with the auxiliary
verbs may, might, etc. The Subjunctive in English reg-
ularly employs these auxiliary verbs, but in Latin they
are used in the translation of purpose clauses and of one or
two conditional clauses only. Unless specially directed to
the contrary, translate the present subjunctive in Latin
like the present indicative, the imperfect subjunctive like
the imperfect indicative, etc.
402. Identify and translate these verb forms, using in
translation the corresponding tenses of the indicative:
1. Amem, clamaret, habeas, tacerent, ornarem, hiceret. 2.
Vocent, valeatis, portares, augeremus, crearent, spondeamus.
3. Spectes, maneat, superet, docerem, mtitetis, caveres. 4.
Firmemus, deleam, erraretis, faveretis, daremus, studeant.
403. Practise the forms of present and imperfect tenses,
using the verbs given in Paragraph 402.
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF PURPOSE IN ENGLISH AND LATIN
404. A. Examine these English sentences:
1. I go to school that I may learn {to learn) to live nobly.
2. He swims powerfully that he may not be overwhelmed.
3. We worked hard that we might not be {not to be) defeated.
The italicized words in these sentences compose adverbial
purpose clauses. Purpose clauses call attention to some-
thing which is aimed at or desired. No. 1 above is affirma-
tive; Nos. 2 and 3 are negative. Notice in these English
purpose clauses the auxiliary verbs may, might, etc. Con-
162
THE VERB
struct some sentences containing Adverbial clauses of Pur-
pose. Pick out some in your English reader.
405. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
i. Puerum ad flumen ducimus ut aquam spectet. We
lead the boy to the river that he may see (to see) the water.
2. Galba omnia parat ne hostes exercitum superent.
Galba makes every preparation that tlie enemy may not
defeat the army.
3. Caesar oppidum munivit ut hostes terreret. Caesar for-
tified the town that he might terrify (to terrify) the enemy.
4. Legatus castra movit ne silvestrl in loco maneret.
The lieutenant moved camp that he might not remain
in a wooded place.
The dependent clauses of these Latin sentences denote
purpose. Nos. 1 and 3 are affirmative, shown by the particle
ut; Nos. 2 and 4 are negative, shown by the particle ne.
Note that the auxiliary verbs may and might are employed
in translating Latin purpose clauses into English.
406. Rule. — Adverbial Clauses of Purpose. — Purpose
clauses are introduced by ut, that (affirmative), and ne, that not
(negative), and have their verbs in the present and imperfect
subjunctive.
407. Learn the present and imperfect subjunctives active
of the other regular conjugations in Paragraphs 827-8-9.
These tenses are similar to those of habeo, Paragraph 399.
Practise them, using the verbs given in Par. 200, 224, 253.
408. Translate these sentences containing Purpose clauses :
1. Exercitum maximum paramus ut orbem terrarum vin-
camus. 2. Clves portas clauserunt ne hostes oppidum sine
163
APPLIED LATIN
proelio caperent. 3. Hie servus ad consulem ductus est ut
fabulam narraret. 4. Pontem gravioribus ancoris firmabam
ne aquae fluminis eum frangerent. 5. Itaque feminae quo-
que rosas portaverunt ut templum ornarent. 6. Servl
diligentes in conspectu. Galbae militibus bene serviebant,
ut se laudaret. 7. Omnes barbarl fossas altas fecerunt
ne Caesar terram fertilem suam caperet. 8. Ne impetus
aquarum navem frangat, nautae ancoram in mare iaciunt.
9. Et dux et legio eius fugerunt ne hostes totum exercitum
delerent. 10. Novis rebus (a revolution) studemus ut im-
peratores nostros caedamus.
409. Translate: 1. At Corinth the army fought coura-
geously to capture the city. 2. We will bind the treacherous
envoy that he may not escape. 3. Are you shouting so that
the ravenous birds maybe afraid? 4. A wise general provides
an ample supply of grain that his soldiers may be vic-
torious. 5. The women brought light garments that they
might cover the body of the illustrious commander.
Quiz. — What is the nature of the subjunctive mood?
What are the meanings of the tenses? Pick out some pur-
pose clauses in Paragraph 392. How is purpose expressed?
410.
absentia, -ae, absence, f . centurid, centurionis, a centurion,
abundantia, -ae, plenty, f. military officer, m.
ara, -ae, an altar, f. adventus, -us, arrival, coming,
carrus, -I, a cart, m. m.
aurum, -I, gold, n. acerbus, -a, -um, bitter.
biduum, -1, two days, n. adversus, -a, -um, unfavorable.
beneficium, -1, service, n. alienus, -a, -um, strange, foreign.
arbor, arboris, a tree, f . amicus, -a, -um, friendly.
arx, arcis, a citadel, f. angustus, -a, -um, narrow.
augur, auguris, a prophet, m. acriter, sharply, keenly.
altitudo, altitudinis, height, f . aliquando, some time, at length.
arcus, -us, bow, arch, m. audacter, boldly.
cliens, clientis, a retainer, m. adhuc, up to this time.
canis, cams, a dog, m. and f. celeriter, swiftly, quickly.
164
THE VERB
Study and learn these words. Practise the declensions
of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
411. Word Study. — Give the meaning of the following
derivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others.
absence
carryall
altitude
oriole
abundant
amity
beneficial
arc
arboretum
acerbity
accelerate
arch
auspicious
adverse
client
alienate
advent
benefice
alias
beneficent
adventitious
inaugurate
benefit
inaugural
adversity
celerity
alien
cart
alienist
canine
acid
car
enmity
amiable
carriage
Quiz. — Tell something about the augur, cliens, centurio.
SEQUENCE OF TENSES IN ENGLISH AND LATIN
412. A. In a Complex sentence there are at least two
parts: an independent statement or clause and a dependent
statement or clause. A Complex sentence must then con-
tain at least two verbs: one the main verb, the other the
dependent verb. In well- written English Complex sentences
care is always taken to have the tenses (time) of these two
verbs related to each other in a way that produces sense;
that is, the main verb is always followed by that tense of
the dependent verb which, combined with it, will produce
a sensible sentence.
413. Examine these English sentences:
i. He entered because he had paid for his ticket. 2. We
ran because a soldier followed us. 3. If we should see an
accident we would not laugh.
In each of these sentences the main verb is followed by a
tense of the dependent verb which produces sense. Replace
the verb had paid by pays, ran by run, would not laugh by
16S '
APPLIED LATIN
laugh. The sentences now are meaningless. These new
tenses of the dependent verbs do not produce sense, for
when the main verb is in the present tense, the dependent
verb should also be in a present tense; and when the main
verb is in a past tense, the dependent verb should be in a
past tense. This relation of the tenses in complex sentences
is called Sequence of tenses (sequor, to follow).
414. In Latin also you must be very careful to see that the
tenses of the main and the dependent verbs are properly related.
In Latin as well as in English a main verb in present or
future time is followed by a dependent verb in a tense
that denotes the same time or time later than that of the
main verb, and a main verb in past time by a tense that
shows the same point in past time as the main verb or time
more remote. Tenses that denote present or future time are
called primary, those that denote past time, secondary.
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TENSES
415. In the Indicative mood (the mood of the main verb)
the primary tenses are the present, future, and future perfect;
the secondary tenses are the imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect.
In the Subjunctive mood (the mood of the dependent
verb) the primary tenses are the present and the perfect; the
secondary tenses are the imperfect and the pluperfect.
416. Rule. — Sequence of Tenses. — When the main verb
is present, future, or future perfect indicative, a dependent
subjunctive must be put in the present tense if it shows con-
tinued action at the same time or time later than that of the
main verb, or in the perfect tense to express completed action.
166
THE VERB
When the main verb is in the imperfect, perfect, or plu-
perfect indicative, a dependent subjunctive must be put in
the imperfect tense to express continued action in past or
future time, or in the pluperfect tense to express completed
action in past time.
Diagram
Present
Future \ Indicative followed by
Future Perfect J
Imperfect ) f T , .
Perfect
Pluperfect
£5 >
Perfect \ Indicative followed by \ p^Werf f Subjunctive.
417. Examine the Latin sentences in Paragraph 408
which contain purpose clauses. All the dependent verbs in
those sentences are in the present or the imperfect subjunc-
tive. These dependent verbs illustrate the rule for the se-
quence of tenses. As the idea of purpose can refer only to
actions in future time, the present and the imperfect tenses
of the subjunctive only can be used in purpose clauses.
418. Translate: 1. In the broad field were tall trees. 2.
The soldiers of Caesar brought plenty of grain to the city
that they might hinder the enemy for two days. 3. At
length the envoy came to the citadel with the wagons. 4.
There was an altar between the arch of victory and the
bridge. 5. Who is running quickly to see the approach of
the centurion? 6. That dog of yours is in the narrow road.
7. Strange dogs are not always friendly. 8. Up to this time
the legion has not moved camp. 9. The king's retainers
guarded the narrow place between the town and the forest.
Quiz. — What is meant by the Sequence of Tenses? Name
the primary and secondary tenses of the Indicative and
167
APPLIED LATIN
Subjunctive. What do the tenses of the Subjunctive imply
in dependent clauses? What special rule applies to adverbial
clauses of purpose?
419. LAUDO and HABEO.— Passive Voice— Subjunctive Mood
Present Imperfect Present Imperfect
Singular Singular
1. lauder laudarer habear haberer
2. lauderis laudareris habearis habereris
3. laudetur laudaretur habeatur haberetur
Plural Plural
1. laudemur laudaremur habeamur haberemur
2. laudemini laudaremini habeamini haberemini
3. laudentur laudarentur habeantur haberentur
420. Learn these forms. Practise the tenses, using the
verbs in Paragraphs 294, 314. Note specially the present
subjunctive passive of Laudo.
421. The Present and Imperfect tenses of the Third and
Fourth Conjugations are similar to those of Habeo, rather
than those of Laudo. Learn them in Paragraphs 827-8-9.
Practise their forms, using the verbs given in Paragraphs
224, 3 2 9> 37°-
422. For rapidity in identification translate these forms:
1. Amer, clamaretur, superaretur, caveatur, ornarer. 2.
Vocenter, habearis, portareris, augeremur, crearentur.
3. Specteris, spondeatur, muteminl, docerer, firmemur.
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF RESULT IN ENGLISH AND LATIN
423. A. Examine the following English sentences:
1. He talks so fast that I cannot follow him.
2. His army was so large that the enemy fled.
3. The city was so well fortified that it escaped assault.
In these sentences the italicized words compose clauses
168
THE VERB
unlike the kind you have already considered. These clauses
indicate result, not purpose. The dependent clause in No. i
is negative; in Nos. 2 and 3, affirmative. You may feel a little
uncertain at first about being able to distinguish between
purpose and result clauses, but if you will remember that
result clauses are regularly concerned with something which
has taken place and purpose clauses with something which is
desired to take place, your trouble will disappear. Further, in
English complex sentences which contain result clauses the
word so (compare the preceding sentences) usually acts as
an indicator or signal of the approach of a result clause.
Get into the habit of looking for this word so when you are
asked to pick out result clauses.
424. Compose some English complex sentences contain-
ing adverbial clauses either of purpose or of result. Review
the conjugation of the Indicative mood of the verb to find
in Paragraph 824. Ask your teacher to explain the meaning
of the terms simple, progressive, and emphatic.
425. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Tarn celeriter hostes veniunt ut Romani terreantur.
The enemy come so quickly that the Romans are terrified.
2. Bellum tarn tenibile fuit ut totae nationes delerentur.
The war was so terrible that whole nations were blotted out.
3. Flumen est tarn latum ut impetum barbarorum non
timeamus.
The river is so broad that we do not fear the attack of
the barbarians.
4. Meus servus tarn accuratus erat ut non erraret .
My slave was so careful that he did not make mistakes.
169
APPLIED LATIN
The words in the Latin sentences that are underscored
compose result clauses; the first two being affirmative, the
last two negative. Note that the dependent verbs in these
clauses are forms of the present and the imperfect tenses of the
subjunctive mood. The introductory particles are ut, 'that,
for affirmative result, and ut non, that not, for negative result.
Ut and non are frequently separated by one or more words.
426. Just as there appears in English sentences the word
so to call attention to the coming of result clauses, in Latin
sentences also certain words meaning so (or the like) appear
with equal effect. These words are :
tam, ita, sic, so. tantus, -a, -um, so great, talis, tale, of such a kind.
These words generally precede result clauses but never pur-
pose clauses. Make use of them, especially when identifying
affirmative purpose or affirmative result clauses. As the
introductory particles preceding negative purpose and nega-
tive result clauses are different (ne against ut non), negative
clauses should not trouble you.
427. Rule. — Adverbial Clauses of Result. — Result is ex-
pressed by the subjunctive, usually the present or the imperfect,
introduced by the particles ut (affirmative) and ut non (nega-
tive). These tenses of the subjunctive are used in accordance
with the rule for the sequence of tenses.
428.
aequo,
loco,
aequare,
locare,
aequavi,
locavi,
aequatus,
locatus,
to make equal,
to place, locate.
probo,
privo,
pugno,
propero,
turbo,
probare,
privare,
pugnare,
properare,
turbare,
probavi,
privavi,
piignavi,
properavi,
turbavi,
probatus,
privatus,
pugnatus,
properatus,
turbatus,
to prove, approve,
to deprive,
to fight,
to hasten,
to disturb.
vasto,
vastare,
vastavi,
vastatus,
to lay waste, ravage.
170
THE ROMAN FORUM
429. Translate: i. Dux castra tam angusto in locoposuit
ut mllites oppidum non viderent. 2. Centuriones virtu tern
fortuna aequant ut Caesar vincat. 3. Servl mel tam bene
mihi serviunt ut eos semper llberem. 4. Tam celeriter
mllites ad provinciam properaverunt ut fines non vastaren-
tur. 5. Clamor hostium tantus erat ut ad arcem fuge-
remus. 6. Biduum in oppido mansimus ut legatl cum
copiis suis vemrent. 7. Adhuc bellum tam terribile fuerat
ut totae nationes delerentur. 8. Aurum auguri alieno
datum est ut elves fa turn urbis audirent. 9. Manus-ne
captlvl vincltis ut eum auro suo prlvetis? 10. Res mllitaris
in absentia Caesaris sic turbata est, ut ab omnibus clvibus
domum ex Africa vocaretur.
1. At length we saw the citadel and the high altar. 2.
There were so many carts in the town that the roads were
closed. 3. The immortal gods do not approve the gifts of
men so evil that they have no friends. 4. Who hastened to
the city to bury the body of his friend? 5. Lest the roses be
broken by the heavy winds, the maidens covered them with
light garments.
Quiz. — What does the word result mean? Name one
point of difference between the ideas of purpose and result.
How can you distinguish between the particles which in-
troduce purpose and result?
The Roman Forum
Let us take a little closer view of the Heart of Rome. The
plan of the Forum shows only a number of black lines lying
in a rather narrow enclosure. These lines mark the sites
of buildings which were once the joy of all citizens of the
171
APPLIED LATIN
Roman Republic. If you were to take a walk through the
Forum to-day you would see a mass of ruins that would mean
but little to you unless you were acquainted with the story
that goes with each of the fallen structures. The impression
you would gain would be one of disappointment at the ruins
rather than of exaltation at their former grandeur. To-day,
however, you would see a great deal more of the Forum
than was visible in the Middle Ages, for in those days the
dirt and the debris of the centuries following the fall of
Rome in 476 A. D. covered the Heart of Rome. While
Italy was under the control of foreign kings and Rome no
longer the imperial city, the famous buildings of the Forum
became the prey of men who used the marble to construct
new buildings or burned it for the sake of the lime it con-
tained. So, in those years many of the old buildings abso-
lutely disappeared and of the others only a few walls and
columns remained standing. The Roman of the Middle
Ages walked across the Forum, caring little for the ruined
buildings and fallen columns. His principal street followed
the line of the Sacra Via. All sorts of traffic passed under
the Arch of Severus. When interest began to be taken in
this spot once more, the dirt of the centuries was removed.
What was left of the ruins was carefully treasured and as far
as possible was returned to its former condition. As you
go through the Forum to-day these ruins appear on every
side, and with difficulty can you imagine the grand buildings
that once filled the area.
Note. — See page 152, and illustration facing page 310.
172
THE VERB
XXXV. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. CLAUSES OF
TIME. COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FIRST
CONJUGATION
430. LAUDO and HABEO— Active Voice— Subjunctive Mood
Perfect Pluperfect Perfect Pluperfect
Singular Singular
laudaverim laudavissem habuerim habuissem
laudaveris laudavisses habueris habuisses
laudaverit laudavisset habuerit habuisset
Plural Plural
laudaverimus laudavissemus habuerimus habuissemus
laudaveritis laudavissetis habueritis habuissetis
laudaverint laudavissent habuerint habuissent
For the forms above no English meanings are added.
Translate them as if they were forms of the indicative mood.
431. Learn also the same tenses of the other regular con-
jugations in Paragraphs 827-8-9. Practise these tenses,
using the verbs in Paragraphs 68, 114, 200, 224, 253.
432. For rapidity in identification name and translate the
following forms of the subjunctive mood:
vastaverint pugnaverit locavissem pugnavissemus
cavisset favissent paruerimus auxerim
probaverim prlvavisset turbavissent properaverimus
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF TIME IN ENGLISH AND LATIN.
TEMPORAL CLAUSES IN PAST TIME
433. A. Examine these English Complex sentences:
1. After the stranger arrived, the news spread abroad. 2.
When the train stopped, we got off. 3. When the parade had
passed by, the spectators went home.
In these sentences the italicized words compose Temporal
(time) clauses. You should have little difficulty in rec-
ognizing temporal clauses because the words which intro-
173
APPLIED LATIN
duce them clearly indicate time, as, when or after. The
clauses above are all laid in past time; cf. dependent verbs.
434. Construct some English sentences containing Tem-
poral clauses in past time. Notice what introductory par-
ticles you use. Pick out the Temporal clauses in Par. 392.
435. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Postquam exercitum vidimus imperatorem laudavimus.
After we saw the army we praised the commander.
2. Cum Caesar Gallos superavisset Roman! provinciam
multos annos habebant. When Caesar had overcome the
Gauls the Romans held the province for many years.
Each of these Latin complex sentences contains a tem-
poral clause in past time. Such clauses are regularly intro-
duced by the words postquam, after, and cum, when. Post-
quam is followed by the indicative mood, usually in the per-
fect tense. Cum is followed by the subjunctive mood in the
imperfect or the pluperfect tenses. Notice that the action
implied in the temporal clauses above is completed before
the action of the main verb begins.
436. Rule. — Adverbial Clauses of Time (Past). — Tem-
poral clauses in past time are introduced by the words post-
quam, after, and cum, when. The perfect indicative usually
follows postquam, the imperfect or the pluperfect subjunctive
follows cum.
437. Translate: 1. Postquam carrus ad flumen tractus
erat exsules aurum in navl posuerunt. 2. Cum Caesar
Romae blduum mansisset copiae consulum venerunt. 3.
Quis virginem laudabat cum rosas in agro lato peteret?
174
THE VERB
4. Iste filius, centurio,* bene pugnabat cum imperator
suus videret. 5. Postquam arbor nobilis cecidisset, arcum
victoriae struximus. 6. Postquam dux, Galba,* multos dies
mansit ut legiones venlrent, sic territus est ut castra in
locum adversum moveret. 7. Cum feminae, regis flliae,
portam urbis peterent, omnes elves ad collem properaverunt.
8. Tarn clara vox consulis fuit ut per vias latas audiretur. 9.
Captlvos dlligentius custodlmus ne fugiant. 10. Cum clientes
venissent consul illustris calamitatem recentem narravit.
*Note. — In Nos. 4, 6, and 7 are instances of Apposition.
The nouns centurio and Galba refer to the same persons as
the nouns filius and dux. Centurio and Galba are in the
same cases as the nouns filius and dux and serve to explain
them. Such nouns are said to be in apposition with the
nouns they explain.
438. Rule. — Apposition. — A noun which explains or iden-
tifies another noun and refers to the same person or thing is
put in the same case with the noun it explains.
439. Translate: 1. When Caesar, the consul, had over-
come the enemy the Romans built a huge arch of victory.
2. Did the slave guard the gold, after he had put it in the
tree? 3. When we were looking at the sunset we did not
perceive the approach of our friends. 4. Sailors were drag-
ging the heavy anchor to the sea that they might throw it
into the water. 5. We love horses so much that we never
frighten them.
Quiz. — What particles introduce temporal clauses in
past time? Give several examples of apposition in English.
175
APPLIED LATIN
440.
ala, -ae, a wing {of a bird) , f .
avaritia, -ae, greed, f.
adolescentia, -ae, youth, f.
cibus, -i f food, m.
biennium, -I, two years' time, n.
bracchium, -I, an arm, n.
castellum, -I, a redoubt, n.
cohors, cohortis, a cohort, troop, f.
comes, comitis, a companion, m., f.
coniunx, coniugis, a consort, usu-
ally a wife, i.
consuetudo, consuetudinis, a cus-
tom, f .
commutatio, commutationis, a
conditio, condicionis, a condi-
tion, terms, f.
cupiditas, cupiditatis, desire, f.
ascensus, -us, an ascent, m.
cantus, -us, a song, m.
apertus, -a, -um, open.
argenteus, -a, -um, of silver.
aureus, -a, -um, of gold.
beatus, -a, -um, blessed.
cams, -a, -um, dear.
laetus, -a, -um, happy.
certe, certainly.
circiter, about.
continenter, continually.
cotidie, daily.
change, f.
Study and learn these words. Practise the declension of
the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
Word Study. — Explain the meaning of these English de-
rivatives. Use them in sentences of your own. Add others.
castle
commuter
biennial
chant
avarice
incantation
recant
concomitant
count
cupidity conjugal
comity cohort
commutation ascendant
charm castellated
ascent
cherish
adolescence
certain
commutator
cupid
condition
441. LAUDO and HABEO.— Passive Voice— Subjunctive Mood
Perfect — Singular
i. laudatus (a, um) sim habitus (a, um) sim
2. laudatus (a, um) sis habitus (a, um) sis
3. laudatus (a, um) sit habitus (a, um) sit
Perfect — Plural
1. laudati (ae, a) simus habiti (ae, a) simus
2. laudati (ae, a) sitis habiti (ae, a) sitis
3. laudati (ae, a) sint habiti (ae, a) sint
Pluperfect — Singular
1. laudatus (a, um) essem habitus (a, um) essem
2. laudatus (a, um) esses habitus (a, um) esses
3. laudatus (a, um) esset habitus (a, um) esset
Pluperfect — Plural
1. laudati (ae, a) essemus habiti (ae, a) essemus
2. laudati (ae, a) essetis habiti (ae, a) essetis
3. laudati (ae, a) essent habiti (ae, a) essent
176
THE VERB
These tenses are formed by combining the perfect passive
participles laudatus and habitus with two tenses of the sub-
junctive of the verb sum.
The perfect subjunctive of a regular verb contains the
present tense of the subjunctive of sum: the pluperfect
subjunctive contains the imperfect subjunctive of sum.
You should find these two compound tenses as easy as were
the compound tenses of the indicative (Paragraph 308).
While you are learning these two tenses learn also the sepa-
rate conjugation of these two tenses of sum (Paragraph 831).
442. The Perfect and Pluperfect subjunctives of the other
regular conjugations are formed like the tenses given above.
Learn them in Paragraphs 827-8-9.
Practise these tenses, using the verbs in Paragraphs 68,
114, 200, 224, 257.
For rapidity in identification name and translate:
armatl slmus flrmatus sis mutata sit sepulti sint
territl essetis doctae sltis impedltus esses datum sit
monstratum esset audltum sit tractl essetis pletum sit
ADVERBIAL CLAUSE OF TIME (CONTEMPORANEOUS) IN
ENGLISH AND LATIN
443. A. Examine these English sentences:
1. While there is life there is hope. 2. Let us remain at
peace as long as we can.
The italicized words in these sentences mark temporal
clauses. In each case the action of the dependent verb is
contemporaneous with, that is, takes place at the same time
as that of the main verb.
12 i 77
APPLIED LATIN
444. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
i. Dum est vita spes est. While there is life there is hope.
2. Dum flumen altum erat in castris manebamus.
While the river was high, we remained in camp.
3. Dum consules ducebant mflites fortes erant.
While the consuls were leading, the soldiers were brave.
In the sentences above the underscored words mark
contemporaneous temporal clauses. The introductory word
which regularly begins such temporal clauses is dum, while.
There are two constructions with dum, and dum has a
separate meaning for each construction.
Dum means (1) as long as {all the time that), and connects
two periods of time of equal length. Dum est vita spes est.
As long as {all the time that) there is life there is hope
Dum means (2) while, and indicates a space of time within
which an action takes place, which action does not occupy
the whole time indicated by the dependent verb.
Dum milites in Gallia pugnabant Caesar Romam venit.
While the soldiers were fighting in Gaul Caesar reached Rome.
Note the difference between these two meanings and uses
of the word dum. When dum means as long as, the dependent
verb may be in any tense of the indicative, but when dum
means while, its verb must stand in the present indicative.
445. Rule. — Contemporaneous Temporal Clauses. — A
temporal clause introduced by dum, as long as, takes its verb
in any tense of the indicative mood. Dum, while, indicating
a space of time during which the action of the main verb takes
place, has its verb in the present indicative only.
178
THE VERB
446. Translate: i. Dum cornu exercitus fugit Caesar
cohortes suas in hostes mlsit. 2. Avaritia est cupiditas aurl.
3. Virl magna cum virtu te pugnant dum cibum bonum
habent. 4. Dum apertis in campis erant, comites ducis
auream arborem petebant. 5. Arbor autem in silva densa
apud fontem stetit. 6. Dum virgines dels beatls serviebant
semper in templo manebant. 7. Dum exercitus Romanus
in Africa est, Caesar castella multa cepit. 8. Commuta-
tionem fortunae non cupiebamus dum nostrae cohortes
superabant. 9. Quae condiciones pads erunt? 10. Eandem
consuetudinem biennium tenebas.
447. 1. In the silvery water of the fountain the maiden
saw her face. 2. While youth remains, hope is continually
fresh. 3. Certainly I will do the task. 4. While the lion
was standing near the tree, the maiden fled into an open
field. 5. What song do we hear daily?
Quiz. — What is the meaning of the word contemporaneous ?
Explain the difference between the two types of temporal
clauses you have had. Explain castellum, cohors. What can
you find out about the Roman army?
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF TIME (FUTURE) IN ENGLISH AND
LATIN
In the preceding paragraphs you have met with complex
sentences containing dependent clauses (temporal) both in
past and in contemporaneous time. There is still a further
class of temporal clauses, those referring to future time.
448. A. Examine these English sentences:
1. We waited until the parade appeared. 2. He remained
at home until the messenger could return. 3. Before they
could recover from flight, they were attacked by Caesar.
179
APPLIED LATIN
In each of these sentences there is a temporal clause, the
time of which is later than the time of the main verb. In
the first sentence the action implied in the dependent verb
actually takes place; in the second there is an expectation
that the action will take place but the sentence does not
state whether or not it did take place. In the third sentence
the action of the dependent verb is anticipated or expected
but it never actually takes place, being prevented or fore-
stalled by the rapidity of Caesar's attack.
449. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
i. Manebo dum me vocabis. / shall remain until you
call me. 2. Manebis-ne dum te vocet? Will you wait
until he calls you? 3. Oppidum munivi priusquam hostes
venerunt. / fortified the town before the enemy came. 4.
Legiones prius fugerunt quam Caesar auxilium mitteret.
The legions fled before Caesar could send aid. 5. Impetum
non fecit priusquam nuntius veniret. He did not make the
attack until the messenger could come.
In these Latin sentences the action of the dependent verb
takes place or is expected to take place at a time later than
that of the main verb. These temporal clauses, then, are
laid in future time. In Nos. 1 and 3 the action actually takes
place. This is shown by the use of the Indicative mood. In
No. 2 there is an expectation that the action will take place
but no assurance that it does; in Nos. 4 and 5 the action
which is anticipated never takes place. In such sentences as
2, 4, and 5 the idea of expected action or anticipated action
is shown by the Subjunctive mood. The introductory part-
icles are dum, until, and priusquam, until or before.
180
THE VERB
450. Rule. — Temporal Clauses in Future Time. — Tem-
poral clauses in which the action of the dependent verb takes
place or is expected to take place at a time later than that of the
main verb are introduced by the particles dum, until, and
priusquam, until or before. When the action really takes place,
the indicative mood is used; when the action is expected or antic-
ipated (especially if we know that it was prevented from taking
place) , the subjunctive is used, dum being followed by the present
or the imperfect tenses, priusquam usually by tlie imperfect.
In temporal sentences like those above the subjunctive
is often translated with the English auxiliaries can and could.
Priusquam may be separated into two parts; cf. sentence 4.
451. Translate: 1. Legatum non vocavl priusquam
Caesar venit. 2. Centuriones ipsi sine imperii tore castellum
ceperunt priusquam hostes auxilia mitterent. 3 . In templo
aureo cotidie sedebimus dum nuntius nos vocabit. 4. Hostes
pacem prius petlverunt quam oppida sua munirent. 5. Com-
ites fortes regis se armaverunt priusquam ille eos in hostes
duxit. 6. Canes celeres non manserunt dum leo venire t.
7. Milites captlvum in castello custodiunt dum exercitus
hostium superabitur. 8. Cives portas oppidl non clauserunt
priusquam adventum equorum audlverunt. 9. Proelium
atrox finltum est priusquam dux auxilia vocaret. 10. Quis
vir celeber leonem rapacem cecldit priusquam virginem
parvam caperet.
1. I will remain there until you come. 2. You called the
slave before he drove away the dog. 3. They fortified the
town before they asked for liberty. 4. Who fled before the
fire destroyed the house? 5 . That ship was broken by the
winds before the anchor could be thrown into the water.
181
APPLIED LATIN
Quiz. — How can you distinguish temporal clauses in
future time from the other types of temporal clauses ? How
may priusquam be otherwise written?
COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION
452. In the acquisition of any language, whether ancient
or modern, there are two things absolutely essential: an
extensive vocabulary and rapidity in its use. Think how
dull would be the study of English if your knowledge of
English words were limited and you were constantly driven
to the use of the English dictionary. Your progress would be
so slow that all interest in your work would rapidly vanish.
In the building of an extensive vocabulary there are two
elements to be considered, the noun and the verb. Of these,
the verb is the more important. It has been said that a
student who has completely mastered a thousand verbs has
already secured a working knowledge of a new language.
This statement grows out of the fact that the meaning of a
new noun may often be made out from the meaning of the
words which surround it, especially from the meaning of the
verb with which it is associated. In other words the con-
text (surrounding words) often reveals the meaning of new
nouns. The acquisition of great lists of nouns is consequently
of less importance than the learning of many verbs.
Though the learning of a large number of verbs is a
serious task, there are ways by which the labor involved
may be lightened. Many verbs are compounded of a simple
verb and a prefix (preposition). The meaning of a compound
182
THE VERB
verb will be easy for you to make out without consulting
a dictionary if you know (i) the meaning of the simple verb
and (2) the meaning of the prefix employed. In Paragraphs 30
and 40 you met with the most common prefixes used in the
making of compound verbs. Review them carefully at this
time. In the following pages there will be lists of compound
verbs based on the simple verbs which you have learned.
453. Review the first conjugation verbs in Par. 68, 294.
454. Learn these compound verbs:
The Clamo, Do, and Paro Groups
clamo, clamare, clamavi, clamatus, to shout
conclamo (1) * exclamo (1) reclamo (1)
cry aloud shout out cry out against
do, dare, dedi, datus, to give
addo (3) abdo (3) condo (3)
add hide put together, found (city)
circumdo (1) dedo (3) perdo (3)
surround surrender lose
prodo (3) reddo (3) dond (1)
betray give back present
Note that dare changes to dere when the compound verb belongs to the
third conjugation. Circumdare is an exception.
paro, parare, paravi, paratus, to prepare
comparo (1) praeparo (1) separo (1)
provide, get ready get ready beforehand prepare apart, separate
The prefix se found in separo means apart, aside.
455. Translate: 1. Cum urbs a mllitibus capta esset,
omnes elves magno clamore conclamaverunt. 2. Exsules
in densas silvas se abdiderunt ut poenas fugerent. 3. Magna
in insula urbem condidit ne a copils pedestribus caperetur.
4. Hanc urbem fossa circumdedit. Itaque dux fortis num-
* Note that the numeral following each verb indicates the conjugation
to which the verb belongs.
183
APPLIED LATIN
quam se dedidit. 5. Quae copiae nostras munltiones per-
dunt? 6. Prodi ti sumus a legatls ipsls. 7. Caesar pecuniam
cap tl vis reddebat . 8 . Frumentum co tidie paramus . 9 . Adhtic
omnia comparata sunt. 10. Coniunxne tibi cibum dedit?
Certe. n. Cum consul orationem habuisset, elves Iratl
reclamaverunt. 12. Omnia mihi addita sunt.
456. Word Study. — Explain these derivatives. Use them
in sentences of your own.
claim
compare
apparel
proclaim
data
clamor
separate
preparation
reclamation
preparedness
reclaim
donor
apparatus
render
condition
condiment
donation
perdition
date
declaim
proclamation
condone
acclaim
addition
irreparable
add
repair
surrender
prepare
disclaim
457. Select some English verb, as claim, and give as many
compound derivatives of it as you can.
Quiz. — What two things are essential in language study?
Discuss some ways of learning vocabulary.
458. The Porto, Sto, and Voco Groups
porto, portare, portavi, portatus, to carry
comporto (1) deporto (1) exporto (1)
bring together, collect carry of, lay waste carry away, export
importo (1) reporto (1) transporto (1)
carry in, import carry back carry over, transport
sto, stare, steti, statum, to stand
exsisto (3) consisto (3) desisto (3)
stand forth take position, consist desist from, stop, cease
resisto (3) statuo (3) constituo (3)
resist set up, resolve establish, determine
Instituo (3) restituo (3) exsto (1)
establish, determine restore, reestablish stand out, appear
voco, vocare, vocavi, vocatus, to call, summon
advoco (1) avoco (1) convoco (1)
call to, summon call away call together
evoco (1) pro voco (1) revoco (1)
call out, challenge challenge call back, recall
184
THE PRINCIPAL BUILDINGS IN THE ROMAN FORUM
459. Translate: i. In absentia Caesaris abundantia
f rumen tl comportata erat. 2. Se suaque omnia in vlcina
oppida deportabant. 3. Ex Britannia cibus importabatur.
4. Copiae hostium nuper in Galliam transportatae sunt.
5. Multos eorum duces convocavl ne auxilium adinimlcos
mitterent. 6. Mllites ab opere ad castellum revocatl sunt. 7.
Tarn celeriter hoc bello destitimus ut elves doml terrerentur.
8. Fratrem tuum in locum gratiae et honoris restituebamus.
9. Centuriones legionis impetum fecerunt ut hostibus resis-
terent. 10. Multl virl fortes nominatim evocatl erant.
460. Word Study. — Explain these English words. Use
them in sentences of your own.
portable
convoke
institution
portico existence
resistance
vocative
extant
advocate evoke
restitution
irrevocable
porter
exporter transportation
obstacle
consistence
imports
opportunity vocabulary
vocation
statute
constant
insist comport
provocation
porch
persistence
desist reporter
stability
superstition
avocation
constitution equivocal
constable
deportation
revocation
vowel distant
The Principal Buildings in the Roman Forum
As you look at the map you notice at the left the Tabu-
larium, the building in which were kept the state records of
the Republic. From this spot, which is rather high, a view
of the whole Forum can be had. On the left across the
Forum appear the Arch of Severus, the Rostra, the ruins
of the Temple of Concord, the remains of the Forum, the
Sacra Via, the huge arches of the Basilica Aemilia, the site of
the temple erected to Julius Caesar, the Regia, and the site
of the Temple of Vesta. On the right appear the columns
which mark the Temple of Saturn, the ruins of the Basilica
Iulia, and the site of the Temple of Castor. Beyond the limit
185
APPLIED LATIN
of the map were the Arches of Constantine and Titus and
the famous Colosseum. Here and there in the Forum were
streets leading from the center to the outer parts of the city.
Of these, the most famous was the Sacra Via, along which
the triumphal processions of the Roman generals took their
winding course to the Temple of Jupiter on the Capitoline
Hill. Through the Forum ran the great sewer, Cloaca Max-
ima, which drained the low lying valley of the Forum.
You must not think that the Forum and its buildings were
all constructed at one time. On the contrary, the Forum
had a gradual development, buildings being added at various
times. The early buildings were made of any material
which could be easily" obtained; the later buildings were
faced with marble, giving much splendor to the Forum.
XXXVI. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE OF SUM. CLAUSES
OF CONDITION AND CAUSE. COMPOUND VERBS
OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION
461. THE VERB SUM.— The Subjunctive Mood
Singular
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect
sim ess em fuerim fuissem
sis esses fueris fuisses
sit esset fuerit fuisset
Plural
simus
essemus
fuerimus
fuissemus
sitis
essetis
fueritis
fuissetis
sint
essent
fuerint
fuissent
Learn these four tenses. You have already met the first
two in Paragraph 441. The perfect subjunctive of sum is
the same as the future perfect indicative except in the first
person singular. The pluperfect has the endings of the
imperfect essem with change of e to i before s.
186
THE VERB
The same caution is to be taken regarding the transla-
tion of the different subjunctive forms of sum as of the sub-
junctive forms of the regular verbs. Use as meanings of the
subjunctive forms of sum the meanings of the corresponding
tenses of the Indicative unless specially directed otherwise.
462. For rapidity of identification name and translate:
i. Fueris, slmus, fuissent, essent, fuisses, sltis, fuerit.
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES CONTAINING A CONDITION IN
ENGLISH AND LATIN
A. With the Indicative Mood
463. A. There are many occasions in speaking and writ-
ing when we express an idea about which we have some
doubt or which can be true only under certain conditions or
circumstances. Sentences which contain statements whose
truth is affected by some circumstance or other are called con-
ditional sentences. Examine the following English sentences :
i. If we are well we are happy. 2. If we were well we
were happy. 3. If we shall be well we will be happy.
The italicized words indicate the two parts of these
sentences, one a statement of fact and the other a clause
containing a condition or circumstance affecting the truth
of the main statement. Each of these dependent clauses is
introduced by the word if. Clauses so introduced are con-
ditional clauses. The main statement in a sentence con-
taining a conditional clause is called the conclusion.
Remember, then, that all conditional sentences are made
up of two parts, the condition and the conclusion. The con-
ditional clause may appear either before or after the con-
187
APPLIED LATIN
elusion. You will have no trouble in identifying a condi-
tional clause if you will always look for the introductory
word if or its negative if not or unless.
464. B. In Latin as well as in English there are many
occasions for the use of conditional sentences. Look at the
following examples:
i. SI valemus laeti sumus. // we are well we are happy.
2 . SI valebamus laeti eramus. // we were well we were happy.
3. SI valebimus laeti erimus. If we shall be well we will be
happy.
In these sentences, which are Latin translations of the
English sentences above, there are two parts, the condition
(underscored) and the conclusion. Each of the sentences
is named from the kind of condition which it contains.
The first is called a Simple Present condition because the
condition and conclusion are in present time {present
indicative). The second is called a Simple Past condition
because both its parts are in past time {imperfect indicative).
The third is called a More Vivid Future condition because
both its parts are in future time {future indicative). Most
conditional sentences in Latin take their verbs in the
indicative mood. You will have no difficulty with condi-
tions which employ the indicative if you translate the
tenses of the indicative accurately.
465. Rule. — Simple Conditions. — Simple conditions in
Latin are introduced by the particle si, if {negative nisi, if not
or unless). In both condition and conclusion the verbs are
in the indicative mood.
188
THE VERB
466.
euro,
cremo.
curare,
cremare,
curavi, curatus,
to care for, provide for.
to bum.
impetro, impetrare, impetravi, impetratus, to gain a request.
paco, pacare, pacavi,
purgo, purgare, purgavi,
iaceo, iacere, iacui,
mereo, merere, merui,
lated, latere, latui,
deterreo, deterrere, deterrui,
pendeo, pendere, pependi,
pacatus,
purgatus,
»
meritus,
to pacify.
to clean, purify.
to lie, recline.
to deserve, merit.
to lie hidden.
to frighten of.
to hang, be suspended.
Learn these verbs.
467. Translate: i. Arbores multas altasque cremamus
ne leones in silvls densis lateant. 2. Augurne aurum dlli-
genter ciiravit dum filia sua veniret? 3. Cum nuntius
fabulam longam narravisset, a consule impetravit. 4. Nisi
Caesar in Gallia pugnabit, ilia provincia omnis numquam
pacabitur. 5. Si equus nunc in campo lato est, sub arbore
iacet. 6. Multis beneficils honorem amplum merebat. 7.
Si Galba laetus erat, consules Roman! quoque erant laetl.
8. Si post aedificium angusto in loco latebimus, comites
nos ibi numquam petebunt. 9. Quis Romae reget si Caesar
caesus erit? 10. Nisi ancora de navl ingentl pendebit,
ventl vehementes navem movebunt.
468. 1 . If we shall shout we shall frighten the birds from
the trees. 2. The horse was certainly in the field if the gate
was shut. 3. I took care of the golden gift while the prophet
was cleaning the altar. 4. What shall we deserve if you
pacify the nation with our help? 5. When we shall have
gained our request from Caesar, we will destroy the letter.
469. Word Study. — Explain these derivatives and use
them in sentences of your own.
curious curator procure
purgative deter pacify
sinecure demerit purge
suspend independence meritorious
189
impend
latent
cremation
curate
pensive
adjacent
secure
crematory
APPLIED LATIN
B. With the Subjunctive Mood
470. Beside simple conditions with the indicative there
are some in Latin which make use of the subjunctive mood
in both the condition and the conclusion. Study the follow-
ing examples:
i. Si valeamus laeti simus.
// we should be well we would be happy.
2. Si valeremus laeti essemus.
// we were well we would be happy.
3. Si valuissemus laeti fuissemus.
// we had been well we would have been happy.
These conditional sentences bear the following names:
No. 1 is called a Less Vivid Future condition; No. 2 a
Contrary to Fact condition in Present time; No. 3 a Con-
trary to Fact condition in Past time.
The Less Vivid Future condition is merely a weaker form
of the Simple Future condition (cf. Paragraph 464) . Instead
of using the auxiliary verbs shall and will in the condition
and the conclusion, this condition uses the weaker forms
should and would. Both verbs are in the present subjunctive.
Contrary to Fact conditions contain statements which
would be true under just the opposite (contrary) circum-
stances to those given in the conditional clause. For ex-
ample, "If we were now well, we would be happy," really
means we are not now happy because we are not well. "If
we had been well we would have been happy," really means
we were not happy because we were not well. As you see by
reversing the translation " we are not happy because we are
not well," the time of the condition is really present, though
190
THE VERB
the tense of the subjunctive used in Latin is imperfect.
" We were not happy because we were not well" shows that
the time of the condition is past though the tense of the
subjunctive used in Latin is pluperfect. Consequently the
conditions are called present and past contrary to fact.
471. Rule . — Conditions Requiring the Subjunctive Mood.
— Less Vivid Future conditional sentences take the present sub-
junctive in both condition and conclusion. Present Contrary to
Fact conditional sentences take the imperfect subjunctive,
and Past Contrary to Fact the pluperfect subjunctive in both
the condition and the conclusion.
472. Translate: i. Si fortuna bona sit rex sim. 2. Nisi
benefices magnls honorem mererem, hoc in loco nunc non
essem. 3. Si frigus hiemis grave sit, ingentem Ignem curem.
4. Si copia friimentl comportata esset, milites cibum certe
habuissent. 5. Omnis Gallia, facile celeriterque pacata
esset si Caesar prlmo dux fuisset. 6. Hie servus ex manibus
mels non fugisset nisi dormlvissem. 7. Hae rosae de ara
antlqua semper pendebunt nisi ventl eos frangent. 8.
Extra oppidum milites latebant dum ab hostibus pete-
bantur. 9. Nisi ntibes densae fuissent, sol clare luxisset. 10.
Portas cotldie claudemus dum auxilium a Caesare mittatur.
473. 1. If the ditch had been wide the horses would
never have escaped. 2. The women would adorn the temple
with roses if the day should be clear. 3. We will praise the
general that he may be happy. 4. The task was so easy
that we did it in two days. 5. If we were in Gaul we would
now be leading our armies against the enemy.
Quiz. — Describe the conditional sentences explained in
these paragraphs. Make up a number of similar sentences.
191
APPLIED LATIN
474.
culpa, -ae, a fault, f. existimatio, existimationis, opin-
domina, -ae, a lady, mistress, f . ion, judgment, f .
epistula, -ae, a letter, f. expl6rator,expl6ratoris,a.9C0w/,m.
dolus, -I, a trick, stratagem, m. census, -us, a rating, census, m.
concilium, -i, a council, n. circuitus, -us, circuit, m.
caelum, -i, the sky, n. conatus, -us, an attempt, m.
deditio, deditionis, surrender, f. confertus, -a, -um, crowded.
deprecator, deprecatdris, inter- cotidianus, -a, -um, daily.
cessor, m. cunctus, -a, -um, all together.
dolor, doloris, grief, m. cupidus, -a, -um, desirous.
dictator, dictatoris, a dicta- diligenter, diligently.
tor, m. diu, a long time, long*
eques, equitis, a knight, m. facile, easily.
Study and learn these words. Practise the declension of
all the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
475. Word Study. — Give the meaning of the following
derivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others.
council
conative
census
circuitous
ceiling
condolence
facile
domineer
domesticate
dominion
diary
equipage
equestrian
diligent
deprecate
esteem
estimation
difficult
dolorous
explorer
censor
cerulean
culpable
dominate
circuit
dictate
dictatorial
censure
doleful
reconcile
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF CAUSE IN ENGLISH AND LATIN
476. A. In the following English sentences the words
italicized mark a clause expressing cause.
i. I looked at the picture because you told me to. 2. Since
you have come so early let us now take a walk in the garden.
3 . As the sun has already risen there is nothing to delay us.
There are three words commonly used in English to in-
troduce dependent clauses which express Cause. These
are because (which contains the word cause itself), since,
* Note. — Comparison diu, long, diutius, diutissime.
192
THE VERB
and as. These words should aid you in picking out causal
clauses. Read the main statements in the sentences above.
Does not each one seem to demand an explanation? As
you read you expect to find out why / looked at the picture
and how it happens we can now walk in the garden and why
nothing now delays us. When some explanation or reason
seems to be demanded by the meaning of the main state-
ment be on the lookout for a dependent clause of cause.
477. B. The same facts are true of Latin sentences con-
taining causal clauses. Examine these sentences:
i. Celeriter veni quod poenam timul.
/ came quickly because I feared the penalty.
2. Caesar, cum hostes eum terrerent castra movit.
Since the enemy frightened Caesar, he moved his camp.
The underscored words in these sentences compose causal
clauses. In Latin as in English there are introductory words
which serve to identify causal clauses. These are commonly
quod, because, and cum, since. The dependent verb follow-
ing quod is regularly in the indicative mood ; the dependent
verb after cum, since, is in the subjunctive.
In Latin as in English the main statement often seems to
demand an explanation or reason before the sentence can
be considered complete. To emphasize this demand and
to get us ready for a causal clause the Latins often inserted
in the main statement one of the following expressions :
Hac de causa, for this reason, qua de causa, for this reason,
quam ob rem, for this reason.
Example: Hac de causa Caesar impetum fecit quod
13 193
APPLIED LATIN
hostes dormiebant. Caesar made an attack {for this reason)
because the enemy were asleep.
478. Rule. — Causal Clauses. — Dependent clauses express-
ing cause are introduced by the particles quod, because, and cum,
since. After the word quod the indicative mood is used; after
cum, the subjunctive. When the verb is in the subjunctive, the
tenses used follow the regular rule for Sequence.
479. Translate: i. Servi dominam non laudabant quod
culpas multas habebat. 2. Hac de causa epistulam non
scripsimus quod dolum avium scivimus. 3. Quod depre-
cator vir nobilis fuit, Caesar oppidum non delevit. 4. Cum
hi viri omnes libertatis cupidi essent, dictator! acriter re-
sistebant. 5. Consul, cum pectiniam clvitati dedisset, ab
omnibus civibus dhl amabatur.
480. 1. The horsemen led the captives about the town
in a long circuit because they feared the attacks of the
citizens. 2. We shall conquer easily because the gods will
send us aid. 3. We made the ascent quickly because the
scouts had shown us the way. 4. What is the judgment of
the council? 5. The consuls made a census of the city in
order that they might punish the evil citizens.
Quiz. — Pick out some causal clauses in your English
reader. Tell how you identify them in English and Latin.
Compound Verbs of the Second Conjugation
The Habeo, Maneo, and Moveo Groups
481. habeo, habere, habui, habitus, to have, hold
adhibeo (2) prohibed (2) debeo (2)
have at hand, apply, use restrain, prevent nottohave,owe,de-habeo
praebeo (2) habito (1) debilito (1)
have ready, furnish inhabit weaken, de-habil-ito
prae-habed
Note that in compound verbs habeo changes to -hibeo.
194
THE VERB
maneo, manere, mansi, mansum, to remain
permaned (2) remaned (2)
to last through, remain remain
moved, movere, mdvi, mdtus, to move
amoved (2) commoved (2) emoved (2)
move away, remove move thoroughly, disturb move out
removed (2) prdmoved (2)
move back, withdraw move forward
Learn these compound verbs.
482. Translate: 1. Ne oppidum caperetur, elves dolos
multos adhibuerunt. 2. Virl fortissiml illos equites ab an-
gusta via* prohibebant. 3. Gloriam honoremque dictator!
debemus quod copiam magnam cibl nobis dedit. 4. Con-
sults censum clvium imperatorl praebuerunt ut virl mali de
urbe pellerentur. 5. Exsules in Insula habitabant. 6. Con-
atibus dollsque legatorum cohortes debilitatae sunt. 7.
Caesar castra ex angusto loco* inter montes amovit. 8.
Clamoribus captivorum hac de causa facile commotl sumus,
quod ctincti pacem dlligenter petebant. 9. Aurum e carro*
removl ut in aedificio ponerem. 10. Cum hostes mllites
nostros ab oppido prohiberent, Caesar aciem promovit.
483.* In sentences 2, 7, 9, 10, are instances of the
ablative with ab, de, or ex expressing the idea of removal
or separation. This construction is common after verbs
signifying removal or separation.
484. Rule. — The Ablative of Separation. — The ablative
with ab, de, or ex is used with verbs signifying separation or
removal to express separation.
485. Study these English derivatives. Use them in sen-
tences of your own.
debilitated permanent promotion
inhabitant manse removal
prohibition mobile prohibitive
momentum commotion mob
195
habit
motor
remainder
emotion
manor
remote
remnant
automobile
APPLIED LATIN
The Pleo, Sedeo, and Teneo Groups
486. pleo, plere, plevi, pletus, to fill
compled (2) repled (2) suppled (2)
fill completely fill up again fill up, supply
sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessum, to sit, be settled
circumseded (2) obsided (2) possided (2)
sit around, surround sit against, besiege possess
praesided (2) resided (2) superseded (2)
preside over, watch over remain seated, remain refrain from
Note that sedeo becomes -sided in many compounds. In some it
appears as -sidd (assldo, sidere, sedi, — ) and these verbs belong to the
third conjugation.
tened, tenere, tenui (tentus), to hold
abstined (2) contined (2) distined (2)
abstain from contain, limit, bound hold apart
obtined (2) pertined (2) retined (2)
hold, obtain pertain, have to do with hold back, retain
sustined (2) temptd (1)
hold up, sustain try, attempt *
Note that tened becomes -tined in most compounds.
Learn these compound verbs.
487. Translate: 1. Carros frumento complevi ut multi-
tude civium cibum haberet. 2. Tarn multi equites vias ob-
sederunt ut legiones nostras ab oppido prohiberent. 3. Galba
magnam partem provinciae possidebat. 4. LegatI quod
copias hostium in montibus vlderunt proelio abstinuerunt.
5. Fossa aqua completa est ne equites Roman! impetum
facerent. 6. Pars magna Galliae fluminibus latissimis mon-
tibusque altioribus continetur. 7. Nostri fines ad montes
pertinent et ad occasum sob's spectant. 8. Caesar Galbam,
socium suum, in concilio retinuit. 9. Diu impetus bar-
barorum maxima cum virtute sustinebantur. 10. Quod vias
per provinciam exploratores non sciverunt, hostes forttinam
belli non temptaverunt.
196
THE USES OF THE BUILDINGS IN THE FORUM
488. Study these English derivatives. Use them in sen-
tences of your own.
complete
replete
pertain
residuary
continence
sustain
detain
implement
supersede
attempt
entertainment retention
obsession
continent
supply
assessor
resident
insidious
impertinent
contention
retentive
expletive
obtain
continuance
session
abstain
reside
• temptation
assizes
president
complement
besiege
possessor
supplement
subside
The Uses of the Buildings in the Forum
Now that you have become acquainted with the names
of the chief buildings, you should learn something about
their uses. As was said, the Tabularium contained the
records of the Republic and later of the Empire. The Arch
of Severus was erected to recall the glories of the family
of Severus which gave to the Empire two important em-
perors. The Rostra was the platform from which many of
the great Roman orators delivered speeches to the Roman
people assembled in the open space before it. As there were
no newspapers like ours at Rome, if the ordinary citizen
wished to know what was going on, he hurried down to the
Forum and there listened to speeches from the Rostra and
discussed the news with his fellow-citizens. Before the
Roman Senate voted on important policies of the govern-
ment, some leading member of the administration often
addressed the people from the Rostra. Thus the citizens
were early informed of the debates which were to follow
inside the senate house. The two Basilicas (Aemilia and
Iulia) were the centers of the law courts. In them the legal
magistrates of the city used to hold court, and the decisions
197
APPLIED LATIN
handed down were not only important at that time, but
exist today embedded in the laws of many modern nations.
Because these speeches were delivered in the Forum they
were called forensics, a term still employed.
XXXVII. THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX. CLAUSES OF
CONCESSION. TYPES OF RELATIVE CLAUSES. COM-
POUND VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF CONCESSION IN ENGLISH
AND LATIN
489. In the following English sentences there are ex-
amples of Concessive or Adversative Clauses. As you read
over each sentence, notice that the idea contained in the
italicized clauses contradicts or opposes that contained in
the main statement. If the clause is true, the main state-
ment must be false. If the main statement is true, how can
the facts in the dependent clause be set aside? In such
sentences the adverse facts of the dependent clause are
passed over (conceded) . The main statement is considered
true, with certain concessions.
i. Although the day was cloudy, still we went on a picnic.
2. The dog is faithful, although his master abuses him.
In the first sentence you would expect to remain at home
on cloudy days and you certainly would not go on a picnic.
In the second you hardly expect a dog whose master abuses
him to be faithful. These adverse or contrary facts must
be conceded before the main statements are true.
In English, Concessive clauses are shown by the use
of the introductory words although or though. Often, the
198
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
words still or nevertheless are found in the main statement,
when the sentence contains a concessive clause.
490. These Latin sentences contain concessive clauses:
i. Quamquam puer saepe clamavit tamen agricolae non
venerunt.
Although the boy often cried out, the farmers did not come.
2. Cum multa tela iaceret, avem non terruit.
Though he threw many missiles, he did not frighten tlie
bird.
3. Cum opus longum sit tamen epistulam scribam.
Though the task is a long one, nevertheless I will write
the letter.
As you read these sentences you note that each one con-
tains a clause, which is opposed to the main statement.
You expect the farmers to come; one stone usually frightens
a bird; long tasks are often left undone. Such clauses
must be conceded (concessive). They are introduced in
Latin by the words quamquam, although, and cum, although.
The indicative mood (usually the perfect tense) follows
quamquam, the subjunctive (tense according to the se-
quence of tense rule) follows cum. Tamen, nevertheless,
often appears in the main statement.
491. Rule. — Concession. — Concession is expressed in
Latin by the indicative (usually the perfect tense) introduced
by quamquam or the subjunctive (tense according to the regular
rule for sequence) introduced by cum.
492. Translate: 1. Quamquam puerl omnes conclama-
verunt aves non territl sunt. 2. Servum non punlvimus cum
doll eius pessiml fuissent. 3. Cum nubes densae in caelo
199
APPLIED LATIN
essent, sol tamen lucebat. 4. Caesar provinciam Galliae
superavit cum ill! virl acerrime pugnavissent. 5. Quamquam
carmina laudavistis tamen poetae aurum non dedistis. 6.
Cum urbs bene munlta esset, Galba earn maximo impetu
cepit. 7. Quamquam milites pacem post deditionem peti-
verunt, tamen non impetraverunt. 8. Cum canes pro porta
iacerent femina cibum non iacuit. 9. Nautae non commoti
sunt cum mare ventis continenter cresceret. 10. Quamquam
servus saepe clamavit equus domum ex agro non venit.
493. 1. We did not emigrate from the province though
fertile fields were shown to us. 2. Though we served our
commander well he never praised us. 3. The runaway slave
was caught though he had fled into the mountains. 4.
Desire for gold does not now overcome the scout though in
youth he indulged this fault. 5. When he had related the
terms of peace the Romans sent him to Caesar.
Quiz. — What English words are used to introduce clauses
of concession, cause, time, purpose, result?
494.
figura, -ae, a figure, shape, f. gubernator,gubernat6ris,«^/o/,m.
gemma, -ae, a gem, f . exitus, -us, a, going out, end, m.
incola, -ae, an inhabitant, m. consensus, -us, consent, m.
dominus, -i, a master, m. dexter, dextra, dextrum, right.
collum, -1, the neck, n. fegregius, -a, -urn, remarkable.
exemplum, -1, example, n. f erax, f eracis, fertile.
facultas, facultatis, capacity, f. finitimus, -a, -urn, neighboring.
f ortitudo, fortitudinis, bravery, f . f eliciter, happily, fortunately.
flos, floris, a flower, m. fere, almost, nearly.
furor, furoris, rage, m. forte, perhaps.
foedus, foederis, a treaty, n. fortiter, bravely.
f ormido, f ormidinis, fear, f . frustra, in vain.
Study and learn these words. Practise the declensions of
the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
200
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
495. Word Study. — Give the meaning of the following
English derivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others.
faculty figured gem collar-bone infuriated
federal governor inflorescence ambidextrous formidable
configuration egregious florist frustrate furore
exemplary consensus government dexterous florid
flourish floral exit fortitude confederacy
TYPES OF RELATIVE CLAUSES
496. Up to the present time in the treatment of the
Complex sentence you have been dealing only with subor-
dinate clauses which have modified the main verb (adverbial
clauses). There are, however, complex sentences in which
the subordinate clause is not adverbial (does not modify the
main verb) but is adjectival (modifies some noun in the
main sentence). Such clauses are called adjectival clauses.
They are introduced by the Relative pronoun who, which,
that. This relative pronoun serves to connect or relate the
clause which it introduces with some noun in the main sen-
tence. This noun is called the antecedent of the clause.
Relative Clauses in English and Latin
497. A. Examine these English sentences:
i. The man who wore the black hat was the President.
2. We respect the boy who is honest. 3. Caesar sent soldiers
who were to cross the bridge. 4. There are some men who
think that all they hear is true.
In these sentences the italicized words compose relative
clauses, introduced by the relative pronoun who, which, and
that. This pronoun resembles other pronouns in that it
stands for a noun; it differs slightly in that usually it im-
mediately follows its antecedent.
201
APPLIED LATIN
The relative pronoun in English is thus declined:
Masculine, Feminine, and Neuter — Singular and Plural
Nominative, who. Genitive, whose. Accusative, whom.
The relative clauses in the English sentences above are
not all of the same kind. In sentences i and 2 they merely
take the places of adjectives (adjectival relative clauses).
They add bits of description to their antecedents which
could have been done by the use of a single adjective, if
there had existed in the language an adjective which meant
what the entire clause means. No. 3 not only describes, but
also adds an idea of purpose to the antecedent (relative
clause of purpose) ; No. 4 expresses a trait or characteristic
of the antecedent (relative clause of characteristic).
Construct some English sentences containing relative
clauses. In your reader pick out some relative clauses.
498. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Servus qui equum ducebat erat curiosissimus.
The slave who was leading the horse was very inquisitive.
2. Caesar oppidum quod hostes tenebant facile cepit.
Caesar easily took the town which the enemy were holding.
Complex sentences containing relative clauses are very
frequent in Latin. As in English, such clauses may (1) simply
modify their antecedent as adjectives or may (2) add an
idea of purpose or characteristic. These two types of rela-
tive clauses can be readily distinguished in Latin by the
mood of their verbs. Simple adjectival clauses regularly take
the indicative mood; the other adjectival clauses take the
subjunctive mood.
499. Learn the declension of the relative pronoun qui,
quae, quod, who, which, that.
202
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
Singular
M.
F.
N.
Norn
■ qui,
quae,
quod,
who.
Gen.
cuius,
cuius,
cuius,
whose.
Dat.
cui,
cui,
cui,
to or for whom.
Ace.
quem,
quam,
quod,
whom.
Voc.
>
>
>
.
Abl.
qud,
qua,
quo,
Plural
with, etc., whom.
M.
F.
N.
Norn,
qui,
quae,
quae,
who.
Gen.
quorum,
quarum,
, quorum,
whose.
Dat.
quibus,
quibus,
quibus,
to or for whom.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
quos,
quas,
quae,
whom.
quibus,
quibus,
>
quibus,
with, etc., whom.
500. While considering relative clauses we must take
up the agreement of the relative with its antecedent. In
sentence i the relative qui s masculine singular to agree
(as adjective) with its antecedent serous. It is nominative
not because serous is nominative, but because qui is the sub-
ject of the clause (qui : . . ducebat) in which it (qui)
stands. In sentence 2 quod is neuter singular in agreement
with its antecedent oppidum. It is accusative in case because
it is the direct object of the verb tenebant, the verb of the
clause (quod . . . tenebant) in which the quod stands.
501. Rule. — Simple Adjectival Relative Clauses. —
Relative clauses which simply add facts of description to their
antecedents are introduced by the relative pronoun qui, quae,
quod, and take their verbs in the indicative mood.
502. Rule.— Agreement of the Relative Pronoun. —
The relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender
and number. Its case depends upon its use in its own clause.
203
APPLIED LATIN
503.
cerno,
cernere,
crevi,
cretus,
to discern, distinguish.
colo,
colere,
colui,
cultus,
to till, cherish, dwell in.
divido,
dividere,
divisi,
divisus,
to separate, divide.
fundo,
fundere,
fudi,
fusus,
to pour forth.
gerd,
gerere,
gessi,
gestus,
to bear, carry on, wage.
prendo,
prendere,
prehendi, prehensus
t to seize, grasp.
ruo,
ruere,
rui,
rutus,
to fall down, tumble down.
stemo,
sternere,
stravi,
stratus,
to strew, spread out.
tollo,
tollere,
sustuli,
sublatus,
to lift up, remove.
tribuo,
tribuere,
tribui,
tributus,
to assign, allot.
relinquo,
relinquere,
reliqui,
relictus,
to leave, abandon.
disco,
discere,
didici,
,
to learn.
Learn these verbs.
504. Translate: i. Milites qui bellum gerebant exem-
plum egregium fortittidinis praebebant. 2. Num rosas pro
porta templl illlus del qui auxilium urbi misit frustra stra-
vimus? 3. Virgo quae ex furore leonis fugerat dextram
meam prendebat. 4. Venti gubernatorem qui caelum
spectabat in mare iecerunt. 5. Quis for titer sed frustra
piignabat? 6. Agricola agros feraces, flores, et flumen
finitimum amat et colet. 7. Sine consensu sociorum num-
quam petivi condiciones pacis quae me a patria dlviserunt.
8. Forte incolae gemmas sub arbore alta abdiderunt. 9.
Venti veloces domum quam incolae in insula struxerant fere
straverunt. 10. Vinum, quod servi in aedificio condiderant,
in flumen dominus fudit.
505. 1. The outcome of the battle took away all hope of
surrender. 2. The tree which recently fell broke the dog's
neck. 3. In youth we learned many poems which related
the fate of our city. 4. By means of a treaty we made peace
with the Romans. 5. Fortunately we saw the general who
had completed the war.
506. Word Study. — Explain these English derivatives.
Use them in sentences of your own.
204
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
discern
decree
inculcate derelict
ruin
reprehend
relic
effusion
street
relinquish
discreet
profuse
confusion
prostrate colony
retribution tributary
disciple tribute
cult dividend
prize
comprehend
prison
delinquent
foundry
apprehend
secretary
fund
consternation gesture
stratum diffuse
division
discipline
Quiz. — What are the types of relative clauses in English?
What is meant by the agreement of the relative?
507.
ianua, -ae, a door, f.
Insania, -ae, madness, f.
iustitia, -ae, justice, f .
humus, -I, the ground, m*
ferrum, -i, iron, n.
hospitium, -i, hospitality, n.
heres, heredis, an heir, m.
iudex, iudicis, a judge, m.
iter, itineris, a journey, n.
interpres, interpretis, an inter-
preter, n.
lac, lactis, milk, n.
nemo, nemini, no one, m.f
lapis, lapidis, a stone, m.
consulates, -us, the consulship, m.
conventus, -us, a meeting, m.
frigidus, -a, -um, cold.
impudens, impudentis, shameless.
incredibilis, incredibile, unbeliev-
able.
inermis, inerme, weaponless.
infer us, -a, -um, low.%
graviter, heavily.
hodie, to-day.
interdum, meanwhile.
item, likewise.
Study and learn these words. Practise the declension of
the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
508. Word Study. — Explain the meaning of the following
derivatives. Use these derivatives in sentences. Add others.
hospitable
host
hotel
lapis lazuli
sane
justiciary
lapidary
humidity
exhume
humiliate
insanity
consulate
inheritance
heredity
inhumation
frigidity
itinerant
janitor
judiciary
humble
humor
item
impudent
refrigerator
itinerary
lactic
convention
dilapidated
credulous
gravity
judge
itemize
interpret
inferior
gravitate
*Note: Locative of humus, humi, on the ground.
fNote: Nemo usually lacks the genitive and ablative singular. For
them nullius and nullo are used.
J Note: Comparison of inferus: inferus, inferior, infimus, or imus.
205
APPLIED LATIN
RELATIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE AND CHARACTERISTIC
509. Examine these Latin sentences:
i . Caesar milites qui pontem frangerent ad flumen misit.
Caesar sent soldiers who should (to) break down the
bridge.
2. Non idoneus erit qui ad illud oppidum mittatur.
He will not be the proper man (who should be sent) to
send to that walled town.
These two sentences illustrate types of relative clauses
which take their verbs in the subjunctive mood. No. i con-
tains a clause of purpose; No. 2, a clause of characteristic.
Of these the relative clause of purpose is more common.
Relative clauses of purpose are the same in form as the
ordinary clauses of purpose except that the relative pronoun
is used in place of the introductory particle ut. The tenses
of the subjunctive employed are the present after primary
tenses, the imperfect after secondary tenses.
510. Rule. — Relative Purpose Clauses. — Relative clauses
of purpose are introduced by the relative pronoun qui, quae,
quod, who, which, that, and take their verbs in the present and
the imperfect subjunctive, according to the rule for sequence
in purpose clauses. The negative is non.
511. A relative clause of characteristic is used in Latin
to call attention to some trait or characteristic of its ante-
cedent. The second sentence above illustrates such a clause.
Ordinarily clauses of characteristic follow these words:
dignus, -a, -urn, worthy. sunt qui, there are those who.
indignus, -a, -urn, unworthy. nemo est qui, there is no one who.
idoneus, -a, -um, suitable, proper, quis est qui, who is there who?
solus, -a, -um, alone, only. unus (solus) est qui, he is the only
one who.
206
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
When these words precede a relative clause you may be
sure that the clause is one of characteristic. The verb in
such a clause will be in the subjunctive mood and the
tense will follow the regular rule for the sequence of tenses.
512. Rule. — Relative Clauses of Characteristic. — Rela-
tive clauses of characteristic are introduced by the relative pro-
noun qui, quae, quod, who, which, that, and take their verbs
in the subjunctive mood according to the rule for sequence.
513. Translate: i. Interdum servl qui aedificia nova
struerent a domino rurl relictl sunt. 2. Socil inermes non
idonel sunt qui duel fortl tribuantur. 3. Quis est qui
pecuniam magnam non amet? 4. Hominem quaeslvimus
qui viam Inferiorem monstraret. 5. Sunt qui consulatum
propter iustitiam mereant. 6. Item legiones quae a pro-
vincia hostes deterrerent hodie missae sunt. 7. Illeindlgnus
erat qui impetraret. 8. Quis fabulam incredibilem in
conventii narravit? 9. Nemo est qui vel lac frlgidum vel
aquam fontis frlgidl aestate non laudet. 10. Mllites qui
in provinciam iter fecerunt lapides huml vlderunt.
514. 1. Today we are seeking the hospitality of the
judge. 2. This heir is the only one who gives money to his
friends. 3. Who is there who would carry on a war in vain?
4. We drove away the men who were to make the attack.
5. I will give my iron and gold to no one.
Quiz. — How can you tell the difference between ordinary
relative clauses and those of purpose and characteristic?
Pick out some examples of each kind in your English
reader.
207
APPLIED LATIN
Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
515. The Ago, Cado, and Claudo Groups
ago, agere, egi, actus, to set in motion, drive
cogo (3) exigo (3) redigo (3)
drive together, force, drive out, exact (taxes) drive back, reduce
collect (con-ago)
transigo (3) agito (1)
drive through, accomplish move, pursue
Note that ago becomes -igo in most compounds.
cado, cadere, cecidi, , to fall
accido (3) concido (3) excidd (3)
fall, to happen fall down, collapse fall out
Note that cado becomes -cido (i short) in compounds. The perfect is
-cidi, not cecidi, in compounds; as accido, accidere, accidi, . Excido
has a fourth part, excasum.
claudo, claudere, clausi, clausus, to shut, close
concludo (3) excludo (3) includo (3)
shut around, surround shut out, exclude shut in, confine
intercludo praecludo (3)
shut of, cut of shut of
Note that claudo becomes -cludo in compounds.
516. Translate: 1. Socil Romanorum naves coegerunt.
2. Eodem fere tempore quamquam aestas exacta est
Caesar bellum cum hostibus gessit. 3. Dux illustris copias
nostras in castra redegit. 4. Haec omnia transacta sunt
dum Galba in Gallia est. 5. Tela quae ex inferiore loco
iacta sunt graviter acciderunt. 6. Cum impetus fluminis
maximus esset pons necessario concidit. 7. AnnI tempore
nostrae naves ab aperto marl excludebantur. 8. Exercitus
re frumentaria interclusus est, quod consules barbaros
flumine quo portabatur non prohibuerunt. 9. Exploratores
leones ex silva agitabant. 10. Quae legio idonea est quae
interpretes et legatos habeat?
208
THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX
517. Study these derivatives. Use them in sentences.
agitate exact transact seclude accident
actor clause counteract conclusion casual
exclusion enact redactor cogent decadent
include conclusive recluse occasional actual
deciduous cloister incident exigency preclude
518. The Cedo, Emo, and Fluo Groups
cedo, cedere, cessi, cessus, to make a motion
concedo (3) decedo (3) excedo (3)
retire, yield go away, depart move out, go forth
intercedo (3) praecedo (3) recedo (3)
go between, intervene go before, surpass go back, recede
succedo (3) antecedo (3) discedo (3)
go up, approach, succeed go forward, surpass go away, depart
procedo (3)
go forward, advance
emo, emere, emi, emptus, to take, buy
adimo (3) eximo (3) interimo (3)
take away take away, remove kill
redimo (3) sumo (3) consiimo (3)
buy back, ransom take on (sub-emo) use up, consume
fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluctum, to flow
confluo (3) influo (3) profluo (3)
flow together flow into flow forth, arise
519. Translate: 1. Caesar, cum proelium male fecisset
ab urbe concessit. 2. Tanta militum virtus fuit ut de vallo
decederet nemo. 3. Qua de causa Roman! Gallos quoque
virtute* praecedunt. 4. Incolae earum regionum omnes
Britannos scientia* et cultu* et humanitate* antecedebant.
5. Cum clades atrox fuisset omnis spes victoriae adempta est.
6. Dux audax gratiam et amicitiam militum omnium pecu-
nia redemit. 7. Quis consul copias hostlum trans flumen
egit cum omnia eorum tela consiimpta essent? 8. Aquae
huius fontis in flumen latum Influunt. 9. Hoc flumen pro-
fluit ex illo monte altissimo qui in flnibus sociorum est. 10.
Haec flumina pro castello confluebant.
J 4 209
APPLIED LATIN
520.* In sentences 3 (virtute) and 4 (scientia, cultu, hu-
manitate) are four instances of the ablative used to point
out exactly or specify the respect in which the action of the
main verb is true. This ablative is called the Ablative of
Specification. It never takes an introductory preposition.
521. Rule . — Ablative of Specification. — The ablative with-
out a preposition is used to express that in respect to which
anything is true or is done.
522. Study these derivatives. Use them in sentences.
antecedent
fluctuate
concession
influential
sumptuous
accession
recessional
consumption
. redeem
presumptive
ancestor
precedent
precede
peremptory
incessant
successor
confluence
predecessor
reflux
processional
recede
affluent
cession
fluency
superfluous
intercede
assume
coempt
exemption
exceed
The Religion of Rome
In the Forum and its vicinity were the centers of the
Religious Life of the Romans. The chief temples were situ-
ated on the top of the Capitoline Hill. There were the Tem-
ples of Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva. In the Forum were the
Temples of Saturn, which contained the Bank of the Roman
Government, of Castor, of Julius Caesar, and of Vesta.
The Temple of Vesta was the most important and the oldest.
It was indeed the center of the religion connected with the
Home. Just as every house had its particular shrine to the
god who watched over its inhabitants and near it the sacred
fire, so there was a similar shrine to the divinity who
watched over the whole city. This divinity was the goddess
Vesta. Her temple was a circular structure which is thought
to have reproduced the form (circular) of the early Roman
210
THE VERB
house. In this temple labored the twelve Vestal Virgins,
whose business it was to keep alive the sacred fire and
to attend to the service of Vesta. Near by was the
Regia, the home of the Pontifex Maximus, who superin-
tended the entire religious life of the citizens. He occupied
a place closely resembling the office of the Pope of the
Roman Church. There were a number of Colleges, so called,
bands of priests who attended to certain clearly defined
duties in connection with religion and assisted the Pontifex
Maximus. The twelve great Gods of the Romans were
Jupiter, father of gods and king of men; Juno, wife of
Jupiter and queen of Heaven ; Minerva, goddess of wisdom ;
Apollo, god of music, prophecy, the sun, trade; Diana, sister
of Apollo, goddess of the hunt; Mars, god of war; Venus,
goddess of beauty; Vulcan, god of fire, the arts of the gold-
smiths, blacksmiths, etc.; Mercury, messenger of the gods;
Vesta, goddess of the hearth and of the family; Ceres,
goddess of the harvests and crops ; Neptune, god of the sea.
XXXVIII. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE IN EXHORTA-
TIONS AND WISHES. THE IMPERATIVE. COM-
MANDS AND PROHIBITIONS
523. In your study of the Subjunctive mood you have
so far examined its use only in dependent statements or
clauses. Being a mood suited to weaker statements, it is
most frequently found in subordinate clauses. Still there are
some independent statements in which the subjunctive
mood is employed. Such sentences are not frank expres-
sions of fact, but statements about whose outcome the
211
APPLIED LATIN
speaker is uncertain. Independent sentences of this kind
comprise Exhortations and Wishes.
Exhortations and Wishes
524. A. Examine these English sentences:
i. Let us attack the town with courage. 2. Let them
not praise the decision of the senate. 3. May you be
happy. 4. Would that I were now in Paris. 5. Would
that the Great War had never begun.
Of these sentences, Nos. 1 and 2 are Exhortations; Nos. 3, 4,
and 5, Wishes. The mood employed in each is the subjunctive.
Though each makes an independent statement, there
lurks about these sentences a feeling of uncertainty. In
No. 1 we realize that there is some doubt about the attack
being made courageously; in No. 3 we have no assurance
that happiness will follow the wish; in Nos. 4 and 5 there
is a wish for a change which can never take place.
Construct some English Wishes and Exhortations.
525. B. Exhortations and Wishes take the subjunctive
mood in Latin also. Examine these sentences;
Exhortations
1. Oppidum cum virtute oppugnemus. Let us attack the
town with courage.
2. Ne senatum laudent. Let them not praise the senate.
Both of these sentences are exhortations. The present
tense of the subjunctive is used and the negative is ne.
Only the first and third persons singular or plural of the
present tense are used. Ordinarily exhortations occur only
in the first person plural.
212
THE VERB
526. Rule. — Exhortation. — The first and third persons
singular and plural {usually the first person plural) of the
present subjunctive are employed to express an exhortation.
The negative is ne.
527. Translate: i. Gubernator navem diligenter ciiret ne
marl superetur. 2. Ne dominus servum qui bene serviit hodie
puniat. 3. Colamus semper llbertatem humanitatemque
et nostrl finitiml nos laudabunt. 4. Ne omnes cupidi aurl
sint. 5. Cum calami tates veniant virtu tern flrmam fortitu-
dinemque retineamus. 6. Clientes laetl beneficia Caesaris
semper laudent. 7. Adversls in rebus audax sim. 8. Altitti-
dine montis ne terreamur. Ascensus facilis est. 9. Acerbum
vlnum aqua bona misceamus. 10. Leones cum furore saeviant.
528. 1. Let the maidens adorn the walls of the temple
with roses. 2. If the general has made a mistake let him
move his camp. 3. Let us carry on the war courageously.
4. May the winds quickly drive away the clouds. 5. Let
the nations of the world seek peace with honor.
Quiz. — When may the subjunctive mood be used in
independent statements?
529. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sion of the nouns and adjectives.
industria, -ae, industry, f. mensis, mensis, a month, m.
luna, -ae, the moon, f. iuvenis, -is, a young man, m.
nota, -ae, a spot, mark, f. mercator, mercatoris, a mer-
medicina, -ae, remedy, f. chant, m.
medicus, -i, a doctor, m. cultus, -us, civilization, m.
Institutum, -1, a custom, n. equitatus, -us, cavalry, m.
intervallum, -i, an interval, n. iniquus, -a, -um, unequal, unfair.
iudicium, -I, a judgment, n. invitus, -a, -um, unwilling.
laus, laudis, praise, f . magnificus, -a, -um, grand, mag-
latitudo, latitudinis, width, f. nificent.
latus, lateris, a side, flank, n. maturus, -a, -um, early, ripe.
lenitas, lenitatis, gentleness, f. liber, libera, liberum, free.
liberalitas, liberalitatis, liberal- libenter, gladly,
ity, f.
213
APPLIED LATIN
530. Word Study. — Explain the meanings of the follow-
ing English derivatives. Use them in sentences of your
own. Add any other derivatives that you can.
latitude
youthful
cult
iniquity
industrious
junior
laud)
mature
lateral
interval
collateral
lunar
merchandise
illiberal
medicinal
remedy
magnificent
market
mercantile
institute
merchant
lunatic
medicated
judicious
culture
laudable
magistrate
notation
equilateral
premature
lenient
commerce
juvenile
prejudice
master
Wishes
531. The following sentences express simple wishes in
present time.
i. Valeas. May you be well. 2. Dies clarus sit. May
the day be fair. 3. Ne Galli Romanos superent. May the
Gauls not conquer the Romans.
These wishes are all made in present time with the hope
that they may come to pass in the future. There is no
assurance, however, that they will come to pass. In such
wishes the subjunctive is used in the present tense. The
negative is ne.
532. Rule. — Simple Wishes. — The present tense of the
subjunctive mood is used to express a simple wish. The nega-
tive is ne.
533. The following sentences express wishes which the
speaker knows can never be fulfilled; which, in other words,
are hopeless.
1. Utinam nationes pacem nunc facerent.
Would that the nations were now making peace.
2. Utinam regem vidissemus.
Would that we had seen the king.
214
THE VERB
3. Utinam ne Galli in Germania essent.
Would that the Gauls were not in Germany.
4. Utinam ne dominus servum punivisset.
Would that the master had not punished the slave.
The wishes in these sentences are called Contrary to Fact.
They can never be fulfilled. All the facts are against them.
For instance, one could wish that the nations were now
making peace, but they are not doing so; or that he
had seen the king, when he has not. Contrary to
Fact {hopeless) wishes in present time take the imperfect
subjunctive (Nos. 1 and 2); in past time the pluperfect
subjunctive (Nos. 3 and 4). They are regularly introduced
by the word utinam, would that.
534. Rule. — Contrary to Fact (hopeless) Wishes. — The
imperfect subjunctive introduced by utinam, would that, is
used to express a hopeless wish in present time; the pluperfect
subjunctive with the same introductory word to express a hope-
less wish in past time. The negative is ne.
535. Translate: 1. Mercator sapiens, laetus sis indus-
trial magnified. 2. Utinam ne haec proelia cotidiana cultus
nationum delerent. 3. Utinam Luna clara nunc hlceret. 4.
Domine, utinam ne tarn acerrime servum punlvisses. 5.
Utinam artem mediclnae in adolescentia accurate didicis-
semus. 6. Servus bonus et utilis multos annos sis. 7. Uti-
nam explorator viam in silva apertam nobis monstravisset.
8. Utinam laudes medicls hoc in bello libenter darentur. 9.
Utinam ne a copils hostium provincia tarn late deleta esset.
10. Roma, famam maximam gloriamque habeas.
536. 1. Would that the cavalry were now victorious. 2.
215
APPLIED LATIN
Would that the body had been buried with honor. 3. May
you be free and diligent, dear companion. 4. May the moon
shine with clear light. 5. Would that the enemy had not
waged an unfair war.
Quiz. — Construct some Simple and Contrary to Fact
wishes in English.
The Sentence. Imperative
537. There are three kinds of sentences: the declarative,
the interrogative, and the imperative. Declarative sentences
state facts ; interrogative sentences ask questions ; impera-
tive sentences voice commands. For imperative sentences
there is a special mood of the verb called the Imperative.
The Imperative in English and Latin
538. The following English sentences are imperative:
1. Lead the troops against the enemy. 2. Come all ye
faithful. 3. Lift up your hearts.
Learn the imperative mood of the English verb to find in
Paragraph 824. Give the imperatives of the English verbs
see, bring, help, do. Write some commands in English.
539. LAUDO and HABEO.— Imperative Mood— Active
and Passive
Present Active Present
Singular Singular
2. lauda, praise (thou) 2. habe, have (thou)
Plural Plural
2. laudate, praise (ye) 2. habete, have (ye)
Passive
Singular Singular
2. laudare, be (thou) praised 2. habere, be (thou) had (held)
Plural Plural
2. laudamini, be (ye) praised 2. habemini, be (ye) had (held)
216
THE VERB
Learn the imperatives of Laudo and Habeo and also of
the other regular conjugations in Paragraphs 827-8-9. Note
that the present imperative passive is the same in form as
the present infinitive active.
The imperative of Sum is es, be thou, este, be ye. U 831.
540. From the paragraphs at the back of the book you
see that there is also another tense of the imperative mood,
the future. The future tense of the imperative is very rare,
being found only in laws, treaties, and the ritual of religion.
In English this tense of the imperative can be seen in the
sentence, " Thou shalt have no other gods before Me." The
future imperative is not included in the work of this book.
541. For practice translate the following imperatives:
1. Cernite, dele, due,* para. 2. Tribue, es, caedite, mane.
3. Saevlte, veni, die,* este. 4. Amate, cape, relinque, favete.
Commands
542. The following Latin sentences are imperative:
1. Porta hoc frumentum ad urbem. Carry this grain to
the city. 2. Venite laeti. Come ye happy ones.
In each of these examples the imperative is used to ex-
press a command. Notice that the verb in each case is in
the second person. A real command can be given only
in the second person. If the first or third is used in English
the expressions are mild commands or exhortations (1f 524).
543. Rule. — Commands are expressed by the present
imperative.
*Note. — The present imperatives of died, ferd, duco, facio, are
irregularly die, fer, due, and fac.
217
APPLIED LATIN
Prohibitions
544. A command which is put in the negative — as, Don't
talk out loud; Boys! Don't make such a disturbance — is
called a Prohibition (negative command) . In the expression
of Prohibitions the Latins did not use the present impera-
tive combined with the negative, as is done in English, but
ordinarily used the imperative of the verb Nolo, / am unwill-
ing (noli, be unwilling to or don't, singular; and nolite, be
unwilling to or don't, plural, followed by the present infinitive
of the verb containing the command.
545. Examples of Prohibitions.
i. Noli aciem turbare. Be unwilling to (don't) throw the
battle line into confusion. 2. Nolite dona mala filiis vestris
dare. Be unwilling to (don't) give your sons evil gifts.
546. Rule. — Prohibitions. — The imperative of the verb
Nolo (noli, singular; nolite, plural) followed by the present
infinitive is commonly used in Latin to express a prohibition.
547. Translate : 1 . Porta te f rumentum ut cibus militibus
sit.* 2. Mitte nuntium ne calamitas civitati* sit. 3. Vocate
servos ut aedificio* praesidium sit. 4. Dum spes victoriae
manet, pugnate acriter. 5. Noli servum punlre quod liber-
ty tern petit. 6. Milites, nolite iniquo loco pugnare ! 7. Nautae,
nolite latitudinem maris timere! 8. Date deo laudes si auxi-
lium mittet. 9. Cum Caesar superetur, tamen este fortes et
audaces. 10. Noli pecuniam alienam cuplditate tangere.
*Note. — The dative case is often used with the verb sum
to indicate the possessor. "Ut cibus militibus sit" means
that the soldiers may have food (that food may be to the soldiers).
The thing possessed is in the nominative case.
218
THE VERB
548. Rule. — Dative of the Possessor. — The dative case
is used with tlie verb sum to denote the possessor. TJie thing
possessed is the subject of sum.
549. i. Galba (dat.) had sons and daughters. 2. Praise
the industry of the careful slave. 3. Do not send the mes-
senger to the redoubt. 4. The young man has a horse.
5. What gifts shall that son of yours have?
Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
550. The Curro, Duco, and Flecto Groups
curro, cuirere, cucurri, cursum, to run
accurro (3) concurrd (3) decurro (3)
run to run together run down from
occurro (3) praecurro (3)
run to meet outrun, excel
Note: Some verbs, compounds of curro, have the perfect in curri, not
cucurri.
duco, ducere, duxi, ductus, to lead
adduco (3) conduco (3) deduco (3)
lead to, induce hire, collect lead away
educo (3) indued (3) introduco (3)
lead out lead on, influence lead in, introduce
perduco (3) produco (3) reduco (3)
lead through, construct lead forth, prolong lead back, reduce
subdued (3) traduco (3)
lead up lead across, cheat
flecto, flectere, flexi, flectus, to bend
inflecto (3) reflecto (3)
bend away, bend back, reflect, think
down about
551. Translate: 1. Cum slgnum e tribunal! datum esset
mllites concurrerunt. 2. Tarn incredibili celeritate ad flu-
men decucurrerunt ut uno tempore et ad silvas et in flumine
essent. 3. Clientes omnes quorum magnum numerum
habebat ad eundem locum condtixit. 4. Deducamus equos
219
APPLIED LATIN
de collibus ad oppidum. 5. Galba cum regni cuplditate in-
ductus esset maximas copias coegit. 6. Utinam ne exerci-
tum Romanum in fines Gallorum introduxisset! 7. Nonne
apud oppidum hostium fossam altam perducis? 8. Cum
ferrum se Inflexisset, hac de causa sua tela Gallos ipsos
impediverunt. 9. Arbores Inflectebant ut finitimorum
equitatum impedirent si ad eos venissent. 10. Caesar suas
copias in collem flnitimum subducit.
552. Study these English derivatives from the verbs
above. Use them in sentences of your own
induction
excursion
current
course
conduct
cursive
introductory adduce
The Caedo, Iungo, and Mitto Groups
concourse reflex
abductor produce
deduction deflect
cursory duct
introduction inflection
genuflection discourse
precursor
553.
occurrence flexible
induce occur
discursive recourse
productivity reduction
deduce incur
traduce concur
reflector currency
caedo, caedere, cecidi, caesus, to cut
concidd (3) incido (3) occido (3) succido (3)
cut down, cut to pieces cut into cut down, kill cut down
Note that caedo becomes -cido (1 long) and that the third
principal part is -cidi (not cecidi) in compounds.
iungo, iungere, iunxi, iunctus, to join
adiungo (3) coniungo (3)
join to, add join together, unite
mitto, mittere, misi, missus, to send
admitto (3)
admit, commit
demitto (3)
let down, send away
intermitto (3)
interrupt, stop, check
permitto (3)
permit, allow
amitto (3)
let go, lose
dimitto (3)
send away, dismiss
omitto (3)
give up, omit
praemitto (3)
send in, advance
transmitto (3)
send across, convey across
220
committo (3)
intrust, commit
emitto (3)
send forth, let go
promitto (3)
proffer, promise
remitto (3)
send back, relax, weaken
THE ROMAN HOUSE
554. Translate: i. Nostrl magnam partem eorum con-
clderunt. 2. Altera filiarum occlsa, altera capta est. 3. Cum
frumenta succlsa essent, aedificia quoque milites nostrl de-
leverunt. 4. Ea loca flnitimae provinciae adiungemus.
5. Si omnes elves cum legatl copils se coniunxissent, facile
hostibus restitissent. 6. Quod frumenta amissa erant; eo
tempore cibus els doml non erat. 7. Caesar celeriter con-
cilium dlmisit sed virum retinuit. 8. Cum equi ex con-
spectu omnium ductl essent, proelium commisit. 9. Quod
iter nullam partem diel intermissum est in fines hostium
celeriter venit. 10. Magnum numerum captlvorum domum
remittamus.
555. Study these English derivatives from the verbs
above. Use them in sentences of your own.
adjoin
committee
jointure
conjugal
omission
promissory
compromise
premise
disjoin
suicide
concise
permission
incision
decide
commission
surmise
excise yoke
intermittent remiss
homicide pretermit
subjoin transmitter
juncture commissary
subjugation demit
emit promise
adjunct precise
demise
intermission
remission
admission
decision
admittance
joint
remit
The Roman House
You have seen that the Roman Forum was crowded with
public buildings and temples, but as yet you have heard
nothing of the ordinary house which served the average
Roman. Look at the plan below. You see at once that the
Roman house consisted of two parts. Each part surrounded
a central area or court. The front part of the house was Ro-
man and bore Latin names; the rear was adopted from the
Greek houses and bore Greek names. The oldest form of
the Roman house was probably like the circular Temple
221
APPLIED LATIN
of Vesta. It had a low roof with a small smoke hole. Its
door was very large. To this early form of Roman house
was given the name atrium. From it the later house de-
veloped. The hole in the roof was made larger and the
door smaller. Beneath the smoke hole there was placed a
basin to catch the rain water which fell through the enlarged
smoke hole. There were in later houses about this basin
(impluvium) : the vestlbulum (where one took off the san-
dals), guarded by the ianitor or door-keeper; the atrium or
t
.[
FT
ATRIUM
UMPLUVl
£j VESTIBULUM Jimpujvium TABLINUM
[ -
PERISTYLE
o o o e I
• L
Plan of a Roman House
large court, entered from the vestibulum ; and several rooms
about the atrium used as sleeping rooms or store rooms.
Often the room nearest the street was let to a merchant.
All connection with the house itself was then blocked up
and a special entrance was made from the street. Such a
shop was called a taberna (tavern). In the alae (two im-
portant rooms at the back of the atrium) were placed the
wax images of the ancestors of the family, arranged in such
a way that they could be connected by a line, thus revealing
222
THE VERB
the family tree or genealogy. In funeral processions these
images or masks were removed from the alae and worn by
different members of the family, so that the dead person
was apparently escorted to the grave by his ancestors as
well as his descendants.
XXXIX. THE VERB. PARTICIPLE. ABLATIVE ABSO-
LUTE. INFINITIVE. COMPLEMENTARY INFINITIVE
556. Besides the regular moods, indicative, subjunctive,
and imperative, there are included in a complete conjuga-
tion a number of forms, as the participle, the infinitive, the
gerund and gerundive, which are partly verbs and partly
nouns or adjectives. As an example of a verb used as a noun,
consider the word running in the following sentence : Run-
ning is good exercise. The word running is a part of the
verb to run, but in this sentence it is used as a noun, not as
a verb. In the sentence, "The hurrying crowds passed on"
the word hurrying is part of a verb used as an adjective.
The Participle in English and Latin
557. A. One of the important parts of the verb outside
the three regular moods is the Participle. The Participle is
in reality a verbal adjective. It is used in agreement with a
noun like the ordinary adjective.
In the conjugation of the English verb there are two
participles in the active voice and two participles in the
passive voice. In the verb to jind they are :
Active
Pres. finding' Pres. being found
Perf. having found Perf. having been found
223
APPLIED LATIN
Give all the participles of the English verbs send, make,
lay, lend. Pick out other instances of the participle in the
English reader you are using.
558. Note the italicized words in these sentences:
i. A black horse drawing a light wagon won the race.
2. The wagon drawn by the black horse won the race.
In these two sentences the italicized words are participles
(verbal adjectives). Drawing is a present active, drawn is a
perfect passive participle. The participle being a verb may
have a direct object (No. i) or adverbial modifiers (No. 2).
559. B. In the Latin verb there are the following parti-
ciples :
LAUDO and HABEO. — Participles — Active and Passive
Active Voice
Present laudans (laudantis), habens, habentis,
praising having
Future laudaturus, -a, -um, habiturus, -a, urn,
about to praise about to have
Perfect
Passive Voice
Present
Future (laudandus, (habendus, -a, -um,
-a, -um, about to be about to be had)*
praised)*
Perfect laudatus, -a, -um, hav- habitus, -a, -um,
ing been praised having been had
560. Learn the participles of the other regular verbs in
Paragraphs 827-8-9. Of Sum there is only the future parti-
ciple futurus, -a, -um, about to be. Paragraph 831. Parti-
ciples are declined like adjectives; the present active like
recens, the others like latus.
* Laudandus and habendus are usually called Gerundives.
224
THE VERB
561. The following sentences illustrate the use of the
participle as an adjective (Attributive participle) :
i. Puellae deum laudantes templum ornabant. Maidens
while praising the god were decorating the temple. 2. Romani
ab hostibus permoti oppidum reliquerunt. The Romans
having been thoroughly terrified left the town. 3. Equum
nuper captum vidimus. We saw the horse that had been
lately caught.
In these sentences the participle is used as an attributive
(limiting) adjective. As part of a verb, however, it retains
its verbal force, taking in the first sentence a direct object,
in the second and third adverbial modifiers, ab hostibus and
nuper. The participle may be used in agreement with any
noun in a sentence. In sentences 1 and 2 it agrees with the
subject, in 3 with the object.
562. Translate: 1. Oppidum deletum a clvibus amatum
est. 2. Leonem sub arbore sedentem vidimus. 3. Num via
illls incolis emigraturls monstrata est? 4. Nos castellum
praesidio novo flrmaturl prlmo niintium ad Caesarem
mittemus. 5. Spectate solem lucentem. Clarissima luce
longe lateque fulget. 6. Donum aquae servo territo placuit.
7. Ne illl portas clausurl adventum legionis timeant. 8.
Rem! nautarum impetu maris fracti de navis latere pende-
bant. 9. Deditio post proelium facta Iram Caesaris delevit.
10. Quis fabulas a fallaci augure dictas audiet?
563. 1. Let us drive out the enemy from the conquered
province. 2. The laughing maiden saw her face in the water.
3. Soldiers who are about to make a charge are often over-
come by fear. 4. Speak freely to the man asking the road.
5. Do not fear the victorious leader.
15 225
APPLIED LATIN
Quiz. — Pick out some participles in your English reader.
mensa, -ae, a table, f.
mora, -ae, delay, f.
nervus, -i, a sinew, cord, m.
iugum, -I, a yoke, ridge, n.
maleficium, -i, a misdeed, n.
matrimonium, -i, marriage, n.
obses, obsidis, a hostage, m.
ictus, -us, a stroke, m.
lapsus, -us, a slip, m.
medius, -a, -um, middle.
mirus, -a, -um, marvelous.
nonnullus, -a, -um, some, several.
mos, moris, a habit, custom, m., nudus, -a, -um, bare.
pi., character.
mors, mortis, death, f.
mulier, mulieris, a woman, i.
munitio, munitionis, fortifica-
tion, f.
nox, noctis, night, f.
oppidanus, -a, -um, belonging to
a town.
mane, early in the morning.
male, ill.
maxime, especially.
minime, least of all.
564. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
565. Word Study. — Explain the meaning of these de-
rivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others.
moratorium
elapse
immediate
mediator
mediocrity
immortality
denuded
minimum
morality
immoral
matrimonial
miracle
relapse
admire
ammunition
mortgage
malefactor
lapse
yoke
malcontent
medium
enervate
mortuary
mortify
nerve
nocturnal
maximum
equinox
collapse
maleficent
miraculous
demoralize
malice
mortal
nude
The Ablative Absolute
566. Besides the use of the participle as an attributive
adjective there is a construction in which the participle
replaces the verb of a dependent clause. This construction
is called the Ablative Absolute.
567. Examine these Latin sentences:
i. His rebus factis, imperator castra movit.
These things having been done (when these things had
been done) the commander moved his camp.
226
THE VERB
2. Hostibus atrocioribus, mHites impetum acriorem fe-
cerunt.
The enemy being rather fierce {because the enemy were
rather fierce) the soldiers made a sharper attack.
3. Caesare duce, spes bonas habebimus.
Caesar being the leader {if Caesar is the leader) we shall
have good hopes.
The underscored words in these sentences mark instances
of the Ablative Absolute construction. This construction
is composed usually of a noun (or pronoun) and a parti-
ciple. It gets the name ablative because both the noun and
the participle stand in the ablative Case ; the name absolute
because it is not grammatically connected with any word in
the rest of the sentence. It can be dropped from its sen-
tence without spoiling the sense; its noun subject is never the
same as the subject, object, or indirect object of the main
sentence. From the translations given above you can see
that the Ablative Absolute replaces dependent clauses. In
No. 1 it replaces a temporal, in No. 2 a causal, in No. 3 a
conditional clause. The Latins liked this construction be-
cause it enabled them to put the substance of a long de-
pendent clause into a very few words.
568. The most common form of this construction is a
noun (or pronoun) and a perfect passive participle in the
ablative, as in the first sentence. In the Ablative Absolute
the only other participle used was the present active. The
second and third sentences show the form of this construc-
tion when the present participle of Sum was required.
In these sentences the noun subject of the construction
227
APPLIED LATIN
stands alone, the participle of the verb sum (which did not
exist) being understood. In No. 2 the adjective atrociori-
bus is a predicate adjective; in 3 the noun duce is a predi-
cate noun. (Compare Paragraphs 264, 265.)
569. Rule. — The Ablative Absolute. — A noun {or pro-
noun) and a participle, perfect passive or present active, may
be put in the ablative case to express the time, cause, condition
or other circumstance of an action.
Note. — When the participle required would be the present
participle of the verb sum, the construction consists of a noun
and an adjective, or two nouns in the ablative.
570. Translate: 1. Proelio facto, oppidan! se suaque
omnia sine mora dediderunt. 2. Exercitus vester ab hos-
tibus pulsus et sub iugum missus est. 3. Equitatus sine tillo
maleficio iter per provinciam fecit. 4. His rebus audltls,
Galba flliam suam Caesarl in matrimonium dedit. 5.
Poeta mortem tristem avis parvl magnifico carmine nar-
ravit. 6. Duce fallacl, munitiones nostrae facile captae
sunt. 7. Montibus altioribus et fluminibus latioribus,
exploratores inimicos munitionibus nostris, facile prohib-
ebamus. 8. His rebus niintiatls, obsides medio in oppido
mane reliquimus et fugimus. 9. Diu atque acriter pugna-
bant. 10. Scutis uno Ictu telorum fractls, tamen multi
nudo corpore impetum fecerunt.
571. 1. Let us praise the wonderful judgment of the
leader. 2. I have no bad habits and least of all do I com-
mit misdeeds. 3. The death of the woman having been
announced early in the morning, her father and brother in
sadness remained at home during the whole day. 4. Several
of the townspeople fortified the town, though hostages had
228
THE VERB
been given to Caesar. 5. When the cart had been filled with
gold, the slave dragged it into an open field.
Quiz. — Explain the Ablative Absolute construction. Why
did the Latins like it?
The Infinitive
572. The Infinitive is another one of those forms, in-
cluded in the conjugation of regular verbs, which are verbal
nouns or verbal adjectives. The participle which you have
had was a verbal adjective; the infinitive is a verbal noun.
As a noun it may be used as the subject or the object of a
verb. As a verb it may have its own subject or object and
may be limited by adverbial modifiers. It gets its name,
infinitive, from in, not, and finio, to end or limit. It is un-
limited with respect to the person and number of its subject,
that is, the form of the infinitive does not change whether
its subject is first, second, or third person, singular or plural.
The subject of an infinitive is put in the accusative case.
A. The Infinitive in English
573. Examine these English sentences: 1. To see is to
believe. Infinitives as subject nominative and as predicate
nominative. 2. To see the sun is a treat. Infinitive (with
direct object) used as subject nominative. 3. The general
ordered the soldiers to take the town quickly. Infinitive (with
subject accusative and adverbial modifier) used as direct
object {accusative). The preceding sentences show that in
English the infinitive is used as a noun (having cases) and
as a verb (having adverbial modifiers).
Learn the infinitives of the verb to find, Paragraph 824.
Give all the infinitives of the English verbs, see, send,
229
APPLIED LATIN
play, hope. Pick out the infinitives in the following English
sentences:
i . When night came the hostages were ordered to depart.
2. If you are sent to aid the troops be sure to fight coura-
geously. 3. He is said to have believed the guide's report.
4. We see that the soldiers are about to cross the canal. 5.
Who ordered the slave to be punished?
B. The Infinitive in Latin
574. LAUDO and HABEO.— The Infinitive— Active and Passive
Active Voice
Present laudare, to praise habere, to have
Perfect laudavisse, to have praised habuisse, to have had
Future laudaturus, -a, -um esse, habiturus, -a, -um esse, to be
to be about to praise about to have
Passive Voice
Present laudari, to be praised haberi, to be had
Perfect laudatus, -a, -um esse, to habitus, -a, -um esse, to have
have been praised been had
Future laudatum In, to be about to habitum iri, to be about to be
be praised had
575. Learn the forms of the infinitive in all the regular
conjugations, 1f 8 2 7-8-9, and of the verb sum, H831.
576. For practice translate the following forms:
1. Servirl, paraturus esse,* egisse, impeditos esse,* sedisse.
2. Verti, moulros esse, punltum In, iussum esse, monere.
*Note that the future infinitive active and the perfect
infinitive passive are composed of the future active and per-
fect passive participles, combined with esse, the infinitive
of the verb sum. These participles are really predicate
adjectives and must agree with the accusative subject of
the verb form esse in gender, number, and case.
Examine these Latin sentences: 1. Videre est credere
230
THE VERB
To see is to believe. Infinitives used as subject and predicate
nominative. 2. Solem videre est bonum. To see the sun
is good. Infinitive (with direct object) used as subject. 3.
Imperator milites oppidum celeriter oppugnare iussit. Tlte
general ordered the soldiers to attack the town quickly. Infini-
tive (with subject accusative and adverbial modifier) used
as direct object.
The Infinitive is often used in Latin to complete the
meaning of another verb. When so used, the infinitive is
called Complementary, from compleo, to fill out, complete.
The Complementary Infinitive (Infinitive without subject)
577. Examine this sentence: Frumentum ad urbem por-
tare consuevit. He was accustomed to carry grain to the city.
In this sentence the main verb was accustomed, taken by
itself, means but little. Nobody would say, I am accus-
tomed, without adding what he is accustomed to do. The
main verb, then, must have another verb to complete its
meaning. In this sentence the infinitive portare, complet-
ing the meaning of consuevit, is a complementary infinitive.
A complementary infinitive does not have a subject.
578. The Complementary infinitive is often found after:
consuesco, consuescere, consuevi, consuetus, to become accustomed.
debed, debere, debui, debitus, to owe, ought.
contendo, contendere, contend!, contentus, to hasten.
cupio, cupere, cupivl, cupitus, to desire.
incipio, incipere, incepi, inceptus, to begin.
propero, properare, properavi, properatus, to hasten.
579. Translate: 1. Beneficia Caesaris laudare consuesce-
bamus. 2. In adolescentia res magnificas facere cupimus.
3. Cum hostes fugissent iter per provinciam facere incepi-
231
APPLIED LATIN
mus. 4. Nonnulli qui tela amiserant ad oppidum currere
contendebant. 5. Servo liberato dona multa dare debemus.
6. Cum equitatus timeat, nos cum virtute piignare incipia-
mus. 7. Mulieres templum del mane ornare consuescebant.
8. Quod iuvenes famam gloriamque petunt eos laudare
debemus. 9. Fliimine vehement!, imperator castra movere
contendit. 10. Incipite fossas sine mora facere.
580. 1. We were least of all accustomed to conquer. 2.
Who ought to be happy? 3. We ought not to punish our
commander. 4. Who was accustomed to carry grain to the
city? 5. We began to bind the captive's hands.
Quiz. — Describe the uses of the Infinitive. Give the
infinitives of the verbs in H578.
Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
581. The Premo, Peto, and Pello Groups
premo, premere, press!, pressus, to press, oppress
comprimo (3) deprimd (3) exprimo (3)
restrain, repress depress, sink press out, extort
imprimo (3) opprimo (3) reprimd (3)
press into, engrave crush, oppress press back, repress
peto, petere, petivi, petitus, to seek
appeto (3) repeto (3) suppeto (3)
seek for, strive after seek again, repeat be at hand, be available
pello, pellere, pepuli, pulsus, to drive, push
compello (3) depello (3) expello (3)
drive together, compel drive away, avert drive out, expel
propello (3) impello (3) repello (3)
drive forward, propel drive on, impel drive back, repel
appello (1)
call, name
Learn these compound verbs:
582. Translate: 1. Num Caesar exercitum quern hostes
in Gallia habent facile opprimet? 2. Oppidis captls, tamen
fugam Gallorum reprimere non cupiunt. 3. Te consule,
amicitiam populi Roman! cupidissime appetimus. 4. In-
232
THE VERB
iurils atrocissimls exercitus ab his oppidanls poenas bello
repetlvit. 5. Maximum numerum carrorum pleverunt ut in
itinere copia frumentl suppeteret. 6. Copiae imperatoris
celeriter ex loco, Inferiore in flumen compulsae sunt. 7.
Milites, multls telis iactls, vallo scuta depellere incipiebant.
8. Num oppidanos qui in illo oppido habitabant sine mora
expulistis? 9. Galli a ducibus impulsl bellum cum populo
Romano diu gerebant. 10. Concursu et telis mllitum re-
pulsi hoc conatu destitimus.
583. Study these English derivatives of the verbs above.
Use them in sentences of your own.
compress impetus compel expression appetite
pressure depression repelling repulsive dispel
repress depressing petition competent competition
printer propulsion oppression impulsive express
compulsory irrepressible impetuous competitor impression
repetition expel appellation compulsion inexpressible
584. The Pond, Rego, and Solvo Groups
pond, ponere, posui, positus, to place, put
compono (3) depono (3) dispono (3)
put together, construct, put aside, set aside put apart, arrange, dis-
compose pose
expono (3) impono (3) interpono (3)
put forth, explain put upon, impose put between, interpose
praepono (3) propono (3)
put in charge of put forward, propose
rego, regere, rexi, rectus, to rule, direct
corrigo (3) dirigo (3) erigo (3)
reform, correct direct, guide raise up, make erect
pergo (3) surgo (3)
keep straight along, go » raise, rise (sub-rego)
on (per-rego)
Note that rego becomes -rigo in compounds.
solvo, solvere, solvi, solutus, to loosen, release
absolvo (3) dissolvo (3) persolvo (3) resolvo (3)
free, acquit set free, dissolve return thanks, pay a loosen, resolve,
penalty cancel
233
APPLIED LATIN
Learn these compound verbs.
585. Translate: i. Impedimenta trans fiumen deposita
sunt. 2. Hoc opere facto, praesidia disponamus et castra
muniamus. 3. Atque copias hostium in omnibus collibus
expositas et armatas vldit. 4. Captlvus oratione Caesaris
adductus proposuit quod an tea tacuerat. 5. Haec animalia
cum concidissent se maxima cum difhcultate erexerunt. 6.
Qua re nuntiata, legiones ad castra medio in colle laetae per-
gunt. 7. Hi prlncipes inimlcl Caesarem sine clvium auxilio
occiderunt. 8. Ita slve casu slve consilio deorum immortal-
ium ea natio poenas persolvit. 9. Num nautae tantas
naves facile regunt? 10. Cohortibus nostrls late dispositls,
tamen multl barbarl post proelium fiigerunt.
586. Study these derivatives. Use them in sentences.
solvent deposit resurrection repose
regal opposition dissolution resolute
decompose solution incorrigible rectangle
regicide ' insolvent
postpositive opponent
positive preposition
absolution composure
disposition transpose
posture
insurgent
resolution
impose
deposition
erect
surge
suppose
proposition
absolute
component
interposition
soluble
exponent
indissoluble
insurrection
exposition
reign
Modern Conveniences in the Roman House
At the rear of the Roman part of the house was the tab-
linum, in which the £ater f amilias {father of the family) held
private conversations with his friends or transacted im-
portant private business. The tablinum was his office.
Beyond the tablinum lay the Greek part of the Roman
house. The land upon which this part was placed had
been originally a grass plot or a garden, and the tablinum
was perhaps the shed under which the family cattle found
refuge. At any rate the Peristyle, or Greek part of the
234
MODERN CONVENIENCES IN THE ROMAN HOUSE
house, seems to have replaced such a grass plot, for in it was
usually a pretty garden surrounded by Greek columns.
Around this central garden (hortus) were a number of
rooms devoted to the more intimate life of the family.
Here were rooms set apart for sleeping purposes (cubicula),
dining rooms (cenacula), the kitchen (cuiina), the library
(bibliotheca) , the picture gallery (pinacotheca) , and a num-
ber of lounging rooms. In Roman houses there were no
extensive cellars and no great furnaces. The climate of
Italy was such that the houses could be heated by small
fires that were carried in braziers from room to room. Fur-
nace pipes and furnaces as we know them were not in use
among the Romans. There was water service in some
Roman houses, for pipes for carrying water have been found
in the ruins at Rome and elsewhere. Fresh water was
brought from the country by great aqueducts, the remains
of which are still to be seen in the neighborhood of Rome.
Most Roman houses had but one story, though some have
been found that had a second story above the atrium to which
scalae (stairs) led. In the more thickly inhabited parts of the
city a number of houses were joined together to make what
resembled our tenement houses. These were called insulae
(islands), because they were surrounded on all sides by
streets as an island is by water. The upper stories of
Roman houses were built of sun-dried bricks and wood. After
heavy rain storms these stories were rendered so weak and
insecure that they often plunged down into the narrow streets
and so were constantly a menace to people in the streets.
235
APPLIED LATIN
XL. THE VERB. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. PERI-
PHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. SUPINE
The Gerund in English and Latin
587. A. Among the forms included in the conjugation of
a regular verb is the Gerund. Like the infinitive, the Gerund
is a verbal noun. In the following sentences the italicized
words are instances of the Gerund in English :
i. I prefer reading to writing, for writing tires me. 2. I
dislike your coming late. 3. We learn to write by writing.
The forms of the Gerund are identical in spelling with that
of the present participle of the active voice. Both end in the
letters -ing. Though you may have difficulty in distinguish-
ing between these forms, keep in mind that the participle
is a verbal adjective and the Gerund a verbal noun. In the
preceding sentences all the uses of the Gerund are shown.
In Nos. 1 and 2 there are instances of the Gerund as subject
and object; in No. 3 of the gerund as object of a preposition.
The present participle being an adjective could be used in
none of these constructions.
588. B. In Latin as in English the Gerund is a verbal noun
of neuter gender. The Gerund in Latin is declined only in the
singular and lacks the nominative case. This case is replaced
by the present infinitive, a verbal noun. The Gerund is
found only in the active voice.
589. LAUDO and HABEO.— The Gerund— Active Voice
Norn. (laudare), praising (habere), having
Gen. laudandi, of praising habendi, of having
Dat. laudando, to or for praising habendo, to or for having
Ace. laudandum, praising habendum, having
Voc.
All. laudando, by praising habendo, by having
236
THE VERB
590. Learn the Gerunds of the other regular verbs in
Paragraphs 827-8-9.
591. For practice translate the following forms: 1.
Regendi, movendo, capiendum. 2. Torquendum, serviendi,
ornando. 3. Pacando, portandum, audiendl.
592. Examine these sentences:
1. Videre est credere. Seeing is believing. 2. Cicero
artem dicendl didicit. Cicero learned the art of speaking.
3. Caesar locum pugnando idoneum monstravit. Caesar
pointed out a place suitable for fighting. 4. Nos milites ad
pugnandum misit. We sent soldiers to fight. 5. Galba ce-
dendo numquam vicit. Galba never conquered by retreating.
These sentences illustrate all the cases of the Gerund.
The genitive and the accusative are the most common. In
No. 1 the present infinitive is used in place of the missing
nominative of the Gerund.
Uses of the Gerund
593. A. The genitive of the Gerund is used (1) with the
word causa, for the sake of, to express purpose.
pugnandi causa, for the sake of fugiendi causa, for the sake of ftee-
fighting. ing.
Note that the word causa is the ablative singular of
causa, a cause. It always follows the gerund it modifies.
(2) As a simple limiting genitive following a noun.
ars dicendi, the art of speaking amor habendi, the love of having
{oratory). {avarice).
B. The accusative of the Gerund is very common. It is one
of the neatest ways of expressing purpose in Latin. This
case is always introduced by the preposition ad, to.
237
APPLIED LATIN
ad pugnandum, for fighting, to ad spectandum, for looking, to look,
fight.
594. Of the other cases the dative is used after certain
adjectives which are followed by the dative, No. 3. The
ablative is used as an ablative of means or of cause, No. 5.
Notice that in none of the sentences above is the Gerund
used with a direct object. When such a construction would
be called for, the Latins commonly used the Gerundive
(Paragraph 600). Keep this fact well in mind when using
or translating the Gerund.
595. Translate: 1. Puerl sapientes artem pugnandi
discere cupiunt. 2. Quis orator illustris scientiam dicendi
docere consuescebat? 3. Nonne in loco pugnando idoneo
dux sagax castra ponet? 4. Dona amore dandi saepe
dantur. 5. Puer doml dormiendi causa mansit.
596. 1. To conquer is to overcome. 2. Some men learn
to rule by obeying. 3. For the sake of learning let us be
diligent. 4. By yielding Galba never defeated his foes. 5.
By serving well the slave gained his request.
Quiz. — Is the Gerund used with a direct object?
597.
dra, -ae, the shore, f. Cicero, Ciceronis, Cicero, m.
penna, -ae, a feather, f. metus, -us, fear, m.
patria, -ae, native country, fath- par, paris, equal.
crland, f. creber, crebra, crebrum, fre-
oceanus, -i, the ocean, m. quent.
meritum, -I, a reward, merit, n. sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, left,
mendacium, -i, a lie, n. evil.
negotium, -i, business, n. paratus, -a, -um, ready.
obsidio, obsidionis, a siege, f. pauci, paucae, pauca, few.
occasio, occasionis, an occasion, f . modo, lately, just now.
opinio, opinionis, an opinion, i. mox, soon.
ordo, ordinis, rank, order, m. nondum, not yet.
6s, oris, the mouth, n. nonnumquam, sometimes.
os, ossis, a bone, n. olim, formerly, once.
238
THE VERB
598. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
599. Word Study. — Explain the meaning of these de-
rivatives. Use them in sentences.
pen
oral
impair
patriot
ordinance
occasional
disparage
negotiate
paucity
orifice
pencil
ordinary
parity
opinionated
peer
apparatus
ossify
meritorious
interoceanic
pair
order
par
simster
patriotism
pinion
The Gerundive or Future Passive Participle
600. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective. It occurs only
in the passive voice, and is declined like the adjective latus.
As a verbal adjective it is often included among the parti-
ciples as the future passive participle. It is taken up at this
point because its uses are the same as those of the Gerund.
The Gerundives of the regular conjugations are:
First laudandus, -a, -um, to be praised.
Second habendus, -a, -um, to be had.
Third ducendus, -a, -um, to be led.
" capiendus, -a, -um, to be captured.
Fourth audiendus, -a, -um, to be heard.
Uses of the Gerundive
601. The common uses of the Gerundive are the same as
those of the Gerund: (i) the genitive, either limiting or with
causa to express purpose; (2) the accusative, with ad to
express purpose; (3) the ablative to express means or cause.
As was said in Paragraph 594, the Gerundive is regularly
used in place of the Gerund with a direct object. In
order that you may be able to use the Gerundive when-
239
APPLIED LATIN
ever the Gerund would take a direct object let us see how
this change from the Gerund to the Gerundive works out.
Gerund
{i. pacem petendi causa, to seek peace.
2. ad petendum pacem, to seek peace.
3. pacem petendo, by seeking peace.
Gerundive
' pacis petendae causa,
the Latins said: \ ad pacem petendam.
. pace petenda.
In the first group are examples of the Gerund with direct
object, a construction which the Latins rarely used. In the
second group are the uses of the Gerundive, which took the
place of the Gerund. In changing from the Gerund to the
Gerundive note (1) that the Gerundive is put in the case of the
Gerund it replaces, (2) that the direct object {of the Gerund) is
made to agree with the Gerundive in case, (3) that the Gerun-
dive (adjective) agrees with the direct object in gender, number,
and case.
602. Now that you have had both the Gerund and the
Gerundive and have noticed how nearly alike they are you
may feel a little uncertainty about being able to distinguish
between them. Remember, however, that the Gerund is a
verbal noun, neuter in gender, never declined in the plural, and
rarely found with a direct object; while the Gerundive is an
adjective, has all three genders, both numbers, never stands
alone, but always near the noun it modifies.
603. Translate: 1. Leones ad flumen ad aquam haurien-
dam venerunt. 2. Pauci oram Ocean! navium videndarum
causa petunt. 3. Patria ab omnibus civibus op timis amatur.
4. Fines Gallorum ab his fluminibus ad montes et earn par-
240
THE VERB
tern OceanI quae est ad Hispaniam pertinent. 5. Oppidani
omnes ad negotium faciendum paratl sunt. 6. Obsidione
flnlta, occasio pads petendae ab incolis capta est. 7. Cicero
orationem ad populum pro lege nova habuit. 8. Mox
ossa corporis omnia dlscemus. 9. Nos ad carmina poetae
audienda nonnumquam concurrimus. 10. Cum esset Caesar
in Gallia, crebrae epistulae ad eum a nuntiis missae sunt.
604. 1. The mouth is one part of the face. 2. Their left
hands were encumbered with shields. 3. Caesar once col-
lected ships to destroy the fleet of the enemy. 4. Did fear
take possession of the ranks of the soldiers when the signal
for fighting was given? 5. They all shouted to frighten us.
605. We have not spoken of the Gerundive in English be-
cause properly the English verb has no Gerundive form, the
Gerund being used with or without a direct object. In the
following sentences the Gerund in English is used with direct
object: 1 . I walked abroad for the sake of seeing the country.
2. Basketball is a splendid game for testing one's endurance.
3. By sailing the boat skilfully we reached land.
Quiz. — What replaces the Gerund with direct object?
How can you tell the Gerund from the Gerundive?
The Periphrastic Conjugations
606. Before leaving the subject of the Participles and the
Gerundives we should consider two special conjugations in
which these two forms are used. The future active Participle
and the Gerundive (future passive participle) combined
with certain forms of the verb sum make up two conjuga-
tions called the Active and the Passive Periphrastic. Do not
let this long word periphrastic confuse you, for it merely
16 241
APPLIED LATIN
means a roundabout way of speaking. The forms of these
conjugations are made up of two verbs rather than of one.
The Active Periphrastic
607. The Active Periphrastic is composed of the future
active participle combined with the verb sum.
LAUD O.— The Active Periphrastic
Indicative
Pres. laudaturus, -a, -um sum, / am about to praise.
Imp. laudaturus, -a, -um eram, / was about to praise.
Fut. laudaturus, -a, -um ero, / shall be about to praise.
Per. laudaturus, -a, -um fui, / was {have been) about to praise.
Plup. laudaturus, -a, -um fueram, / had been about to praise.
Futp. laudaturus, -a, -um fuero, / shall have been about to praise.
Subjunctive
Pres. laudaturus, -a, -um sim.
Imp. laudaturus, -a, -um essem.
Perf. laudaturus, -a, -um fuerim.
Plup. laudaturus, -a, -um fuissem.
Infinitive
Pres. laudaturus, -a, -um esse, to be about to praise.
Perf. laudaturus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to praise.
These are all the forms of the active periphrastic, there be-
ing no imperatives, participles, etc. This conjugation is used
when one wishes to speak of an action as about to take place.
Its underlying idea is the expression of intention or futurity.
608. Learn the other active periphrastics in Par. 830.
609. For practice translate the following forms:
captiirus ero ornatura esses visurum fuisse
moturl fuerint victim fuissemus habiturl fueris
Note that the participle being really a predicate adjective
must agree with the subject of the forms of sum.
610. Translate: 1. Feminae templum del ornaturae sunt.
2. Quis servus equum captiirus est? 3. Ne tuam oplnio-
242
THE VERB
nem mutaturus sis. 4. Epistulam scrlpturus sum. 5.
Viatores viam monstraturl fuerunt.
1 . Caesar was about to change his lines of battle.
2. What oration is Cicero about to deliver?
The Passive Periphrastic Conjugation
611. Just as the Future active participle was used in
the formation of the Active Periphrastic, so the Gerundive
(future passive participle) is used in the formation of the
Passive Periphrastic conjugation. The underlying idea ex-
pressed by the forms of this conjugation is that of obliga-
tion, necessity, or duty.
LAUDO.— The Passive Periphrastic
Indicative
Prcs. laudandus, -a, -urn sum, / am to be praised, must be praised.
Imp. laudandus, -a, -um eram, / was to be praised.
Fut. laudandus, -a, -um ero, / shall have to be praised.
Perf. laudandus, -a, -um fui, / have had to be praised.
Plup. laudandus, -a, -um fueram, / had had to be praised.
Futp. laudandus, -a, -um fuero, / shall have had to be praised.
Subjunctive
Pres. laudandus, -a, -um sim.
Imp. laudandus, -a, -um essem.
Perf. laudandus, -a, -um fuerim.
Plup. laudandus, -a, -um fuissem.
Infinitive
Pres. laudandus, -a, -um esse, to be about to be praised, must be praised.
Perf. laudandus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to be praised.
612. Learn the other Passive Periphrastics in Par. 830.
613. For practice translate these forms:
laudandl fuerint ducendl eritis vincendum fuerat
gerendum est regendus sum vocandl sumus
614. Translate: 1. Rex iustitia laudandus est. 2. Via
ab lllls incolls* qui frumentum portabant quaerenda fuit.
243
APPLIED LATIN
3. Si victim sumus, bellum Caesarl* cum fortitudine ger-
endum est. 4. Oratio pro meo amico Ciceroni* habenda erit.
5. Si negotium bene finlvero meis amicls laudandus ero.
615. *Rule. — Dative of Agent. — With the Passive Peri-
phrastic the dative case is employed to express the personal
agent instead of the ablative with a (ab) . The dative shows the
person upon whom the duty or obligation rests.
616. 1. I must praise Cicero's oration. (Cicero's oration
must be praised by me.*) 2. You must love your native
country. 3. He will have to punish the soldier. 4. Will the
general have to change his opinion? 5. The siege will have
to be given up.
Quiz. — How are the Periphrastic Conjugations formed?
What idea underlies each?
617.
potentia, -ae, power, f. pulvis, pulveris, dust, m.
pictura, -ae, a painting, f. sumptus, -us, expense, m.
puella, -ae, a girl, f. portus, -us, a port, m.
oculus, -I, an eye, m. plenus, -a, -um, full.
nihil, nothing.^ pristinus, -a, -um, former, earlier.
otium, -i, leisure, n. privatus, -a, -um, private.
pabulum, -i, fodder, n. propinquus, -a, -um, neighbor-
ovis, ovis, a sheep, f. ing, near.
palus, paludis, a swamp, f. publicus, -a, -um, public.%
pastor, pastoris, a shepherd, m. partim, partly.
pondus, ponderis, a weight, n. postridie, next day.
prex, precis, a prayer, f. pridie, the day before.
pudor, pudoris, shame, m. prope, almost.
618. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
619. Word Study. — Explain the meaning of these Eng-
* Reverse the order of words in the other sentences of 616.
f Nihil is an indeclinable noun, that is, its form does not change to show
cases. It is often followed by a partitive genitive.
% Res publica — the Republic, the State.
244
THE VERB
lish derivatives. Use them in sentences of your own. Add
any others you can.
pastoral
depict
prayer
ewe
potential
publicity
approach
propinquity
impudent
pabulum
port
republic
plenary
picturesque
powder
otiose
negotiate
deprivation
pristine
privation
power
sumptuous
imprecation
impotent
pulverize
pound
annihilate
nihilist
ponderous
oculist
The Supine
620. The last of the forms included in the conjugation of
a regular verb is the Supine. Like the Gerund, the Supine
is a verbal noun. It was originally a fourth declension noun,
declined like casus, Paragraph 234, but in the course of
time all its forms disappeared except the accusative and the
ablative singular.
621. LAUDO— The Supine— Active Voice
Ace. laudatum, to praise.
Abl. laudatu, in praising.
Learn the supines in Paragraphs 826-7-8-9.
The Uses of the Supine in Latin
622. The Accusative case was used after verbs of motion
to express purpose. Examine these sentences:
1. Spectatum veniunt. They came to look.
2. Nos militem calamitatem nuntiatum misimus. We
sent a soldier to report the disaster.
The accusative of the Supine enabled the Latins to ex-
press purpose without being forced to the constant use of a
subordinate clause introduced by ut.
The Ablative case was used chiefly with certain adjectives
to draw attention to a condition or quality. The Supine
245
APPLIED LATIN
was used with: facilis, -e, easy, as, facile factu, easy in the
doing {to do); mirus, -a, -um, wonderful, as, mirum dictu,
wonderful to relate; mlrabilis, -e, remarkable, as, mlrabile
visu, remarkable to see; horribilis, -e, dreadful, as, horribile
auditu, dreadful to hear. Thus: ■
i. 1111 homines — horribile dictu — suds filios occiderunt.
Those men — horrible to relate — slew their own sons.
2. Pastor ingens — mlrabile visu — montem to turn quatie-
bat. The huge shepherd — wonderful to see — was shaking the
whole mountain.
623. Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
The Rumpo, Scribo, and Struo Groups
rumpo, rumpere, rupi, ruptus, to break, burst
abrumpo (3) corrumpd (3) erumpd (3) interrumpo (3)
break off corrupt burst forth break through
scribo, scribere, scrips!, scriptus, to write
circumscribo (3) conscribo (3) describo (3)
confine, limit enroll, levy write down, describe
inscribo (3) praescribo (3)
write upon, inscribe prescribe, direct
struo, struere, striixi, structus, to pile up, arrange
destruo (3) exstruo (3) instruo (3)
destroy build up, construct arrange (troops), plan
obstruo (3)
build against, barricade
Learn these compound verbs.
624. Translate: 1. Postea signo dato ex castrls prlstina
virtu te potentiaque erupuerunt. 2. Puella parva oculos
magnos bracchiaque gracilia habuit. 3. Pastores ovibus ni-
hil pabuli in paliidibus repperiunt. 4. Deus haec otia nobis
fecit. 5. Postrldie legio nova in provincia a Caesare con-
scripta est. 6. Videbasne pulverem in ea parte quam in
246
THE VERB
partem mllites iter fecerant? 7. TurrI prope exstructo,
barbarl ex muro oppidl rlserunt. 8. Equitatus in sinistra
parte aciel Instruebatur. 9. Ex omnibus partibus partim
castra altiore vallo munlre partim portas obstruere incipient.
10. Inter propinquas nationes Galba magnum numerum
equitatus suo sumptu conscrlbebat.
625. Study these derivatives. Add any others you know.
abrupt describe disrupt prescription ascribe
interrupt instrument rupture transcribe scripture
inscription subscribe instruction destroy bankrupt
construction rescript subscriber destruction conscription
obstruct corruption circumscribe eruption scribe
626. The Tango, Tendo, and Traho Groups
tango, tangere, tetigi, tactus, to touch
attingo (3) contango (3) redintegro (1)
touch, reach touch, happen {of good renew, restore {red-in-
jortune) (dat.) tegro)
Note that tango becomes -tingd in most compounds. The third prin-
cipal part of the -tingd verbs is -tigi (not tetigi).
tendo, tendere, tetendi, tentus, to stretch
contends (3) intendo (3) ostendo (3) praetendo (3)
struggle with, contend, stretch out, strain show, disclose hold forth
hasten
The third principal part of tendo compounds is -tendi.
traho, trahere, traxi, tractus, to draw
'contraho (3) detraho (3) extraho (3)
draw together, collect draw off, rob (dat.) draw out
retraho (3) abstraho (3)
draw back, recall draw away
Learn these compound verbs.
627. Translate: 1. Haec terra quam nuper Galll possi-
debant fines Romanorum attingit. 2. Paucis post diebus
portus capiendi causa proelium redintegraverunt. 3. IllI
fere cotldianls proelils cum Gallls contendunt qui in sociorum
247
APPLIED LATIN
finibus bellum gerunt. 4. Oculis nostrorum mentibusque ad
pugnam intentis, illae cohortes celeriter ad nostras munl-
tiones pervenerunt. 5. Naves multas in unum locum con-
tractus legatls tribuit. 6. Caesar, scuto mlliti detracto, in
proelium processit. 7. Quis equum fugitivum retrahet?
8. Omnes oppidan! mantis ad Caesarem tendunt?
628. Study these derivatives from the verbs above.
attack
tangent
attendant
portray
distend
pretentious
detract
ostensible
tangible
attend
extend
intensive
portend
retrace
attractive
extensive
contiguous
entreaty
portentous
extract
attention
abstract
extent
intend
treaty
redintegration subtract
contract
ostentatious
tractable
integer
contingent
intact
tractor
tension
distract
contact
intangible
trait
entire
629.
rapina, -ae, robbery, f.
regina, -ae, a queen, f.
ripa, -ae, a river bank, f.
pagus, -I, a district, m.
plumbum, -I, lead, n.
pomum, -i, an apple, n.
praemium, -I, a reward, n.
pes, pedis, the foot, m.
pieces, plebis, the common peo-
ple, m.
possessio, possessionis, owner-
ship, f.
potestas, potestatis, power, f.
praetor, praetoris, an official,
praetor, m.
princeps, principis, a chieftain, m.
profectio, profectionis, a depar-
ture, f.
principatus, -us, chieftainship, m.
planities, -el, a plain, f.
pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum,
beautiful.
qualis, quale, of what sort.
quantus, -a, -um, how much.
reliquus, -a, -um, remaining.
quam, than*
rursus, again.
repente, suddenly.
satis, enough.^
potius, rather.
630. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
631. Word Study. — Explain the meanings of the English
derivatives; use these words in sentences of your own:
* Quam is often used after a comparative to denote a comparison.
t Satis is often followed by a partitive genitive.
248
THE OCCUPATIONS OF THE ROMANS
rapine
riparian
pagan
plebeian
pomegranate
pedal
principle
principality
pretorian
principal
impediment
satisfy
plain
quality
relic
princess
pulchritude
plumb
rapture
premium
rapacious
quantity
plumber
possessor
plummet
quadruped
explain
insatiable
saturate
disqualify
The Occupations of the Romans
In the Forum men of all ranks of society met and lounged
about. This spot was the favorite place in Rome for all
kinds of meetings and was always crowded with people.
Romans thronged the streets leading to the Forum and
elbowed and jostled one another upon the Sacra Via. On the
steps of the temples, in many cases broad and expansive,
the loungers sat conversing or playing at games like back-
gammon. A great deal of business other than that connected
with the government was transacted in the Forum. Along
the Sacra Via were many small shops of the more expensive
kinds. Here were the shops of jewelers and money changers.
On the little streets leading to the Forum were shops in
which almost anything desired could be purchased. Among
the men who patronized these shops many trades were
represented. The common people were banded into trades
unions at an early time, and these unions or guilds made their
importance felt on many occasions.* There were two groups
among the working people, those whose trade required
dexterity and skill, as doctors and architects, and those who
did the commoner forms of labor, as carpenters, goldsmiths,
fullers, shoemakers, etc. The unions of these workers were
* Compare the opening scene in Shakespeare's "Julius Caesar."
249
APPLIED LATIN
organized originally to maintain their traditions and to
preserve the worship of the divinities who were the special
protectors of the individual trades. No Roman citizen at
first entered these professions because the pursuit of busi-
ness was considered beneath his dignity and there was
little respect for labor. From early times business and pro-
fessional activities were carried on by slaves or freedmen;
slaves who had bought their freedom or for special services
had been freed by their masters. Later the Romans did
enter upon such work, but there always remained the same
idea that occupation in labor for which wages were paid was
beneath the notice of the real Roman citizen.
XLI. THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INDEFINITE
632. In the first part of this book you learned a number
of pronouns, such as hie, iste, ille, Idem, etc., which were
called demonstrative pronouns because they pointed out
definitely the person, place, or thing for which they stood.
Then there came the relative pronouns, the personal pro-
nouns, and the reflexive pronouns. Besides these there are
in all languages certain pronouns which refer not to definite
persons or things but to some person or thing but slightly
known, indefinite, or referred to only in a general way. These
pronouns being general are called Indefinite Pronouns.
The Indefinite Pronouns in English and Latin
633. Examine these English sentences:
i. Somebody sent me these flowers. 2. Did anybody ring
the bell? 3. Each sought the first place for himself.
250
THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INDEFINITE
The words italicized are indefinite pronouns.
Other Indefinite Pronouns in English are: Some, some-
one, any, anyone, one, any, other, another, jew, many, none,
all, more, most, certain.
Construct English sentences containing these pronouns.
Be careful to note that these indefinite pronouns imme-
diately become indefinite adjectives if made to modify a
noun, as, any man, jew books, certain ideas. Construct some
sentences also using these words as indefinite adjectives.
Pick out some instances of the use of indefinite pronouns
or adjectives in your English reader.
634. The Indefinite pronouns in Latin are:
M. and F. N.
quis, quid, anybody, anything {used only with si, nisi,
ne, num).
aliquis, aliquid, someone, something.
quisquam, quicquam, anyone, anything {no plural).
M. F. N.
quidam, quaedam, quiddam, a certain one or thing.
qui vis, quaevis, quidvis, any one {you wish), anything.
quisque, quaeque, quidque, each one, each thing.
635. When these indefinite pronouns are joined to a noun
in agreement they become indefinite adjectives, as follows:
M.
F.
N.
qui,
qua (quae),
quod,
some, any {used only after
si, nisi, ne, num).
aliqui,
aliqua,
aliquod,
some.
quidam,
quaedam,
quoddam,
certain.
qui vis,
quaevis,
quodvis,
any.
quisque,
quaeque,
quodque,
each.
These words, when pronouns, are regularly declined like
the interrogative pronouns quis, quid ; when adjectives, like
the relative pronoun qui, quae, quod, except that the in-
251
APPLIED LATIN
definites qui and aliqui have qua and aliqua in the feminine
singular nominative.
Learn the declensions of quis and aliquis in Paragraph 823.
636. Translate: 1. Aliquis mihi hos flores misit. 2. Si
quis plumbum his in montibus repperiat, Respublica prae-
mium det. 3. Quale regnum huic reginae fuit? 4. Inter
Romanos quldam praetores potestatem Inslgnem possed-
erunt. 5. Quisque prlnceps sibi prlncipatum petebat. 6.
Poma ex arbore apud fluminis ripam in aquam repente
ceciderunt. 7. Quaedam planities pulchra ad fines huius
pagi pertinet. 8. Ne quisquam profectionem plebis qui
novls rebus studet rursus laudet. 9. Si quis satis frumentl
possidebit, praetor qui copiam frumentl curat id capiet
potius quam alius quern plebes non iussit. 10. Quid prae-
mium maius quam id quod a plebe mihi datum est nunc
cupio?
637. 1 . The rest of the fruit we will carry to the house of
our chief. 2. If anyone should deprive the praetor of his
power the common people would arm themselves. 3. What
sort of feet has the horse? 4. Let each man take care of his
own possessions rather than those of another man. 5. Some
trees are higher than others.
XLII. THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS
The Interjection in English and Latin
638. Up to the present time you have met with all the
parts of speech except the Interjection. This part of speech
is not very common; still it occurs enough times to make its
acquaintance important. The Interjection, as its name
shows (inter, between, iacio, to throw), is a word inserted at
some point in a sentence to produce a certain effect. Inter-
252
THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS
jections reveal the feeling of the writer or speaker. They
may indicate sorrow or joy, happiness or depression. They
have no grammatical connection with the sentence in which
they occur, and may be dropped without spoiling the sense.
639. The commonest interjections in English are: hurrah,
alas, hollo, lo, behold, pst.
In Latin the commonest interjections are: O (oh); en
(lo); ecce (behold); ehem (hem); id (hurrah); heu (alas);
heus (hey); st (hist).
The Numerals
640. The Numerals are words which name numbers
(numerus, a number). As parts of speech, numerals are either
adjectives or adverbs. The following kinds of numerals exist
in English and Latin: Cardinal numerals, as unus, one;
duo, two; tres, three; etc. Ordinal numerals, as primus,
first; secundus, second, etc. Distributive numerals, as
singuli, one at a time; bini, two at a time; etc. Numeral
Adverbs, as semel, once; bis, twice; etc.
641. Learn the numerals given in Paragraph 822.
642. In English the numerals are not declined; in Latin
the Cardinal numerals up to three, and hundreds from two
hundred up to one thousand, are adjectives with all three
genders. The Ordinals and Distributives are declined like
latus. Distributives are found only in the plural.
643. Learn the declensions of unus, duo, tres, and mllle.
Paragraph 819.
644. The following numeral words are important:
253
APPLIED LATIN
simplex, simplicis, one fold, simple, duplex, duplicis, two fold,
double, triplex, triplicis, three fold, triple, quadruplex, quadruplicis,
four fold, quadruple, quincuplex, quincuplicis, five fold, quintuple.
These numeral adjectives are declined like felix.
645. Translate: i. Tertio die duae cohortes legionis
iter tria milia passuum facile fecerunt. 2. Acie triplice
mstructa, quadringentl ex hostibus occlsl sunt. 3. Heu!
Nonne leonem rapacem inter oves videmus? 4. Ecce
homo quern htimanitate itistitiaque omnes et liberi et servi
amabant. 5. Io! Tres aves pulcherrimas in silva extra
urbem hodie cepimus. 6. Cum blnae et ternae naves sin-
gulis circumstetissent, milites maxima cum virtute eas
delere contenderunt. 7. Luna semel duodetrlginta diebus
plena est. 8. Cum servus clare bis vocatus esset, tamen
non celeriter venit. 9. Qulnque filii et quattuor flliae
olim fuerunt regl qui nationes Britanniae regebat. 10.
Cum haec urbs in duas partes flumine divideretur, alteram
partem Gallis concessit, alteram ab his relictam cohortibus
duodecim attribuit.
646. 1. We sent the first letter today. 2. Lo ! three trees
were standing on the hill. 3. Hist! The Praetor is coming
with forty clients. 4. When a double line of battle has been
drawn up let us begin the battle. 5. Does each legion have
ten cohorts?
647. Study these English derivatives.
primer
tertiary quinquennial bicycle
unify
unicycle
disunited
combine
second
sextet
millennium
single
simple
prime
universal
double
university
binocular
trio
duplicity
secondary
uniform
singular
duplicate
duet
quaternary
primitive
unity
quartette
mile
unique
primate
sexennial
254
duodecimo
dual
THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS
648.
rota, -ae, a wheel, f. scelus, sceleris, a crime, n.
ruina, -ae, a ruin, collapse, f. senex, senis, an old man, m.*
sententia, -ae, an opinion, f. paries, parietis, a house wall, m.
radius, -i, spoke {of wheel), ray, m. meridies, -ei, midday, m.
punctum, -i, a point, n. rusticus, -a, -um, rustic, belong-
pilum, -i, a javelin, spear, n. ing to the country*
pretium, -i, price, n. saevus, -a, -um, savage, cruel.
radix, radicis, a root, f. summus, -a, -um, highest.
robur, roboris, timber, n. tacitus, -a, -um, silent.
ratio, ratidnis, a reason, plan, f. separatim, separately.
reditio, reditidnis, a return, f. simul, at the same time.
salus, salutis, safety, f. tandem, at length.
649. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
650. Word Study. — Explain these English derivatives:
rotary radius
corroborate tacit
pungent salubrious
senile rusticate
rotund irrational
651. Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
The Capio, Quatio, Rapid Groups
capio, capere, cepi, captus, to take, capture
accipio (3) excipio (3) praecipio (3)
receive, accept receive, take tip advise, warn
recipio (3) suscipio (3) occupo (1)
receive, betake oneself widcrtake seize, capture
Note that capio becomes -cipio in compound verbs.
quatio, quatere, quassi, quassus, to shake
concutio (3) excutio (3) percutio (3) recutio (3)
shake up, shatter shake ojf smite shake
Note that quatio becomes -cutio in compounds.
rapid, rapere, rapui, raptus, to snatch up
corripio (3) diripio (3) eripio (3) iisurpo (1)
snatch up, pull apart, plunder snatch away, save seize for use, use
press on
Note that rapid becomes -ripio in compounds.
* Senex is irregularly declined — Sing., senex, senis, seni, senem, senex,
sene; PL, senes, senum, senibus, senes, senes, senibus.
255
summit
prize
sententious
robust
eradicate
savage
ray
sum
depreciate
radical
salutary
parietal
radiator
meridian
radiance
APPLIED LATIN
652. Translate: i. Cuique carro quattuor rotae erant.
2. Pills missis, decern mllia ex legionibus novls salute m
in fuga petebant. 3. Reliquum spatium quod non amplius
pedum sescentorum est continet mons magna altitudine, ita
ut radices montis ex utraque parte ripas fluminis contingant.
4. Illo punctti temporis mirabile visu arbor, robore fracto,
rulna magna cecidit. 5. Id maxime ea ratione fecit quod
hostes agros Gallorum occupaverant. 6. Tandem spe do-
mum reditionis sublata, senes rusticl propter scelera in
silvas densas se receperunt. 7. Simul quisque tacitus urbem
separatim reliquit et ne caperetur se eripuit. 8. Ilium
qui Galbam pllo percussit hostes saevl scutis protexerunt.
9. Ne hanc rem suscipiamus. 10. Galll celeriter ex con-
suetudine sua, acie facta, impetus pllorum excipiebant.
653. 1 . The savage lion betook himself to the mountains.
2. The wall of the house fell with a heavy crash. 3. Finally a
price was set by the old man. 4. Each wheel has twelve spokes.
5. How great and of what sort were the slave's crimes?
654. Study these derivatives from the verbs above.
accept acceptable principle repercussion rapacious
captious receptacle inception recipient exceptionable
susceptible preceptor receipt percussion precept
655. Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation
The Facio, Iacio, and Specio Groups
facio, facere, feci, factus, to make, do
conficio (3) deficio (3) interficio (3)
accomplish, complete fail, give out kill, do to death
praeficio (3) satisfacio (3) reficio (3)
put at head of, put in appease, satisfy {dat.) make over, repair
command (dat.)
iacio, iacere, ieci, iactus, to throw, hurl
conicio (3) deicio (3) proicio (3)
hurl, throw throw down, cast down hurl forward, abandon
reicio (3) iacto (1)
throw, hurl back throw, toss
256
THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS
specio, specere, spexi, spectus, to look
circumspicio (3) conspicio (3) despicid (3)
look around, look over catch sight of, behold look down on, despise
perspicio (3) suspicio (3) exspecto (1)
see through, see clearly, look under, suspect look for, await
understand
Learn these compound verbs.
656. Translate: 1. Milites, este fortes, pila conicite,
deicite hos saevos viros de muro ! 2. Ad has res conficiendas
triduum sumamus. 3. In Gallia legiones Caesaris milia
mllitum interfecerunt. 4. Ob eas causas Galbam legatum el
munltionl quam fecerat praefecit. 5. Item si hostes
Romanls satisfaciant Caesar cum els pacem faciat. 6. Cum
res frumentaria eos deficeret, concilio convocato quisque
domum contendit. 7. Tela missa excipiant seque ex labore
reficiant. 8. Cum hos legatos in castris conspexisset, se
in fugam dedit. 9. Cum unus pagus facile victus sit, ne
Caesar ob earn rem aut victoriam suae magnopere virtuti
tribuat aut hostes despiciat. 10. Si omnes idem sentient
et probabunt nuntium exspectent.
657. 1. When the grain supply failed all hope of re-
turning home was taken away. 2. In a space of three days
the war with the slaves was completed. 3. What leader
slew those three brave centurions? 4. The leader whom we
put in command of the fortification was despised by the
enemy. 5. The old men were forced to leave the wall.
658. Study these derivatives. Add any others you know.
Use them in sentences of your own.
affection refectory respectable project conjecture
adjective defeat sufficient proficient efficacious
circumspect acceptance subject perspective prefect
despise faction counterfeit object defect
inspector aspect affect projection suspicion
perfect inject abject expectation disjection
surfeit species infection facilitate confectionery
17 257
applied latin
Some Tools Used by the Romans
Almost any sort of a workman at Rome was called a
Smith (faber). To distinguish the individual trade the name
of the material with which the man worked was added.
With some exceptions the same tools were used at Rome
which are used now universally. The hammer (malleus) and
anvil (incus), axe (securis), tongs (forceps), bellows (follis),
and adze (ascia) of to-day were used two thousand years ago.
Other implements, as the saw (serra), file (lima), plane
(runcina), chisel (scalprum), mallet (malleolus), lathe
(tornus), and boring instruments (terebrae), were common.
Among instruments for ensuring accuracy were the com-
passes (circinus) and square (norma). For the spirit level
the libella was used. This consisted of three pieces of wood
forming an A with the exact center of the cross-bar marked.
A string with a plummet attached hung from the apex so that
the plummet would touch the central mark when the legs
rested on a level surface. All the simple mechanical powers
were used, as the lever (vectis), the inclined plane, and the
pulley (trochlea). There was also an instrument like a
derrick for lifting heavy weights by means of a windlass.
As Roman buildings were rarely of wood there was little
employment for the carpenter. Carpenters were mostly con-
cerned with the making of ships and wagons (carpenta),
from which word comes the name. The mason was more
important than the carpenter, for stone and cement were
universally employed in building. The mason's trowel was
called trulla. The use of cement in building construction
258
THE VERB. DEPONENTS
was the greatest contribution of the Romans to the art of
building. The cement (caementum) manufactured by the
Romans was much stronger than the cement we use to-day.
Many of the cement constructions of the Romans have
lasted in first-rate shape to the present day. Even now
Roman cement can hardly be broken up by modern picks.
XLIII. THE VERB. DEPONENTS. SEMI-DEPONENTS.
COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FOURTH
CONJUGATION
659. In the work so far you have met with regular verbs
only, sum excepted. Before we pass to verbs which are
irregular in the majority of their forms, certain verbs must
be considered which are regular in forms, but irregular
in translation. These verbs are called Deponents, from
deponere, to cast aside. They have cast aside all the forms
of the active voice (except one or two) but retain their pas-
sive voices in full. The passive forms of Deponent verbs have
active meanings. It is a little difficult at first to get into the
habit of translating passive forms as if they were active.
The forms in themselves do not cause trouble, for learning
the forms of a deponent verb is like learning the passive
voice of a regular verb alone. There are deponent verbs in
all the four conjugations.
660. Examples of Deponent verbs:
First conjugation, cdnor, conari, conatus sum, to try.
Second conjugation, vereor, vereri, veritus sum, to fear.
Third conjugation, sequor, sequi, secutus sum, to follow.
" " patior, pan", passus sum, to bear, endure.
Fourth conjugation, potior, potiri, potitus sum, to seize.
661. Learn the conjugation of conor and vereor in Para-
259
APPLIED LATIN
graph 835. Notice especially these forms of the active voice
which are included in the conjugation of deponent verbs:
1. The future infinitive, as conaturus, -a, -um, esse.
The Latins did not like the form of the future infinitive
passive because it was a little unwieldy and bungling.
This infinitive form is often lacking even among the regular
verbs. Whenever possible the Latins avoided it, and in
deponent verbs they easily replaced it with the future
active infinitive.
2. The present and future participles ; conans, conaturus.
As the passive voice of the ordinary verb showed only the
perfect participle, the Latins, in order to complete the parti-
ciples of Deponent verbs, added these two participles from the
active voice. Thus the active present participle (as conans)
and the future participle (as conaturus) are included in
deponent verbs, each retaining its active meanings. Be care-
ful never to translate the perfect participle of a deponent
verb with a passive meaning. Conatus means having at-
tempted, not having been attempted. This is perhaps the
most common error in the use of the Deponent verbs.
662. Some common deponent verbs of the first and
second conjugations are:
First Conjugation
arbitror,
arbitrari,
arbitratus sum,
to think.
cohortor,
cohortari,
cohortatus sum,
to exhort, encourage.
hortor,
hortari,
hortatus sum,
to urge.
mlror,
mirari,
miratus sum,
to admire.
moror,
morari,
moratus sum,
to delay.
testor,
testari,
testatus sum,
to be a witness.
populor,
popular!,
populatus sum,
to devastate.
vagor,
vagari,
vagatus sum,
260
to wander.
THE VERB. DEPONENTS
Second Conjugation
fateor, fateri, fassus sum, to say, admit.
polliceor, polliceri, pollicitus sum, to promise.
intueor, intueri, intuitus sum, to gaze at.
663. Translate: i. Caesar, equls remotis ut spem fugae
tolleret, suos cohortatus proelium commlsit. 2. Viatoresne
altitudinem montis et latitudinem fluminis mlrabantur?
3. Servi fugitlvl quattuor dies in illls flnibus moratl ad
socios suos se receperunt. 4. Oratione habita, Cicero deos
ifnmortales testatus est. 5. Qui nostras urbes pop_ulaban-
tur? 6. Ea quae pollicemur mox faciemus. 7. Unus ex
omnibus nihil earum rerum faciebat sed trlstis, capite
demisso, terram intuebatur. 8. Meos centuriones cotldie
cohortarl consuesco. 9. Manibus impetii fluminis impedltis,
media in aqua morarl inceperunt. 10. Quis dona maxima
clientibus pollicebatur?
664. 1. Marvel at the works of poets. 2. Those leaders,
having devastated my fatherland, killed my son. 3. Let the
citizens refrain from praising the man who promises Caesar
a crown. 4. We delayed one day to finish the business. 5.
Gaze upon the beautiful moon.
665. Word Study. — Study these English derivatives:
arbitrate intestate
depopulate professor
confess vagabond exhortation
protest admire vagrant
666.
Stella, -ae, a star, f. testis, testis, a witness, m.
tuba, -ae, a trumpet, f. timor, timoris, fear, m.
toga, -ae, the toga, a garment, f. timidus, -a, -um, timid.
sonus, -i, a sound, m. urbanus, -a, -um, belonging to
responsum, -i, reply, n. the city.
studium, -i, a pursuit, study, n. validus, -a, -um, strong, vigorous.
solum, -I, the ground, n. vastus, -a, -um, empty, vast.
servitus, servitutis, slavery, f. verus, -a, -um, true.
socer, soceri, a father in law, m. ultra, beyond.
sanguis, sanguinis, blood, m. una, together with (with cum).
scriptor, scriptoris, a writer, m. vix, scarcely.
sors, sortis, a lot, f . undique, on all sides.
261
APPLIED LATIN
667. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen-
sions of nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs.
668. Word Study. — Explain these derivatives. Use
them in sentences of your own.
Stella
constellation stellar
verisimilar
person
study
ultramarine
consonant
responsive
urban
convalescence valid
testament
invalid
student
timid
suburb
sort
urbane
sangfroid
sonorous
intimidate
ulterior
testify
testimony
veracity
timorous
verify
sole (noun)
servitude
attest
sound
studious
sanguinary
avail
669. The commonest third conjugation deponents are:
adgredior,
adgredi,
adgressus
sum, to attack.
morior,
mori,
mortuus sum, to die.
nascor,
nasci,
natus sum
., to be born.
labor,
labi,
lapsus sum, to slip.
loquor,
loqui,
locutus sum, to speak.
obliviscor,
oblivisci,
oblitus sum, to forget.
proficiscor,
proficisci,
prof ectus i
sum, to set out.
queror,
queri,
questus sum, to complain.
ulciscor,
ulcisci,
ultus sum,
, to take
vengeance on.
utor,
uti,
usus sum,
to use,
enjoy.
670. Learn the conjugation of the third conjugation
deponent verb sequor, in Paragraph 835.
671. Translate: 1. Nonnumquam stella ardens ex caelo
in oceanum labitur. 2. Omnia uno tempore erant agenda;
slgnum tuba dandum, ab opere milites revocandi, acies
instruenda est. 3. Civis qui togam gessit, loco nobill
natus est. 4. Una cum socero meo Roma Athenas ad
studium dlcendi incipiendum prof ectus sum. 5. Poeta
vera del responsa male narrabat. 6. Sine vestro sanguine
hostes superavi. 7. Virl liberi servittitem et commuta-
tionem fortiinae semper queruntur. 8. Nos, testes huius
sceleris, vix praetorem urbanum retinebamus. 9. Scrip tores
Roman! antiqui sortibus vix crediderunt. 10. Qua in re
262
THE VERB. DEPONENTS
Caesar et publicas et privatas iniurias ultus est, quod
haec natio patrem eius soceri interfecerat.
672. i. Our army attacked the enemy without fear. 2.
Timid wayfarers never set out to the lands beyond the
mountains. 3. Concerning the responses of the god we
spoke gladly. 4. Were you born in noble station? 5. On
the third day many of the captives died, for few were
accustomed to endure slavery. ■
673. Word Study. — Explain these derivatives. Use them
in sentences of your own.
aggressive oblivion querulous
moribund egress nation
collapse natural interlocutor
innate passive relapse
progress renaissance mortuary
native
digress
ingress
utensil
elocution
patient
nascent
use
congress
impassive
674. The commonest fourth conjugation deponents are:
expenor,
mentior,
metior,
molior,
orior,
partior,
experiri,
mentiri,
metiri,
moliri,
oriri,
partiri,
expertus sum,
mentitus sum,
mensus sum,
molitus sum,
ortus sum,
partitus sum,
to lest, try.
to lie.
to measure.
to build, attempt.
to arise, begin.
to divide.
675. Learn the conjugation of the fourth conjugation
deponent verb potior, in Paragraph 835.
676. Translate : 1 . Nisi quid auxill in Caesare populoque
Romano erit, nos quoque una cum Gallls eventum for-
tiinae experiemur. 2. Puerl bonl numquam mentiuntur.
3. Quodam die Caesar militibus f rumen turn mensus erat.
4. Haec pars Galliae ad orientem solem pertinet. 5. Prius-
quamplures civitates inter se conjungerent Caesar exercitum
ad bellum gerendum partitus est.
677. 1. They fortified their town that they might not
experience the same bad fortune. 2. When Caesar had
measured out the grain for the soldiers he encouraged each
263
APPLIED LATIN
man separately. 3. When the sun had risen, light filled the
whole temple. 4. Divide the army and conquer the enemy
without delay. 5. We have cast you from the city because
you were attempting evil deeds.
Semi-deponents
678. In the preceding paragraphs you met with the most
common deponent verbs of the four conjugations. There
are beside these a few which are called Semi-deponents,
because some of their forms are from the active voice
and some passive. The commonest semi-deponents are:
audeo, audere, ausus sum, to dare {Complem. Infin.).
confldo, confidere, confisus sum, to trust firmly (Dat. of Per-
sons, Abl. of Things).
diffldo, diffidere, difflsus sum, to distrust {Abl. of Things).
gaudeo, gaudere, gavisus sum, to rejoice {Abl. of Cause).
soleo, solere, solitus sum, to be accustomed {Complem.
Infin.).
679. Translate: 1. Adventum leonis virgo timida exspec-
tare ausa est. 2. Dux noster hunc regem rebus suls diffl-
dentem erexit. 3. Gaudent quod occasio sui purgandl data
est. 4. Sonum tubarum et equorum currentium audire sole-
bant. 5. Quis validus sine precibus mori audet?
680. 1. Dare to tell a true story without shame. 2. Men
who trust their own ability overcome many evils. 3. Before
a fight the Romans were wont to draw up their line of battle.
4. Did you rejoice when the tricky leader gave the crown
to Caesar? 5. Some men dare to attack any savage animal.
681. Word Study. — Explain these derivatives; use them
in sentences of your own :
experience
partition
demolish
perfidy
bipartite
audacity
fidelity
order
rejoice
compassion
mete
gay
264
passion
mensuration
diffident
compatible
orient
confidence
originate
insolent
THE VERB. DEPONENTS
682. Compound Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation
The Salio, Sentio, and Venio Groups
salio, salire, , , to leap
desilio (4) resilio (4) salto (1) Insulto (1) resulto (1)
leap down leap back dance leap upon leap back
sentio, sentire, sensi, sensus, to perceive
adsentio (4) consentio (4) dissentio (4)
agree, assent think with, agree feel different, disagree
praesentid (4)
feel before, look before
venio, venire, veni, ventum, to come
advenio (4) convenio (4) circumvenid (4)
come to, approach come together, assemble come around, surround
evenio (4) invenio (4) pervenio (4)
come out, happen come upon, find come through, arrive,
(by chance) reach
prdvenid (4)
come forth, turn out (well, ill)
683. Translate: 1. Desillte, mllites! Ne ducem hostibus
prodamus. 2. Feminae saltabant et aedificium cantibus
complebant. 3. Concilio convocato, prlncipes qui undique
convenerant cum legatis Romanis consenserunt. 4. Quem
exitum habuit consilium Galbae et eorum qui dissentiebant?
5. Hostes nostros mllites a latere aperto adgressl circum-
venire conabantur. 6. Ea res legionl feliciter eveniat. 7.
Eo in loco naves XXVIII Instrtictas invenit. 8. Haec pars
sociorum mllitibus legionis nonae et decimae forte obven-
erat. 9. Cum id niintiatum esset, legatus iter per provin-
ciam celerrime fecit et Romam pervenit. 10. Veni Caesarem
laudatum non sepultum.
684. 1 . Let us agree with these men who have established
the custom. 2. We have with us the soldiers who have lately
assembled from the province. 3. By chance Caesar met
Galba together with twelve cohorts. 4. We found the town
situated near the banks of the river. 5. The general was
killed while he was coming to his son.
265
APPLIED LATIN
685. Word Study -
-Explain these English derivatives,
Use them in sentences of your own :
desultory adventitious
exult inventory
assent
assailant dissent
provenience insult
presentiment
convent prevention
sensitive salient
convention
intervention advent
consensus convenient
contravene
dissenter resilient
circumvent revenue
sally
sense event
convene consent
assault
eventual avenue
result sentence
invention
Skilled Workmen Among the Romans
The Architects (architect!) were an important group of
workmen. As their (Greek) name implies, they were usually
Greeks, not Romans. Assisting the architects were the sur-
veyors (finitores) who, besides the work usually done by
surveyors, also laid out the lands for colonists and the camps
for armies.
The Romans found a great deal of employment for the
Painter (pictor). As there was not much furniture, few
tapestries, and no framed pictures in the ordinary house,
the Romans had to depend for ornamentation on pictures
painted on the walls. Ordinary rooms were whitewashed
by a workman called a dealbator (albus, white). He used
a trowel (trulla) and worked on a scaffold (machina) . Show
rooms were decorated by a real artist (pictor parietarius,
paries, an interior wall). The painter of wall decorations
used a pencillus or brush. The walls of rooms often pre-
sented scenes from outdoor life, as landscapes, gardens,
harbors, fountains, etc.
The Potter was in great demand at Rome and throughout
the ancient world as well. So extensive was the use of pot-
266
THE VERB. IRREGULAR
tery that the manufacture of earthenware was carried on
at any large estate where the proper kind of clay (argilla)
could be found. The potter (figilus) made vessels both by
hand and with the potter's wheel (rota figularis). Clay
vessels, after being turned on the wheel, were baked in an
oven (fornax, furnace).
The Goldsmiths and Silversmiths knew about the same
processes then as to-day. Works of gold and silver were
very highly prized. Gem cutters were very skilful, as the
ancient cameos we now possess easily show. Makers of
perfumery and ointments carried on a thriving trade. Their
products were sent to all parts of the world in dainty little
vases of many shapes. Probably the "alabaster jar of
precious ointment" was manufactured by one of the expert
perfumers of that day.
XLIV. THE VERB. IRREGULAR
Void, Nolo, Maid. Ed, Fero, Fio. Compounds of Sum
686. There are in all languages verbs whose forms are
irregular. Many are only slightly irregular, as do, dare,
dedi, datus, to give. This verb belongs to the first conjuga-
tion, except the perfect dedi, which is really a third conjuga-
tion form. Maneo is a second conjugation verb, except the
perfect mansi, which belongs to the third conjugation.
Among the Latin verbs that are specially irregular are
those mentioned at the head of this paragraph. These
verbs, as their meaning will show you, are very common,
not only in Latin but in all other languages. Words that are
267
APPLIED LATIN
especially common have a tendency to become irregular.
Think for a moment of the English verb to be. It has forms
derived from four different verbs, be, is, am, was.
687. The principal parts of volo, nolo, malo, are:
volo, velle, volui, , to wish.
nolo, nolle, nolui, , to be unwilling.
malo, malle, malui, , to prefer.
Nolo and malo are compounds of volo. Nolo equals
non volo, / do not wish; malo equals magis, more, volo,
/ wish more, I prefer.
All three verbs are similar in conjugation. In nolo and
malo the presence of non and magis causes some irregulari-
ties not found in volo itself.
688. The conjugation of volo is —
Indicative
Pres. volo, vis, vult, volumus, vultis, volunt.
Imp. volebam, volebas, etc.
Fut. volam, voles, etc.
Perf. volui, voluisti, etc.
Plup. volueram, volueras, etc.
Futp. voluero, volueris, etc.
Subjunctive
Pres. velim, veils, velit, velimus, velitis, velint.
Imp. vellem, velles, vellet, vellemus, velletis, vellent.
Perf. voluerim, volueris, etc.
Plup. voluissem, voluisses, etc.
Infinitive Participle
Pres. velle, Pres. volens, -ntis.
Perf. voluisse.
689. Learn the conjugations of nolo and malo in Para-
graph 833. Note also Paragraphs 544-546.
690. For practice translate these forms: 1. Vis, malls,
nollet, voluisti, nolet . 2 . Nolle, volentes, ma vult , non vis, vel-
lemus, noli. 3 . Voluisse, mallent, nolumus, malle, voluissent.
268
SOME IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES
691. Translate: i. Postrldie Caesar priusquam se hostes
ex terrore et fuga reciperent proelium committere voluit. 2.
Vlsne me venire? 3. In llbertate permanere malumus quam
Romanorum servitutem patl. 4. Qua de causa elves ora-
tiones Ciceronis malebant? 5. Si nos a flumine discedere
nolimus, hostes celeriter fugiant. 6. Nolite servum piinire
sine causa vera. 7. Num ille omnes esse llberos volebat?
8. Malimus pugnare potius quam fugere. 9. Domi manere
maluissem nisi consul me vocavisset. 10. Utinam ne femi-
nae ludos Romanorum spectare voluissent.
692. 1. Those who were willing to make the journey
assembled from all sides. 2. Who does not prefer honor
rather than gold? 3. I shall be unwilling to attack our
allies. 4. Don't write the letter. 5. Let us be willing to
try all the fortunes of war.
SOME IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES
693. Most of the adjectives which you have met up to
the present time have been regular in inflection and com-
parison. There are a few adjectives, irregular in com-
parison, which are not only very common in Latin, but
have a host of derivatives in English.
The most important of these are :
exterus, outward, exterior, outer, extremus (extimus) , farthest.
Inferus, below, inferior, lower, infimus (Imus), lowest.
posterus, following, posterior, later, postremus (postumus), last.
superus, above, superior, higher, supremus (summus), highest.
(in, in), interior, inner, intimus, inmost.
(pro, before), prior, earlier, primus, first.
(prope, near), propior, nearer, proximus, nearest.
(ultra, beyond), ulterior, further, ultimus, farthest.
Note that in the last four the missing positive degree is
supplied by means of a preposition or an adverb.
269
APPLIED LATIN
694. Translate: i. Hi fines ad Inferiorem partem flu-
minis pertinent. 2. Ab eo loco collis nascebatur, passus
circiter ducentos Innmus apertus, ab superiore parte silves-
tris. 3. Postero die castra ex eo loco summo mota sunt.
4. Locls super ioribus occupatls, itinere exercitum nostrum
prohibere conabantur. 5. Legatus aestate missus est qui
duas legiones novas in interiorem Galliam deduceret. 6.
Cum quisque sibi primum itineris locum peteret profectio
similis fugae erat. 7. Prima luce, clamore audi to, omnes
fugerunt. 8. Proxima nocte obsides convenlre iussit. 9. In
ulteriorem Galliam properemus ad haec conficienda. 10.
Num exercitum in ultimas terras mittemus?
695. Word Study. — Explain these English derivatives:
infernal superior
inferiority intimacy
prior supernal
posthumous interne
ultimo primordial exterior
primate ultimatum posterior
external proximity prime
supreme ulterior extremity
696.
unda, -ae, a wave, f.
saxum, -I, a rock, n.
subsidium, -1, aid, n.
suffragium, -I, a ballot, n.
triduum, -1, three days' time, n.
vadum, -i, a ford, n.
verbum, -1, a word, n.
vinculum, -I, a bond, chain, n.
uxor, uxoris, a wife, f .
Learn these words. Practise the declensions.
697. Word Study. — Explain these English derivatives:
vesper, vesperis, evening, m.
voluntas, voluntatis, will, wish, f .
vulnus, vulneris, a wound, n.
ver, veris, the spring, n.
Veritas, veritatis, the truth, f.
victor, victoris, a victor, m.
vis (vis) , force, pi., strength, I*
vetus, veteris, old.
inundate veracious
verbatim vulnerable
vespers volition
invulnerable verity
verb undulate
victorious victory vim
involuntary verbal veracity
suffragette adverb voluntary
suffrage volunteer verdant
redound inveterate subsidiary
*The declension of vis is: Singular, vis, (vis) — , vim, vis, vi; Plural,
vires, virium, viribus, vires, vires, vlribus.
270
THE VERB. IRREGULAR
E6, Ferd, Flo
698. The principal parts of these irregular verbs are:
Ed, ire, ii (ivi), itum, to go.
Ferd, ferre, tuli, latus, to bear, carry.
Fio, fieri, factus sum, to become, happen.
Of these verbs the last two are quite irregular. As you
can see from the principal parts, the verb fero is apparently
composed of the forms of three distinct verbs. In this it is
like the verb to be in English and Sum in Latin, which are
made up of four separate verbs.
Fio is the verb which, as has been already mentioned
(Paragraph 357), the Latins used in place of some tenses of
the passive of the verb facio, to do, make.
699. Learn the conjugations of these three verbs in
Paragraphs 836-7-8.
700. For practice identify the following forms:
1. Is, fers, fls, feras, eas, fias. 2. lens, ferens, fieri, Ibunt,
ferrl, laturus esse. 3. Flet, flat, eundo, ferris, fertis, fierent.
701. Translate: 1. IllI vl coactl nos per suos fines Ire
passl sunt. 2. Turn saxa magnl ponderis ad murum lata
sunt. 3. Acies tertia ab imperii tore nostrls* subsidio* missa
erat. 4. Equitatus sociorum hoc in proelio impedlmento*
hostibus* erat. .5. Ferte magnam copiam f rumen tl quae
auxilio* duel* sit. 6. Flat iustitia. 7. Ad vesperum centurio
vulneribus confectus interfectus est. 8. Eamus ad oppidum
ut praesidio* oppidanls* slmus. 9. El qui trans vada ierant
suls auxilium ferre ausl sunt. 10. Poeta veterem calamitatem
popull RomanI et prlstinam virtu tern Gallorum narrabat.
*In sentences 3, 4, 5, and 8 there are instances of two
datives used with the verb sum. These two datives com-
271
APPLIED LATIN
pose the Double Dative construction. One dative is a dative
of indirect object (nostrls, 3; hostibus, 4; duel, 5; oppidanis,
8) ; the other dative indicates the purpose for which some-
thing serves (subsidio, 3; impediments, 4; auxilio, 5; prae-
sidio, 8). Translate sentence 3, were for an aid to our men.
702. Rule. — Double Dative. — Two datives are often used
with sum in Latin, one {of reference) indicating the person
affected, the other {of purpose) showing that for which a thing
serves.
703. 1. The cavalry was sent as an aid to the army.
2. Who hastened to go to the bridge? 3. The shields were
a hindrance to the soldiers while righting in the waves. 4.
The huge rocks were a fortification for the camp. 5. In the
spring beautiful flowers bloom.
704. The Ed and Fero Groups
eo, ire, ii, (ivi), itum, to go
adeo exeo ineo pereo transeo
go to, visit go out go into perish, be lost go across
fero, ferre, tuli, latus, to bear, carry
adfero confero differo
bring to, bring news bring together, collect, bear apart, differ, post-
compare pone
effero infero offerd
bear out bear against, wage bring before, offer
perfero praefero profero
bear through, endure, bear before, prefer bring forward, extend
announce
refero transfero
bear back, report carry over, transfer
For principal parts of fero compounds consult vocabulary.
705. Translate: 1. Neque enim quisquam praeter mer-
catores illas urbes adiit, neque ill! ipsi quicquam praeter
oram ocean! vlderunt. 2. Facile erit, cum virtu te omnibus
272
THE VERB. IRREGULAR
praestemus, de finibus nostrls cum omnibus copiis exire.
3. Vere inito, cum multl periissent, tamen hostes pontem
in provinciam nostram translre conatl sunt. 4. Cum esset
Caesar in ulteriore Gallia, crebrae ad eum epistulae affere-
bantur. 5. Copia maxima frumentl in oppidum sine
Caesaris voluntate confertur. 6. Hi omnes lingua, Institutis,
legibus, inter se differunt. 7. Nonne quisque trium mensium
cibum domo efferet? 8. Cum tridul viam processisset cum
omnibus copiis ad urbem occupandam contendit. 9.
Altitudo fluminis erat circiter trium pedum. 10. Refer has
res ad senatum.
706. 1. After they had proceeded a journey of five days,
they saw the enemy drawn up on the hills. 2. Carry away
from home food for (of) two months. 3. Though the depth
of the river was about (of) eight feet, the knights crossed
without delay. 4. I will report these affairs to the senate.
5. If all nations differ in laws and customs there is no com-
mon civilization.
707. Word Study. — Explain these English derivatives.
Use them in sentences of your own :
initial
conference
ambition
proffer
confer
circuit
preference
translation
initiation
dilate
transference
relation
deference
offertory
transient
collation
transitory
exit
elated
inference
different
transit
reference
obituary
defer
COMPOUNDS OF SUM
708. In English the verb to be is very common. It is used
in almost all relations and can be associated with almost any
sort of idea. For instance, we can say 7" am away from town ;
/ was present at the meeting; my equipment is lacking with
respect to a top coat; / am able to write and to read. In such
statements the English verb is followed by a group of words
18 273
APPLIED LATIN
introduced by a preposition. In Latin the preposition is
often attached to the verb Sum, making a Compound Verb.
The Important Compounds of Sum are:
absum, abesse, afui, to be away, absent (a (ab) with abl.) .
adsum, adesse, adfui, to be present (dat.).
desum, deesse, defui, to be lacking (dat.).
intersum, interesse, interful, to be between, present (dat.).
praesum, praesse, praefui, to be in charge of, be head of (dat.).
possum, posse, potui, to be able (complem. infin.).
supersum, superesse, superfui, to be left, survive (dat.).
Most of these verbs are conjugated like the verb sum with-
out irregular forms. Possum, to be able, a compound of potis,
pote, an adjective meaning able, has some irregular forms
brought about by the difficulty in combining potis with the
forms of sum. Compare pot-fui, potui, perfect of possum.
709. Learn the conjugation of possum in Paragraph 837.
710. For practice name and translate the following forms:
1. Potes, supersunt, praeest, deesse, poterit.
2. Interest, adsit, possimus, interfuit, potuerit.
3. Praefueramus, potuisse, aberunt, poterat.
711. Translate: 1. Harum omnium gentium fortissimae
sunt iiltimae quod a cultu. et humanitate provinciae
longissime absunt. 2. Hac oratione habita, omnes qui
aderant precibus trlstissimis auxilium a Caesare petere con-
abantur. 3. Rebus in adversls fortuna etiam duel optimo
nonnumquam deest. 4. Ilia pars hostium quae rlumen
oppidi capiendl causa transierat domum redire non potuit.
5. Utinam ill! prlncipes qui summo magistratul praeerant
suos clientes rapina prohibere potuissent. 6. Quis precibus
captivorum resistere potest? 7. Proelio facto, paucl super-
fuerunt. 8. Nonne manus servi fallacis vinculls vinclre
potes? 9. Dux barbarus qui nunc oppido praeest nuntium
274
EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES. SUFFIXES
ad Caesarem de pace mittere non poterit. 10. Ponte in
flumine facto ut reliquas copias sequi posset, Galba exer-
citum tradiixit.
712. i. I am able to tell the truth without shame. 2.
He made so great a bridge that the whole army was able
to cross in one day. 3. Those who were present praised the
oration of Cicero. 4. Because those who were in charge of
the town were unwilling to close the gates our men were able
to break in quickly. 5. Sometimes words fail an orator.
•
XLV. EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES. SUFFIXES
713. Your work so far with the derivation of English
words from Latin words has been devoted especially to
explaining the meanings of words by separating prefixes
(prepositions) from root words. Before finishing this part
of the work you should know something of the various
suffixes that appear in Latin and later in English and be
able to tell what they mean.
Some Common Suffixes
714. A. Many Latin words end in -tor (masc.) and -trix
(fern.), which indicate agency. Victor, one who conquers
(masc); victrix, one who conquers (fern.); administrator,
one who manages (masc.) ; administratrix, one who manages
(fern.). Similarly, pastor, rector, curator, executrix.
B. Many Latin words end in -men, which indicates the
thing accomplished : lu-men, the result of the sun's shining,
carmen, the result of the poet's singing; agmen limen.
C. Many Abstract words are formed in Latin by the end-
ings -tia, -tas, and -tudo, denoting qualities and conditions.
275
APPLIED LATIN
amicitia, friendliness; civitas, the state; latitudo, breadth.
D. The Endings of many adjectives mean pertaining to
or connected with. Examples:
Rom-anus connected with Rome, Roman.
mflit-aris
" the soldier, military.
fer-tilis
" fero, to bear, fertile.
eques-ter
" a knight, equestrian.
loqu-ax
" loquor, to speak, full of talk
fac-ilis
" facio, to do, easy, do-able.
aur-eus '
' " aurum, gold, golden.
When trying to make out the meanings of adjectives
separate the verb or noun from the suffix and then use
the ordinary English adjective which is based on the mean-
ing of the root word, as: Publi-cus (populus, people), public,
popular; frigi-dus (frigus, cold), cold, frigid.
715. In English nouns, agency is indicated by the suffixes
-er or -or ; as, carrier, conductor. Abstract nouns have the
suffixes -ness; as, goodness, fulness: -ship; as, apprentice-
ship; -hood, as childhood; and -dom, as freedom. Adjec-
tives have many suffixes, all meaning pertaining to; as
waxen, harmful, stormy.
716. Word Study. — Examine the word lists at the end of
this book, Topic LIII, for words with suffixes. Collect some
representative examples of each kind.
Quiz. — What is a suffix? What Latin suffixes denote
agency; result of action? Why is pertaining to a compre-
hensive meaning for adjectival suffixes? Can you name any
more suffixes common in English nouns or adjectives?
Consider -ist, -age, -ance, -y, -ure, -ent, -ous.
Pick out the Latin derivatives in the following extract:
276
EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES. SUFFIXES
717. Mr. Attorney-General had to inform the jury that
the prisoner before them, though young in years, was old
in treasonable practices, which claimed the forfeit of his
life. That this correspondence with the public enemy had
been continuous. That it was certain the prisoner had been
in the habit of passing and repassing between France and
England, on secret business of which he could give no
honest account. That if it were not in the nature of traitor-
ous ways to thrive, the real wickedness and guilt of his ways
might have remained undiscovered. That Providence, how-
ever, had put it into the heart of a person who was beyond
fear and beyond reproach, to ferret out the nature of the
prisoner's schemes and, struck with horror, to disclose them
to his Majesty's Chief Secretary of State and most honor-
able Privy Council. That this patriot would be produced
before them. That his position and attitude were on the
whole sublime. That he had been the prisoner's friend, but
at once in an auspicious and an evil hour detecting his in-
famy, had resolved to immolate the traitor he could no
longer cherish in his bosom on the sacred altar of his coun-
try. That, if statues were decreed in Britain, as in ancient
Greece and Rome, to public benefactors, this shining citizen
would assuredly have had one. That virtue, as had been
observed by the poets, was in a manner contagious; more
especially the bright virtue known as patriotism. That the
lofty example of this immaculate and unimpeachable wit-
ness for the crown had communicated itself to the prisoner's
servant and had engendered in him a holy determination
277
APPLIED LATIN
to examine his master's table drawers and pockets and
secrete his papers. — Dickens' " Tale of Two Cities."
XLVI. THE SUBJECT. CONSTRUCTIONS THAT RE-
PLACE A NOUN AS SUBJECT. INFINITIVE.
NOUN CLAUSE
718. In the preceding paragraphs of this book you have
met with sentences in Latin which have followed the ordi-
nary sentence structure, that is, noun, subject, noun, object,
and verb with adverbial modifiers. If in actual speech or
writing sentences should follow this form exactly, every
sentence would be like every other sentence. Reading or
speaking would be very monotonous. To guard against this
eternal sameness the Latins often used an infinitive or a
clause in place of a noun as either the subject or the object
of a verb. In the following pages we shall take up some of
these variations of the subject and the object.
The Infinitive as Subject, with Sum
719. In Paragraph 572 you learned that the Infinitive is
partly a noun and partly a verb. As a noun the infinitive may
be used as the subject of a sentence, especially with the verb
sum. This is true both in Latin and in English. Examine
these English sentences:
1. To see is to believe. 2. To see the sun is pleasant.
In the first sentence to see is an infinitive used as the sub-
ject of the verb which is a part of the verb to be. To believe
is an infinitive used as a predicate noun. In the second sen-
tence to see the sun is the complete subject of the verb is. In
this case the words the sun compose the direct object of the
278
THE SUBJECT
Infinitive. The object of an infinitive stands in the accu-
sative case, unless the verb requires some case other than
the accusative for its object.
720. Compose some English sentences in which the infini-
tive, with and without an object, is used as the subject.
72 1 . Examine these Latin sentences :
i. Videre est credere. To see is to believe.
2. Solem videre bonum est. To see the sun is good.
From these sentences you see that the infinitive may be
used in place of a noun as subject, in Latin as it is in English.
722. Rule. — Infinitive as Subject. — The Infinitive with
or without a subject or object may be used as the subject of a
verb, especially the verb sum.
The Infinitive as Subject of Impersonal Verbs
723. The verb sum as used in the preceding Paragraph is
an Impersonal Verb, but the name impersonal is usually
restricted to a certain class of verbs which occur only in the
third person singular and always have neuter subjects.
Such verbs are called impersonal because they have neuter
(impersonal) subjects. The infinitive or a clause, because
neuter in gender, is often the subject of such neuter verbs.
724. The following impersonal verbs commonly take the
infinitive or a clause as the subject :
licet,
licere,
licuit (licitum es
It),
it is permitted (dat.)
oportet,
oportere,
oportuit,
it is necessary.
decet,
decere,
decuit,
it is jilting.
praestat,
i praestare,
praestitit,
it is better.
constat,
constare,
constitit,
it is agreed.
libet,
libere,
libuit,
it suits (dat.).
placet,
placere,
placuit ( placitum
• 279
est)
,it is pleasing (dat.).
APPLIED LATIN
725. Learn the conjugation of the impersonal verb licet
given in Paragraph 834.
As you have noted from the conjugation of licet these
verbs have but one form, the third person singular, of each
tense. When these verbs have a subject expressed it is
regularly an infinitive either present or perfect.
726. For practice translate the following forms:
Licet, oportebat, constitit, libere, placuit, praestabit.
A Clause as Subject of Impersonal Verbs
727. The following verbs usually take a clause intro-
duced by ut, that, with the subjunctive present or imperfect
as their subjects.
additur and accedit, it is added. accidit, it happens.
restat, it remains. contingit, it happens.
fit, it happens. sequitur, it follows.
728. Rule. — The Infinitive or a Clause as Subject. —
Many impersonal verbs take the infinitive or a clause as their
subjects.
729. Translate: 1. Eadem nocte accidit ut luna esset
plena. 2. Nobis sine maleficio iter per provinciam facere
liceat. 3. Caesarem satis frumenti ad exercitum mittere
oportebit. 4. Patriam amare omnes elves optimos decet.
5 . Gallorum quam Romanorum servitutem perf erre praestat.
6. Nobis ad castra Ire libet neque hanc occasionem negoti
bene gerendi amittere. 7. Plurimas naves in ilium locum
ubi Caesarem primum bellum gesturum esse constabat
celeriter coegerunt. 8. Sequitur ut colles et flumina huius
terrae tibi monstrem. 9. Contigit ut illo die a senatii abessem.
10. Quam ob rem factum est ut bellum in Gallia gereretur.
730. 1 . It is now possible for me to lead my horse to the
280 •
THE OBJECT
bridge. 2. It will be necessary for us to (we must) make
peace. 3. On the same day it happened that the sun shone
with clear light. 4. It happened that Caesar was at Rome
on that day. 5. It is agreed that the enemy will betake
themselves home.
Translation. The Creation of the World
731. Caelum et terram intra sex dies Deus creavit.
Primo die lucem fecit. Secundo die fecit firmamentum, quod
caelum vocavit. Tertio die aquas in unum locum coegit
et e terra plantas et arbores eduxit. Quarto die solem et
limam et Stellas fecit. Qulnto die aves quae volitant in
aere, et pisces qui natant in aquls; sexto die omnia ani-
mantia, postremo hominem fecit; et die septimo quievit.
For unfamiliar words in the translation exercises consult
the general vocabulary.
XLVII. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY
THE GENITIVE IN LATIN
732. The regular case of the direct object of a verb is the
accusative. This is true both in English and in Latin. In
English there are few, if any, exceptions to this rule. In
Latin some verbs, which in English govern an accusative
as object, may be followed by some other case. In Latin a
genitive, dative, or ablative may replace an English accu-
sative.
Latin Verbs that take a Genitive
733. A. Verbs of Memory or Forgetfulness.
memini, meminisse, , to keep in mind remember.
oblivlscor, oblivisci, oblltus sum, to forget.
Memini is a defective verb ; that is, only a few of its forms
281
APPLIED LATIN
exist. Memini, though perfect tense in appearance, is used
as a present; thus, memini means / remember, memineram,
/ was remembering, etc.
734. Examine these sentences:
i. Ciceronis memini. / keep Cicero in mind, I remember
Cicero.
2. Iniuriarum omnium obliviscor. I forget all injuries.
735. B. Impersonal Verbs.
pudet,
pudere,
puduit,
it shames.
piget,
pigere,
piguit,
it grieves.
paenitet,
paenitere,
paenituit,
it repents.
taedet,
taedere,
taeduit,
it bores.
miseret,
miserere,
miseruit,
it pities.
736.' Examine these sentences:
i . Tuarum rerum me miseret. / pity your ajfairs (it pities
me of your affairs) .
2 . Sui sceleris se paenitebit. He will repent his wickedness.
Each of these verbs is impersonal. They are accompanied
by an accusative of the person who feels the emotion indicated
by the verb, and the genitive of the cause of the emotion.
Latin Adjectives followed by the Genitive
737. In like manner there are some Latin adjectives
which are followed by an objective genitive.
plenus, -a, -um, full of. inscius, -a, -um, unconscious of.
particeps, participis, sharing in. memor, memoris, mindful of.
peritus, -a, -um, skilled in. oblitus, -a, -um, forgetful of.
imperitus, -a, -um, unskilled in. expers, expertis, devoid of.
cupidus, -a, -um, desirous of. avidus, -a, -um, desirous of.
738. Translate : i . Omnes gentes antlquarum iniuriarum
meminerint. 2. Calami tatis relpublicae obllvisci non pos-
sum. 3. Galba peritissimus rel mllitaris erat. 4. Me sceleris
nuper fact! paenitet. 5. Omnes carrl qui nunc in ilia via
282
THE OBJECT
manent plenl frumentl sunt. 6. Me scelerum nonnumquam
pudet. 7. Dum nos inter hos elves manebimus consuetudi-
num eorum memores slmus. 8. Roman! praeter omnes
gentes avidi laudis fuerunt. 9. Numquam me amlcitiae
tuae paenitebit. 10. Verborum huius consulis me semper
taedet.
739. 1 . I will remember the words of the leader for many
years. 2. I am disgusted with the story. 3. We do not
praise leaders who are unskilled in military affairs. 4. In
the spring the rivers are full of water. 5. We pity your grief .
Translation. Joseph and His Brethren
740. Iacobus habuit duodecim filios, inter quos erat
Iosephus. Hunc pater prae ceteris amabat, quod senex
eum genuerat. IllI togam textam e fills varii coloris dederat.
Quam ob causam Iosephus erat suls fratribus invlsus, prae-
sertim postquam els duplex somnium narravit, quo futura
eius magnitude portendebatur. Ilium tantopere oderant ut
eum amice loqul non possent. Haec porro erant Iosephi
somnia. "Ligabamus," inquit, "simul manipulos in agro.
Ecce manipulus meus surgebat et rectus stabat. Vestrl
autem manipuli circumstantes meum venerabantur. Postea,
in somnis solem, lunam, et undecim stellas me adorantes
vldl." Fratres igitur el invidebant, et pater rem tacitus con-
slderabat. Quodam die cum fratres Iosephi greges procul
pascerent, ipse doml remanserat. Iacobus eum ad fratres
mlsit. Qui Iosephum venientem videntes consilium illius
occidendl ceperunt. u Ecce," dicebant, u somniator venit.
Occldamus ilium et in puteum proiciamus. Dlcemus patrl,
'fera devoravit Iosephum.'"
283
APPLIED LATIN
XLVIII. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY
THE DATIVE IN LATIN
741. Many verbs in Latin are followed by the dative,
which in English are followed by an accusative.
Consider these examples:
i . I envy the successful general.
2. He pardoned the offenders without exacting any
penalty.
3. The army threatened the fortified town.
In each of these sentences the English verb is followed by
the accusative case. If, however, you will consider what is
meant by the verb, you will see that the direct object is really
included in the verb itself. What appears in English as the
direct object is in reality the indirect object.
"/ envy the general" means I feel envy for the general.
"He pardoned the offenders" means he gave pardon to the
offenders.
"The army threatened the town" means the army made a
threat to the town.
Thus you see why the Latins used the dative after such
verbs. The commonest verbs which take the dative are:
faved (2), to favor. imperd (1), to command.
placed (2), to please. pared (2), to obey.
displiced (2), to displease. resistd (3), to resist.
fidd (3), to trust. repugnd (1), to resist.
diffidd (3), to distrust. invided (2), to envy.
credo (3), to believe. igndscd (3), to pardon.
persuaded (2), to persuade. pared (3), to spare.
noced (2), to harm. servid (4), to serve.
studed (2), to desire. minor (1), to threaten.
Learn the principal parts of these verbs in the general
vocabulary.
284
THE OBJECT
742. In like manner certain Latin adjectives are followed
by the dative. These are :
acceptus, -a, -um, acceptable aequalis, aequale, equal to.
to. idoneus, -a, -um, suitable for.
par, paris, equal to. amicus, -a, -um, friendly to.
dispar, disparis, unequal to. invisus, -a, -um, hateful to.
743. Translate: i. Fortuna fortibus favet. 2. Quam ob
rem el placuit ut ad ducem legatos mitteret. 3. Huic fabulae
libenter credidissem si mihi narrata esset. 4. Hostes nobis
facile nocere non possunt. 5. Num haec dona maxime
accepta Caesarl fuerunt? 6. Haec causa his rebus omnibus
repugnabat quod obses nobilis amicus populo Romano
erat. 7. Si pacem petent nos his sceleribus Ignoscemur.
8. Flnitiml nostrl nobis inimlcl sunt et nostrae virtuti
invident. 9. Legatus cuplditate adductus novls rebus
studebat. 10. Locum pugnando idoneum monstrabant.
744. 1. We believe the words of our friends. 2. Spare
those nations which are friendly to your fatherland. 3.
What commander unskilled in military affairs dares to
issue commands to us? 4. No oration can be found equal to
his courage. 5. The other centurions envied Galba.
Translation. Joseph Sold into Egypt
745. Ruben, qui erat natu maximus fratres a tant5
scelere deterrebat. " Nollte," inquiebat, " puerum inter-
ficere. Est enim frater noster. Demittite eum potius in hanc
foveam." In animo habebat Iosephum ex eorum manibus
llberare et ilium extrahere e fovea atque ad patrem reducere.
His verbis ad mltius consilium deductl sunt. Ubi Iosephus
ad fratres suos pervenit el togam detraxerunt qua indiitus
erat et eum in foveam detriiserunt. Deinde cum conse-
dissent ad sumendum cibum, conspexerunt merca tores qui
285
APPLIED LATIN
Aegyptum cum camells varia aromata portantibus pete-
bant. Ulis in mentem venit Iosephum illls mercatoribus
vender e. Qui Iosephum vigintl nummis argentels emerunt
eumque in Aegyptum duxerunt. Tunc fratres Iosephi
tinxerunt togam eius in sanguine haedi quern occiderant, et
earn ad patrem cum his verbis miserunt: " Invenimus hanc
togam." Quam cum agnovisset, pater exclamavit, "Toga
fllii mel est. Fera pessima Iosephum devoravit." Deinde
vestem scldit. Omnes fllii eius convenerant ut dolorem
patris lenlrent sed Iacobus consolationem accipere noluit
dlxitque, "Ego maerens cum filio meo in sepulchrum de-
scendam."
XLIX. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY TWO
ACCUSATIVES IN LATIN
Two Accusatives in Latin and English
746. Often verbs in both Latin and English are followed
by two objects, each of which is in the accusative case.
Examine these English sentences :
i. They called him king and father of his people.
2. The American voters elected Mr. Wilson President.
3. I appoint you superintendent.
*7A*7. In each of these examples there are two accusatives
following the verb. Such a construction is common after
verbs of electing, choosing, calling, nominating, as :
appello, appellare, appellavi, appellatus, to call, name.
creo, creare, creavi, creatus, to create, elect.
dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, to say, appoint.
nomino, nominare, nominavi, nominatus, to nominate, name.
facio, facere, feci, factus, to make.
duco, ducere, duxi, ductus, to lead, consider.
habed, habere, habui, habitus, to hold, regard.
286
THE OBJECT
748. Rule. — Two Accusatives. — Two nouns in the accu-
sative may be used as the objects of verbs meaning to elect,
choose, call, nominate.
749. Translate: i. Caesarem patrem appellemus. 2.
Cum Galli aliquem regem creavissent, scuto eum sustule-
runt. 3. Tune Ciceronem praetorem nominavistl? 4. Cives
laeti me consulem rursus facient. 5. Quis orationes Gal-
bae egregias ducit?
1. I consider you an enemy of the republic. 2. We will
elect these two men praetors. 3. I was elected king by the
chieftains of Gaul.
Two Accusatives. A Noun and an Infinitive
750. In Paragraph 719 you learned that the infinitive,
being a noun, could be used as a subject or as a predicate
noun. The infinitive is also frequently used as an object.
Study these English sentences:
1. I order you to bring (the bringing of) the book.
2. He forbids them to leave (the leaving of) the table.
In each of these examples the infinitive is used as the
object of the main verb.
751. These Latin verbs are followed by an object Infini-
tive with noun subject.
iubeo,
iubere,
iussi,
iussus,
to order.
veto,
vetare,
vetui,
vetftus,
to forbid.
patior,
pati,
passus sum,
to permit.
cogo,
cogere,
coegi,
coactus,
to compel, force.
Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Iubeo te scutum portare. I bid you carry the shield.
2 . Coegit eos obsides dare. He forced them to give hostages.
This construction is often called the Object Infinitive.
287
APPLIED LATIN
The nouns te and eos are subjects of the infinitives portare
and dare. Remember that the subject of an infinitive
regularly is put in the accusative case. Do not confuse this
construction with the Complementary Infinitive. The
Object Infinitive regularly has a subject; the Complemen-
tary Infinitive has none.
752. Eule. — Object Infinitive. — An infinitive, with sub-
ject in the accusative, may be used after the verbs mentioned in
Paragraph 751 as an object.
753. Translate: 1. Omni spe reditionis sublata, dux eos
trium mensium cibum efferre iussit. 2. Caesar ab opere
singulos legatos discedere vetuerat. 3. Ne eos per nostros
fines Ire patiamur. 4. Suls moribus captivum ex vinculls
dlcere coegerunt. 5. Oppido cap to, Caesar milites praedam
caper e vetuit.
754. 1. Did you order the citizens to elect this man a
praetor? 2. The Romans forced the enemy to send messen-
gers concerning peace. 3. I will not permit you to free this
slave.
Translation. The Birth of Moses
755. Mulier Hebraea f Ilium peperit. Quern cum elegan-
tem videret, servare voluit. Quare eum tribus mensibus
abscondit, sed cum eum diutius occultare non posset, fiscel-
lam scirpeam sumpsit quam bitumine ac pice linivit.
Deinde Infantulum intus posuit et eum inter arundines
rlpae fluminis exposuit. Secum tinam comitem, sororem
pueri, habebat, quam stare procul iussit ut eventum rei
exploraret. Mox filia Pharaonis ad flumen venit ut corpus
ablueret. Fiscellam in arundinibus haerentem prospexit
288
THE OBJECT
unamque e famulabus suls illuc mlsit. Aperta fiscella,
cernens parvulum vagientem, illlus miserata est. " Iste est,"
inquit, " unus ex infantibus Hebrae6rum. ,, Tunc soror
pueri, accedens, "Vlsne," ait, " ut mulierem Hebraeam
accessam quae parvulum nutriat" et matrem vocavit. Cui
filia Pharaonis puerum alendum promissa mercede dedit.
Itaque mater puerum nutrivit et adultum reddidit filiae
Pharaonis quae ilium adoptavit et Mosem, id est, servatum
ab aquls nominavit.
L. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY THE
ABLATIVE IN LATIN
The Ablative after Certain Verbs
756. A number of verbs which in English are followed by
the accusative case in Latin govern an ablative.
Examine these English sentences:
i. They used the skins of animals for clothes.
2. We have enjoyed a long period of prosperity.
3. The barbarians ate all kinds of meat.
In these sentences the objects of the verbs are in the
accusative case. In Latin these same verbs are followed by
the ablative case.
757.
utor,
uti,
usus sum,
to use.
fruor,
frui,
fructus sum,
to enjoy.
fungor,
fungi,
functus sum,
to do one's duty, perform.
potior,
potiri,
potitus sum,
to seize, to get possession of.
vescor,
vesci,
>
to eat.
758. Rule. — The Deponent verbs utor, fruor, fungor,
potior, vescor, and their compounds are followed by the abla-
tive case.
19 289
APPLIED LATIN
The Ablative after Certain Adjectives
759. Certain Latin adjectives govern the ablative case.
dignus, -a, -urn, worthy. indignus, -a, -um, unworthy.
contentus, -a, -um, content with, fretus, -a, -um, relying on.
praeditus, -a, -um, endowed with.
760. Translate: i. Galli eodem consilio usi sua oppida
aedificiaque omnia incenderunt. 2. Eos quos laude dlgnos
ducimus semper laudemus. 3. Si vos libertate content!
fuissetis, numquam regem ex aliena gente creavissetis. 4.
Omnibus in vita rebus fruuntur una cum els quorum se
amicitiae dederunt. 5. Freti virtu te eastern's hostium
celeriter potiamur. 6. Poetae sunt homines arte egregia,
fabularum dlcendarum praeditl.
761. 1. While we are in the country let us enjoy all the
flowers. 2. Be content with small things. 3. The inhabi-
tants of this island used lead and gold. 4. When Galba
seized a town he forbade the soldiers to injure the towns-
people.
Translation. Crossing the Red Sea
762. Post paucos dies multitudo Hebraeorum ad lltus
maris rubrl pervenit ibique castra posuit. Brevi tempore
regem paenituit quod tot mllia hominum dimisisset et
ingenti exercitu collecto eos persectitus est. Hebrael cum
vldissent ex una parte se marl interclusos esse, ex altera
parte Pharaonem cum omnibus copils Instare magno timore
correptl sunt. Tunc Deus Mosi: " Protende," inquit,
" dexteram tuam in mare et divide aquas ut illae Hebraeis
gradientibus iter siccum praebeant." Fecit Moses quod
iusserat Deus. Cum manum super mare extensam teneret
aquae divisae sunt, et intumescentes hinc et inde pendebant.
290
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
Flavit etiam ventus vehemens quo alveus exsiccatus est.
Tunc Hebrael in mare siccum ingressl sunt : Erat enim aqua
tamquam murus a dextra eorum et laeva. Rex quoque
Aegyptius Hebraeos gradientes Insecutus mare qua patebat
cum universo exercitu ingredl non dubitavit. Cum Aegyptil
in medio marl progrederentur Dominus eorum currus sub-
vertit et equites deiecit. Metu percussl Aegyptil fugere
coeperunt at Deus MosI dixit, " Extende rursus dextram
in mare ut aquae in locum suum revertantur." Paruit Moses
et statim aquae refluentes Aegyptios et eorum currus et
equites obruerunt. Uni versus exercitus Pharaonis in mediis
fluctibus deletus est nee unus nuntius tantae cladis super-
fuit.
LI. THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
A. Clauses of Purpose
763. In the preceding Paragraphs you have seen that
certain cases other than the accusative are employed in
Latin to translate expressions which in English appear
as the direct object of the verb. In Paragraph 572 you
found that the infinitive could be used as the subject or the
object of a verb. These cases are sufficient to show that
Latin does not follow unvaryingly the normal structure of noun
{subject), verb {predicate), and noun {object). We must now
take up some examples of the direct object replaced by a
clause (noun clause).
The Object Clause of Purpose
764. Examine these English sentences:
1. I advise him to act {that he act) as mediator.
291
APPLIED LATIN
2. Caesar persuades Galba to send {that he send) aid.
3. Cicero urged Catiline to depart (that he should depart).
In each of these sentences the part in italics composes a
Clause. These clauses are noun clauses because they take
the place of a single noun, as in 1, his acting as mediator, in
2, the despatch of aid, in 3, Catiline's departure. If you
will consider these noun clauses accurately you will see that
in each case the clause represents something which would
naturally take place in the future. Object clauses of this
kind include also an idea of purpose or expectation. They
are consequently Object Clauses of Purpose. They are
introduced by the regular purpose particles ut (affirmative)
and ne (negative), and are followed by the present or im-
perfect subjunctive according to Sequence.
765. Object Clauses of Purpose often follow these verbs :
moneo, monere, monui, monitus, to advise, warn
(ace.)*
mando, mandare, mandavi, mandatus, to enjoin, command
(dat.).
hortor, hortari, hortatus sum, to urge (ace).
impetro, impetrare, impetravi, impetratus, to gain a request
(a(&b)withabl.).
persuaded, persuadere, persuasi, persuasus, to persuade (dat.).
permitto, permittere, permisl, permissus, to permit (dat.).
impero, imperare, imperavi, imperatus, to command (dat.).
oro, orare, orayi, oratus, to plead (ace).
peto, petere, petivi, petitus, to seek (a (ab) with
abl).
rogd, rogare, rogavi, rogatus, to ask (ace).
* These verbs are accompanied by a dative, accusative or
ablative of the person directly affected. The subjunctive
mood in the present and imperfect tenses is employed in
object clauses of purpose as in the ordinary clause of purpose.
292
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
766. Rule. — Object clauses of purpose take the present
and imperfect subjunctive introduced by ut, that {affirmative),
ne, that not {negative).
767. Translate: i. Caesar legatum monuit ut omnes
centuriones a legione discedere vetaret. 2. Huic mando ut,
omnibus rebus vlsls, ad me celerrime revertatur. 3. Gallo
cuidam persuasum est ut ad hostes translret. 4. Mllites
longiore oratione cohortatus ne animo perturbarentur proell
committendl slgnum dedit. 5. A flnitimis suls impetra-
verunt ut per fines obsides Ire paterentur. 6. His explora-
toribus imperavit ut omnes clvitates adlrent et hortarentur
ut populi RomanI fidem sequerentur. 7. Galll petuntur
sibi concilium totlus Galliae in diem certum vocare liceat.
8. His mllitibus permittamus ut oppido potiantur. 9. Eo
tempore oravit ne quid Caesar gravius in fratrem statueret.
10. Cum rogarent ut eius voluntate sibi iter facere liceret
impetraverunt.
768. 1. I urge you not to send aid to our enemies. 2.
Who warned Caesar to fear the consuls at Rome? 3. We
will order these men to send grain to the city. 4. He asked
his brother not to lead the cavalry. 5. They sought the
right to occupy the plain.
Translation. The Birth of Samson
769. Cum Hebrael in potestate Philistaeorum et ab illis
affllgerentur, Samson, futurus ultor hostium, natus est. Puer
crevit; intonsam habuit barbam. Incredibili corporis
robore fuit. Obvium leonem mami interfecit.
Samson adultus Philistaeos multls cladibus affecit. Cepit
trecentas vulpes quarum caudls accensas lampades alligavit
et in hostium agros immlsit. Tunc forte messis matura erat;
293
APPLIED LATIN
ita facile incendium fuit. Omnes segetes vineae et oleae
exustae sunt; nee inimlcam gentem varus incommodls
vexare destitit. Traditus Philistaeis rupit vincula quibus
constrictus erat; et maxilla aslnl arrepta hoc telo quod
casus dederat, mllle hostium prostravit.
Quodam die Samson urbem Philistaeorum ingressus est,
ibique pernoctaturus videbatur. Philistaei occasionem cap-
tantes portas obserari iusserunt ne quis exlret. Per totam
noctem silentes expectabant ut Samsonem mane exeuntem
interficerent. At Samson media nocte surrexit, et ad portam
urbis venit quam cum clausam invenisset humerls cum posti-
bus et serls sustulit atque in verticem montis vicini portavit.
Tandem Philistaei qui Samsonem comprehendere non
potuerant illius uxorem pecunia corriiperunt ut ea virum
proderet. Mulier viro persuasit ut sibi causam tantae vir-
tutis indicaret; et ubi vires sclvit eius in capillis sitas
esse, caput dormientis totondit atque ita eum Philistaeis
tradidit. IllI effosls oculis vinctum in carcerem deiecerunt
dhlque ludibrio habuerunt. Sed spatio temporis crinis
acclsus crescere et cum crlne virtus redire coepit; iamque
Samson recepti roboris conscius iustae ultionis tempus
opperiebatur.
Erat Philistaeis mos, cum dies festos agerent, Samsonem
prodiicere quasi in pompam publicam capt que Insultare.
Die quodam cum publ cum convlvium celebraretur Sam-
sonem adducl iubent. Domus in qua omnis populus et
principes Philistaeorum epulabantur subnlxa erat duabus
columnis mirae magnitudinis. Samson adductus inter col-
294
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
umnas statuitur. Turn ille occasione utens columnas con-
cussit et turba omnis rulna domus obruta est simulque
Samson ipse cum hostibus non inultus occubuit.
Quiz. — How many words in Paragraph 803 can you ex-
plain and use?
B. Clauses of Fearing
770. Just as there are object clauses after certain verbs
which express the purpose or intention of the verb, so there
are noun clauses following verbs and other expressions
which involve the idea of Fearing. In such an English sen-
tence as this : We fear (that the enemy may make an attack)
the part enclosed in the parenthesis, though an entire clause,
is really the direct object of the verb fear. This whole clause
could have been expressed by a single noun. For instance,
what we really feared was a fear, thus, we fear (a fear). If,
however, any one were to speak thus without telling at the
same time what his fear was, no one would pay much atten-
tion to the utterance. Consequently it is necessary always
to enlarge upon the idea which would be contained in the
noun fear. From this comes the origin of the object clause
of fearing. Such a clause being in reality the enlargement
of a single noun is called a noun clause.
771. Object Clauses of Fearing follow these Latin verbs:
timed, timere, timui, to fear.
vereor, vereri, veritus sum, to fear.
metuo, metuere, metui, to fear.
772. Examine these Latin sentences:
1 . Veremur ne hostes impet um faciant.
We fear that the enemy will make an attack.
295
APPLIED LATIN
2 . Veremur ut hostes impetum f aciant.
We fear that the enemy will not make an attack.
The underscored words in each case compose an Object
Clause of Fearing. Notice that these clauses are introduced
by the particles ne and ut. In such clauses the word ne
introduces a clause expressing a positive fear; the word ut
a negative fear. In the other uses of ut and ne you have ob-
served that ut has introduced affirmative statements, ne,
negative. In fearing clauses these words have a reverse sig-
nification. You may feel some uncertainty about being able
to tell the difference between the clauses which employ
ut and ne. Always note carefully the verb which precedes
the clause. The verbs of fearing, vereor, timeo, etc., will
always serve as a signal, a veritable red flag, to prepare you
for the approach of an object clause of fearing.
773. Rule. — Object clauses following verbs or other ex-
pressions of fearing take their verbs in the subjunctive, intro-
duced by the particles ne {affirmative) and ut {negative). The
tenses of the Subjunctive used follow the regular rule for
Sequence.
774. Translate : i . Vereor ne dux suum exercitum trans
flumen tradiicat. 2. Timebat ut milites iter facerent. 3.
Quis veritur ne obsides fugiant? 4. Verentur ne vulnera
multa a sociis suls accepta sint. 5. Itaque veritus ut oppi-
dum capl posset Caesar impetu. destitit. 6. Timeo ne Galba
milites obsides interficere iusserit. 7. Metuebat ut acies in
loco ptignando idoneo Instructa esset. 8. Verebatur ut nos
legatos de pace ad se mitteremus. 9. Timeo ut tibi haec dona
dare possim. 10. Metuebamus ne castra ab ils viderentur.
296
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
775. i. I fear that he will command the soldiers to cross
the river. 2. Who fears that the sun will not shine to-day?
3. They feared that they would not have sufficient grain.
4. Having feared that the enemy would flee without a battle
Caesar ordered his cavalry to hasten. 5. I fear that you
will not praise my poems.
Translation. David and Goliath
776. Secutum est bellum cum Philistaels. Cum acies in
conspectti essent, Philistaeus quldam, nomine Goliathus,
vir mlrae magnitudinis, ante ordines progressus est et unum
ex Hebraels ad singulare certamen saepe provocabat.
Lorica squamata induitur. Ocreas in cruribus aereas habe-
bat ; cassis aerea caput eius operiebat et clipeus aereus
humeros tegebat. Turn Saul magna praemia et filiae niiptias
el promisit qui provocantis spolia retulisset. At nemo
contra ilium exlre audebat et Goliathus suam Hebraels
ignaviam cum irrlsu ac ludibrio exprobrabat. David Igno-
minia popull sul commotus se sponte ad piignandum obtulit.
Itaque adductus est ad Saulem qui eius aetate conslderata
ptignae diffidebat. " Non poteris," inquit, " adolescentulus
cum viro robustissimo pugnare." Respondit David, a N6lI
timere, O rex. Cum oves patris mel pascerem leo gregem
invasit ovemque corripuit. Ego ilium persecutus occidl
et ovem e faucibus illlus eripul. Ursum pariter interfeci.
Deus qui me a leone et urso defendit me quoque a Philistaeo
isto defendet." Turn Saul, " Abl," inquit, "cum ista
flducia Deus te adiuvet."
Saul ipse sua iuvenl arma accomodare voluit. Galeam
297
APPLIED LATIN
capitl eius imposuit, lorica pectus circumtexit, latus gladio
accinxit. David vero iis impeditus armls quibus non erat
assuetus vix incedere poterat. Quare onus incommodum
deposuit. Sumpsit autem pedum pastorale quo uti con-
sueverat et fundam cum qulnque lapidibus in sacculo. Sic
armatus adversus Philistaeum processit. Accedebat ex
adverso Goliathus qui viso adolescente, " Num," inquit,
" me canem esse putas qui me cum baculo adgrediaris? "
Cui David respondit, " Tu venis ad me cum gladio et hasta
et clipeo, ego autem venio in nomine Domini exercituum
quern probrls lacessere ausus es." Tunc lapide funda
misso, Philistaeum in fronte percussit et hum! prostravit
currensque suum iacenti gladium detraxit quo caput ill!
praecidit. Ea re perculsi Philistaei in fugam vers! sunt et
victoriam Hebraeis concesserunt.
Quiz. — How many words in Paragraphs 804, 805, can you
explain and use?
C. Indirect Questions
777. Look back for a moment to Paragraphs 258-260.
In those paragraphs you learned to distinguish the Interrog-
ative sentence: that is, the sentence which asks a question.
The particles ne, nonne, num, served then to indicate this
type of sentence. You had no difficulty in recognizing a
direct question because of the presence of these words.
Sometimes it becomes necessary to repeat a question which
has already been asked. Repeated questions are called
Indirect Questions.
Examine these English sentences:
298
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
i. Mr. Jones to Mr. Smith: "Hello! Smith, what do
you think of the war?"
2. Mr. Smith later to Mr. Brown: " Jones asked me to-
day what I thought of the war"
In the first sentence Mr. Jones put a direct question to
Mr. Smith; in the second Mr. Smith repeated the question
indirectly to Mr. Brown. The words " What I thought of
the war" compose an Indirect Question. Notice that in
English the direct question is followed by a mark of inter-
rogation, the indirect question merely by a period. An
indirect question is really a noun clause in that it takes the
place of a single noun. This will be apparent if you supply
instead of the clause " What I thought of the war " the word
question.
778. How are you to recognize the noun clause contain-
ing an indirect question? In the first place indirect ques-
tions can be recognized by the fact that they are always
introduced by an interrogative word. The most frequent
introductory words are:
quis, quid, who, what. cur, why.
qui, quae, quod, who, which, what, utrum, whether, an, or.
qualis, quale, what sort of. sive . . . sive, whether . . . or.
quantus, -a, -um, how much. si, if, whether.
quando, when. num, whether.
In the second place the nature of the verb upon which the
indirect question depends is an indication of the kind of
clause to be expected. Indirect questions usually follow (i)
verbs which themselves ask a question, as —
quaero quaerere, quaesivi, quaesitus, to ask (a (ab) with abl.).
rogo, rogare, rogavi, rogatus, to ask {ace).
posco, poscere, poposci, to demand (a. {ah) with abl.).
299
APPLIED LATIN
(2) verbs which mean to consider, deliberate, wonder, as-
certain, and doubt. With each of these verbs there is an
idea of interrogation implied.
cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, to know.
constituo, constituere, cdnstitui, constitutes, to determine.
exspecto, exspectare, exspectavi, exspectatus, to expect, await.
intellego, intellegere, intellexi, intellectus, to understand.
779. Examine these sentences:
1. I ask what he is doing. Rogo quid faciat.
2. I asked what he was doing. Rogavi quid faceret.
3. I asked what he had done. Rogavi quid fecisset.
4. I asked whether he was victorious or was defeated.
Rogavi utrum vinceret an vinceretur.
In these sentences notice first that the verb in the indirect
question is in the subjunctive ; second, that the tense of
the subjunctive used depends upon the regular rule for the
sequence of tenses ; and third, that the clause is, in each case,
introduced by an interrogative word. In the fourth sen-
tence there is an example of the double indirect question.
In such a sentence there are two interrogative clauses,
each introduced by an interrogative word, the first by
utrum {whether), the second by an, or. Two other words
similarly used are :
sive . . . sive, whether . . . or
780. Rule. — Indirect questions regularly have their verbs
in the subjunctive mood and their tenses follow the rule for
the sequence of tenses.
781. Translate: 1. Rogavi cur mea carmina laudavisset.
2. Quaero unde milites frumentum porta verint. 3. Popo-
scerunt a captlvis quantae copiae hostibus essent. 4. Ro-
300
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
gavimus utrum illl amid an inimlcl essent. 5. Non scivistis
slve exercitus vlcisset slve victus esset. 6. Cognoscere volul
quanto in periculo urbs esset. 7. Constituere non possum
num equitatus hodie Romam perveniat. 8. Hostes exspec-
tabant si nostri hanc paliidem translrent. 9. Intellegere
volumus quales copiae missae sint. 10. Nuntius qui missus
erat nobis narravit quae res factae essent.
782. 1. I do not know whose horse this is. 2. Ask the
captives from what direction the enemy have come. 3.
We waited (to see) if the cavalry would cross the marsh.
4. Let us ask what has been done. 5. He could not deter-
mine who had taken the gold.
Translation. David and Absalom
783. Absolon, fllius Davidis, paternum regnum affec-
tavit. Multitudine imperita concitata adversus patrem
rebellavit. Id ubi cognovit, David excessit Hierosolyma
veritus ne, si ibi remaneret, Absolon cum exercitu veniens
urbem regiam obsideret, eamque ferro et Igni vastaret.
Absolon, profecto patre, Hierosolymam ingressus est, ibique
aliquamdiu moratus est; quae res sahitl DavidI fuit; nam
interim David copias collegit seque ad bellum comparavit.
lam aderat Absolon cum exercitu et proelium mox erat
committendum : Sul comites regl suaserunt ne certaminl
interesset. Quapropter David Ioabum suls copiis praefecit
seque in urbem vlclnam contuHt. Abiens autem Ioabo
ceterlsque ducibus praecepit, ut AbsolonI parcerent sibique
fllium incolumem servarent.
Acriter utrimque pugnatum est: sed Deo favente victoria
penes Davidem fuit. Terga verterunt Absolonis mllites e
301
APPLIED LATIN
quibus vlginti duo mllia ceciderunt. Absolon fugiens mulo
Insldebat. Erat autem promisso et denso capillo. Dum
praecipitl cursu subter densam quercum fertur, coma eius
ramis implicata est, et ipse suspensus adhaesit, mulo in-
terim praetereunte et cursum pergente.
Stabat interea David ad portam urbis, expectans even-
turn pugnae et maxime de filii salute sollicitus. Cum
eventus proeli ill! nuntiatus esset, Absolone interfecto, non
modo non laetatus est de victoria sed maximum quoque
dolorem ex morte filii cepit. Inambulabat in cenaculo
maerens, et in has voces identidem erumpens: " Fill mi,*
Absolon, Absolon, fill mi; utinam pro te moriar, Absolon,
fill mi, fill mi, Absolon."
Quiz. — How many words in Paragraphs 806, 807, can you
explain and use?
D. Indirect Statements in English and Latin
784. In the preceding paragraphs you have seen that the
direct object in English (a noun in the accusative) may be
replaced in Latin by other cases and other constructions in
accordance with the nature of the Latin verb with which
it is associated. The verb, then, is the important word.
Verbs of fearing took an object clause, verbs of interrogation
took an indirect question clause, etc. In like manner verbs
of saying and thinking often take an object clause expressed
by the accusative and the infinitive in English and in Latin.
785. A. Examine these English sentences :
* Vocative singular of filius meus.
302
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
i. I believe him to be an honest man.
2. We know them to be men of ability.
3. Who thinks that all he hears is true.
4. I perceive that the opinions of men differ.
Each of these sentences contains a statement put indi-
rectly. This construction is called Indirect Discourse. It
is common after verbs of saying and thinking in English
and Latin. The accusative and the infinitive compose a
noun clause. Let us examine this noun clause a little more
closely.
Suppose that to-day you were thinking as follows: The
day will be cloudy. If to-morrow you should wish to repeat
the thought of to-day, you would say, Yesterday I thought
the day would be cloudy. The words the day would be cloudy
are really the direct object of the verb thought. They re-
place the single noun thought contained in the verb itself.
Yesterday I thought a thought (that the day would be cloudy).
Since this construction really replaces a noun it is a noun
clause.
786. Construct some sentences containing Indirect state-
ments (noun clauses) after the verbs to say, think, know,
perceive.
787. B. Examine these Latin sentences:
1. Servus clamat. The slave is shouting. Present Time.
In direct discourse after a primary tense (pres., fut., or
fut. perf.) this sentence would be:
dfcrf, Iservumclamare. He [will say } Routine™ *
dixerit, J [ will have said J **
303
APPLIED LATIN
After a secondary tense it would be:
f^ 1 ,- - tj \ w % sayin Z I that the slave was
dixit, servum clamare. He said ^
dixerat, J I had said J a
2. Servus clamabat. The slave was shouting. Past Time.
In indirect discourse, after a primary tense, this sen-
tence would be: elicit (dicet, dixerit) servum clamavisse.
He says {will say, will have said) that the slave was shouting.
After a secondary tense it would be: dicebat (dixit,
dixerat) servum clamavisse. He was saying (said, had said)
that the slave was shouting.
3. Servus clamabit. The slave will shout. Future Time.
In indirect discourse, after a primary tense, this sentence
would be: dicit (dicet, dixerit) servum clamaturum esse.
He says (will say, will have said) that the slave will shout.
After a secondary tense it would be: dicebat (dixit,
dixerat) servum clamaturum esse. He was saying (said,
had said) that the slave would shout.
From these sentences you see that the tense of the infinitive
in Indirect discourse is the same as the tense of the main verb
used in the direct statement; present, if the direct statement was
in present time; perfect, if it was in past time; future, if it was
in future time. To determine what tense of the infinitive
to use be sure to turn the indirect statement back to its
direct form. Then use the tense of the infinitive which re-
produces the time (present, past, or future) of the original
direct statement.
788. Rule. — Indirect Discourse. — After verbs of saying
and thinking a quoted statement is put in the infinitive with
3°4
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
subject in the accusative. The tense of the infinitive is present,
perfect, or future according to the time, present, past, or future,
in which the direct statement was made. The subject must al-
ways be expressed.
If the subject of the indirect discourse infinitive is the same
as the subject of the verb of saying, the reflexive pronouns me,
te, se, nos, vos, se must be used as the subject of the infinitive.
i. Died me aquam videre. / say that I see the water.
2. Dixit se aquam videre. He says that he sees the water.
If the subject of the infinitive is a person other than the
subject of the verb of saying, eum or ilium (not me, te, se,
etc.), should be used to show the contrast. Servus elicit
eum aquam videre. The slave says that he {someone not the
slave) sees the water.
If the original direct statement contained a verb in the
passive voice the tense of the passive infinitive indicated by
the time of the verb of the direct statement must be used.
789. The commonest verbs of saying, thinking, knowing,
perceiving, in Latin are:
died, dicere, dm, dictus, to say.
scio, scire, scivi, scitus, to know.
puto, putare, putavi, putatus, to think.
sentio, sentire, sensi, sensus, to perceive.
Other verbs followed by the same construction are:
arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus sum, to think.
nuntio, nuntiare, nuntiavi, nuntiatus, to announce.
nego, negare, negavi, negatus, to deny.
responded, respondere, respond!, responsus, to reply.
exlstimo, existimare, existimavi, existimatus, to think.
cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, to learn.
audio, audire, audivi, auditus, to hear.
video, videre, vidi, visus, to see.
intellego, intellegere, intellexi, intellectus, to understand.
20 305
APPLIED LATIN
790. Translate: i. Dlcimus nos venturos esse. 2. Nonne
scivisti hostes profugisse? 3. Arbitramur haec carmina
optima esse. 4. Nuntius, cum Galbam montem cepisse re-
spondisset, abiit. 5. Omnes conclamaverunt cum temp-
lum ornatum esse audivissent. 6. Non negavl orationem
illo die habitam esse. 7. Cum intellexissent Caesarem in
Italiam prof ec turn esse hostes domum se receperunt. 8.
Puto me iter per hanc provinciam facturum esse. 9. Num
dixit se coronam Caesarl dare voluisse? 10. Sentio omnes
elves libertatem amare.
791. 1. Did you not know that you were in great peril?
2. They thought that the town had been taken. 3. We hear
that Galba has crossed the river. 4. Who replied that
Caesar had a crown? 5. Did you say that the enemy would
set out early in the morning?
Translation. The Judgment of Solomon
792. Duae mulieres in eadem domo habitabant. Utraque
eodem tempore puerum peperit. Unus ex his puerulis post
diem tertium nocte mortuus est. Mater puerum alterius
mulieris dormientis subripuit et in huius loco fllium suum
mortuum supposuit. Orta inter duas mulieres gravi alter-
catione, res ad Solomonem delata est. Difficilis erat atque
perobscura quaestio, cum ntillus testis esset. Rex autem ut
exploraret latentem veritatem, " Dividatur," inquit, " puer
de quo controversia est, et pars una tini mulieri, altera
alter! detur." Iudicio assensit falsa mater, altera vero ex-
clama\it, "Noli," quaeso, "puerum occidere, O Rex. Ista
totum habeat." Turn rex ait, "Res est manifesta. Haec
vere est mater pueri." Et huic ilium adiudicavit.
306
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
Quiz. — How many words in Paragraphs 808, 809, can you
explain and use?
E. Dependent Clauses in Indirect Statements
793. In the preceding paragraphs you learned that the
infinitive (with subject accusative) is used as the direct
object of verbs of saying, thinking, knowing, and perceiving.
When a Simple or a Compound sentence is to be transferred
from the direct to the indirect discourse this construction
is not difficult. If, however, the direct statement is a Com-
plex sentence (one containing dependent clauses), trans-
ference is a little troublesome because the form which the
dependent clause will take in the indirect statement is
affected by the rule for sequence of tenses.
794. A. Examine this English sentence:
The men, who are defending the town, are brave.
If this is to be put into indirect discourse following a
primary tense its form would be : Caesar says that the men
who are defending the town, are brave.
After a secondary tense it would be : Caesar said that the
men who were defending the town, were brave.
In the first sentence both the tenses of the infinitive and
the dependent verb are the same as they were in the direct
statement. In the second sentence both the infinitive and
the dependent verb change to past tenses because of the
time of the main verb. In English, then, after secondary
tenses one has to be very careful to maintain the correct sequence.
795. Compose some sentences in direct discourse in
307
APPLIED LATIN
English and change them to the indirect discourse after
both primary and secondary tenses.
796. B. The same situation arises in Latin in connection
with the translation of complex sentences. Examine the
following Latin sentences:
Direct
i. Viri qui oppidum defendunt fortes sunt.
The men who are defending the town are brave.
Indirect
2. Caesar dicit viros qui oppidum defendant fortes esse.
Caesar says that the men who are defending the town are
brave.
3. Caesar dixit viros qui oppidum defenderent fortes esse.
Caesar said that the men who were defending the town were
brave.
797. In Indirect discourse after a primary tense the verb
of the dependent clause is put in the subjunctive mood in
the present or perfect tense. If the infinitive of the indirect
discourse, even after a primary tense, is perfect, the depen-
dent verb is put in the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive.
In Indirect discourse after a secondary tense the verb of
the dependent clause is put into the subjunctive imperfect
or pluperfect. Cf. sentence 3, H796.
798. Rule. — Dependent clauses in Indirect discourse
regularly take their verbs in the subjunctive. If both the verb
of saying and the infinitive are primary tenses, the verb of the
dependent clause will be in the present or the perfect sub-
308
THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES
junctive. If either the verb of saying or the infinitive is a
secondary tense, the verb of the dependent clause will be in the
imperfect or the pluperfect subjunctive.
799. Translate: i. Dlcit montem quern a Galba occu-
parl voluerit ab hostibus tenerl. 2. ArbitratI sunt illos
qui montem occupavissent mansuros esse. 3. Caesar negat
se expulisse Gallos qui ea loca incolerent. 4. Caesar negat
se expellere Gallos qui ea loca incolant. 5. Caesar negavit se
expulsurum esse Gallos qui ea loca incolerent. 6. Galll
putaverunt prlncipes, quod intellegerent quantam calami-
tatam clvitatl intulissent, in Britanniam profugisse. 7.
Nunc video nullum subsidium fuisse quod submittl posset.
8. Hostes dlxerunt se ex hominum mllibus LX vix ad quln-
gentos qui arma ferre possent redactos esse. 9. Caesar
dixit se id quod antea fecisset facturum esse. 10. Cogno-
vimus hostes agros quos armls possedissent tenere voluisse.
800. 1. Galba thinks that the soldiers who have occupied
the mountain are brave. 2. I perceive that the slaves fled
because they were severely punished. 3. They heard that
the enemy would cross the bridge which had recently been
made. 4. I deny that I praised the oration which was de-
livered by Cicero. 5. Who thought that the townspeople
would seek peace after the town had been taken?
Translation. Joshua Stops the Sun
801. Reges coniunctls vlribus progressl sunt ad versus
Hebraeos. At Deus dixit " Iosue; noli timere eos; tua erit
victoria." Iosue igitur magno impetu illos adortus est; qui
subita formldine correptl fugerunt. Cum autem dies in
vesperum incllnaret, re nondum confecta, Iosue iussit solem
consistere et vero stetit sol et diem produxit donee hostium
exercitus deletus fuisset.
309
APPLIED LATIN
Quiz. — How many words in Paragraph 810 can you ex-
plain and use?
LII. SELECTION FOR TRANSLATION
Caesar. Gallic War. Book I, Chapters i-8
802. 1. Gallia est omnis dlvlsa in partes tres; quarum
unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam qui ipsorum
lingua Celtae, nostra Galli appellantur. Hi omnes lingua,
Institutls, legibus inter se differunt. Gallos ab Aqultanis
Garumna flumen, a Belgis Matrona et Sequana dividit.
Horum omnium fortissiml sunt Belgae, propterea quod a
cultii atque humanitate provinciae longissime absunt, mini-
meque ad eos mercatores saepe commeant atque ea quae
ad effeminandos animos pertinent important; proximique
sunt Germanis qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum con-
tinenter bellum gerunt. Qua de causa Helvetil quoque
reliquos Gallos virtute praecedunt, quod fere cotldianis
proelils cum Germanis contendunt, cum aut suls finibus eos
prohibent aut ipsl in eorum finibus bellum gerunt.
Eorum una pars, quam Gallos obtinere dictum est, ini-
tium capit a flumine Rhodano ; continetur Garumna flumine,
Oceano, finibus Belgarum; attingit etiam ab Sequanls et
Helvetils flumen Rhenum ; vergit ad septentriones. Belgae
ab extremis Galliae finibus oriuntur; pertinent ad Inferio-
rem partem fluminis RhenI; spectant in septentrionem et
orientem solem. Aqultania a Garumna flumine ad Pyre-
naeos montes et earn partem OceanI quae est ad Hispaniam
pertinent; spectat inter occasum solis et septentriones.
310
SELECTION FOR TRANSLATION
2. Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus fuit et dltissimus
Orgetorlx. Is, M. Messala et M. Plsone consulibus, regnl
cupiditate inductus coniurationem nobilitatis fecit, et clvi-
tati persuasit ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copils exlrent :
perfacile esse, cum virtute omnibus praestarent, totlus
Galliae imperio potlrl.
Id hoc facilius els persuasit, quod undique loci natiira
Helvetil continentur : una ex parte rlumine Rheno latissimo
atque altissimo, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanls dlvidit;
altera ex parte monte Iura altissimo, qui est inter Sequanos
et Helvetios; tertia, lacu Lemanno et rlumine Rhodano, qui
provinciam nostram ab Helvetils dlvidit.
His rebus flebat ut et minus late vagarentur et minus
facile flnitimlsbellumlnferrepossent; qua ex parte homines
bellandl cupidl magno dolore adficiebantur. Pro multitu-
dine autem hominum et pro gloria belli atque fortitudinis,
angustos se fines habere arbitrabantur, qui in longitudinem
mllia passuum CCXL, in latitudinem CLXXX patebant.
3. His rebus adductl et auctoritate Orgetorigis permotl
constituerunt ea quae ad proficlscendum pertinerent compa-
rare, iumentorum et carrorum quam maximum numerum
coemere, sementes quam maximas facere, ut in itinere copia
friimentl suppeteret, cum proximls clvitatibus pacem et
amlcitiam conflrmare. Ad eas res conficiendas biennium
sibi satis esse duxerunt; in tertium annum profectionem
lege conflrmant.
Ad eas res conficiendas Orgetorlx deligitur. Is sibi lega-
tionem ad clvitates suscepit. In eo itinere persuadet Castico,
3ii
APPLIED LATIN
Catamantaloedis fllio, Sequano, cuius pater regnum in
Sequanis multos annos obtinuerat et a senatu populi
RomanI amicus appellatus erat, ut regnum in civitate sua
occuparet, quod pater ante habuerat; itemque Dumnorlgl
Haeduo, fratri DlviciacI, qui eo tempore prlncipatum in civi-
tate obtinebat ac maxime plebl acceptus erat, ut idem cona-
retur persuadet, elque filiam suam in matrimonium dat.
Perfacile factii esse illls probat conata perficere, propterea
quod ipse suae clvitatis imperium obtentiirus esset; non
esse dubium quin totlus Galliae plurimum Helvetii possent;
se suis copiis suoque exercitu illls regna conciliatiirum con-
firmat. Hac oratione adductl inter se fidem et ius iurandum
dant et regno occupato per tres potentissimos ac firmis-
simos populos totlus Galliae sese potiri posse sperant.
4. Ea res est Helvetiis per indicium enuntiata. Moribus
suis Orgetorlgem ex vinculis causam dlcere coegerunt;
damnatum poenam sequi oportebat, ut Ignl cremaretur.
Die constituta causae dictionis Orgetorix ad iudicium
omnem suam familiam, ad hominum milia decern, undique
coegit, et omnes clientes obaeratosque suos, quorum mag-
num numerum habebat, eodem conduxit; per eos, ne
causam dlceret, se eripuit. Cum civitas ob earn rem incitata
armls ius suum exsequi conaretur, multitiidinemque homi-
num ex agris magistrates cogerent, Orgetorix mortuus est;
neque abest suspiclo, ut Helvetii arbitrantur, quin ipse sibi
mortem consciverit.
5. Post eius mortem nihilo minus Helvetii id quod
constituerant facere conantur, ut e finibus suis exeant.
312
SELECTION FOR TRANSLATION
Ubi iam se ad earn rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida
sua omnia, numero ad duodecim, vlcos ad quadringentos,
reliqua prlvata aedificia incendunt; frumentum omne,
praeter quod secum porta turl erant, comburunt, ut, domum
reditionis spe sublata, paratiores ad omnia perlcula sub-
eunda essent; trium mensium molita cibaria sibi quemque
domo efferre iubent. Persuadent Rauracls et Tulingls et Lato-
brlgls, flnitimls, utl eodem usl consilio, oppidls suls viclsque
exustls, una cum els proficlscantur; Boiosque, qui trans
Rhenum incoluerant et in agrum Noricum transierant Nore-
iamque oppiignaverant, receptos ad se socios sibi adsclscunt.
6. Erant omnino itinera duo quibus itineribus domo
exlre possent: unum per Sequanos, angustum et difficile,
inter montem Iuram et fliimen Rhodanum, vix qua singull
cam diicerentur; mons autem altissimus impendebat, ut
facile perpauci prohibere possent: alterum per provinciam
nostram, multo facilius atque expedltius, propterea quod
inter fines Helvetiorum et Allobrogum, qui nuper pacatl
erant, Rhodanus fluit, isque non nullls locls vado transltur.
Extremum oppidum Allobrogum est proximumque Helve-
tiorum flnibus Genava.
Ex eo oppido pons ad Helvetios pertinet. Allobrogibus
sese vel persuasiiros (quod nondum bono animo in populum
Romanum viderentur) exlstimabant, vel vl coacturos ut
per suos fines eos Ire paterentur. Omnibus rebus ad pro-
fectionem comparatis diem dlcunt qua die ad rlpam Rho-
danl omnes conveniant. Is dies erat a. d. v. Kal. Apr., L.
Plsone, A. Gablnio consulibus.
3i3
APPLIED LATIN
7. Caesarl cum id nuntiatum esset eos per provinciam
nostram iter facere conarl, maturat ab urbe proficlscl, et
quam maximls potest itineribus in Galliam ulteriorem con-
tendit et ad Genavam pervenit. Provinciae totl quam
maximum potest mllitum numerum imperat (erat omnlno
in Gallia ulteriore legio una), pontem qui erat ad Genavam
iubet rescind!.
Ubi de eius adventu Helve til certiores fact! sunt, legatos
ad eum mittunt nobilissimos clvitatis, cuius legationis
Nammeius et Verucloetius prlncipem locum obtinebant, qui
dicerent, ^sibi esse in animo sine ullo maleficio iter per pro-
vinciam facere, propterea quod aliud iter haberent nullum;
rogare ut eius voluntate id sibi facere liceat."
Caesar, quod memoria tenebat L. Cassium consulem
occlsum exercitumque eius ab Helvetiis pulsum et sub iugum
missum, concedendum non putabat; neque homines inimleo
animo, data facultate per provinciam itineris faciendi, tem-
peraturos ab initiria et maleficio existimabat. Tamen, ut
spatium intercedere posset dum milites quos imperaverat
convenlrent, legatis respondit se ad diem deliberandum
sumpturum; si quid vellent, ad Id. Apr. reverterentur.
8. Interea ea legione quam secum habebat militibusque
qui ex provincia convenerant, a lacti Lemanno, qui in fliimen
Rhodanum Influit, ad montem Iuram, qui fines Sequanorum
ab Helvetiis dlvidit, mllia passuum decern novem mQrum
in altitudinem pedum sedecim fossamque perdiicit. Eo
opere perfecto praesidia disponit, castella communit, quo
facilius, si se invito translre conarentur, prohibere posset.
3i4
LATIN DERIVATIVES
Ubi ea dies quam constituent cum legatls venit, et legati
ad eum reverterunt, negat se more et exemplo populi Roman!
posse iter tilli per provinciam dare ; et, si vim facere conentur,
prohibiturum ostendit. Helvetil, ea spe deiectl, navibus
iunctls ratibusque compluribus factls, alii vadls RhodanI, qua
minima altitudo fluminis erat, nonnumquam interdiu, saepius
noctii, si perrumpere possent conatl, operis munltione et
mllitum concursti et tells repulsl, hoc conatu destiterunt.
Lm. LATIN
DERIVATIVE
S USED IN MC
)DERN STUDD
AND BUSINESS
803.
A.
CIVICS
government
committee
patriotism
privilege
family
treaty
pension
exemption
tribe
appointment
petition
eminent
state
president
prohibition
domain
people
cabinet
debt
veto
popular
secretary
registration
power
majority
supreme
obedience
amendment
minority
court
license
pro tempore
representative
criminal
army
candidate
delegate
equity
navy
republican
legislature
appeal
militia
nomination
judiciary
initiative
camp
progressive
executive
referendum
international
nation
constitution
function
ambassador
census
charter
probate
minister
jurisdiction
federal
local
consul
preamble
convention
option
arbitration
vice president
centralized
recorder
union
Magna Charta
party
assessor
colonies
population
civil
auditor
confederacy
judge
liberty
coroner
revenue
ordinance
declaration
municipality
continental
estate
independence
mayor
revolution
responsibility
citizen
council
currency
society
franchise
primary
compromise
campaign
vote
public
senate
commerce
suffrage
opinion
finance
labor
office
naturalization
election
corporation
congress
patents
electoral
department
315
APPLIED LATIN
trade
intrastate
indirect tax
protection
immigration
martial law
money
education
industry-
resolutions
banks
unionism
interstate
village
notes
penal
804.
B. GENERAL SCIENCE
vacuum
diffusion of
compounds
current
column of water
liquids
precipitates
motor
density
saturated solu-
element
arc light
variation
tion
metal
gravitation
apparatus
temperature
combustion
mass
volume
ebullition
spontaneous
momentum
valve
condensation
sound
accelerated mo-
quantity
solidification
vibration
tion
tension
liquefaction
intensity
pendulum
attraction
latent heat
velocity
suspension
adhesion
expansion
radiation
curvilinear mo-
capillary tube
collision
refraction
tion
vaporization
compression
spectrum
centripetal mo-
concave mirror
friction
opaque
tion
convex mirror
inertia
transparent
centrifugal mo-
press
conductor
pigment
tion
specific gravity
sensation
compass
lever
substance
properties
induction
fulcrum
solids
composition
electricity
circumference
molecules
mixture
alternating
intermittent
805.
C. NATURAL SCIENCE
germination
Leaves:
biflorum
papaver, poppy
plant
linear
rotundiflora
prunus Per-
cell
lanceolate
versicolor
sica, peach
propagation
spatulate
color
cerasus, cherry
terminal bud
ovate
Trees:
castanea,
annuals
orbicular
pinus, pine
chestnut
biennials
inflorescence
picea, spruce
malus, apple
perennials
solitary flowers
abies, fir
vitis, grape
tendrils
fertilization
larix, larch
viola, violet
bulbs
follicule
arbor vitae,
lilium, lily
structure
genus
cedar
rosa, rose
coniferous
species
populus, poplar linum, flax
Buds:
spore
quercus, oak
cordate
lateral
fronds
ulmus, elm
fascicle
axillary
vegetation '
pyrus, pear
herbaceous
accessory
folium
prunus, plum
sessile
supernumerary grandiflora
acer, maple
sterile
dormant
perfoliata
iuniperus, red
truncate
adventitious
longiflorum
cedar
fruit
316
LATEST DERIVATIVES
insect
migration
nutrition
digestion
hibernate
receptacle
crop rotation
grain
luxuriant
corolla
fibre
cereal
adaptation
filament
elongated
nut
806.
D. MEDICINE
abrasion
cartilage
fluid
noxious
abscess
cerebrum
flux
occipital
absorbent
cervical
formula
oculist
acclimate
claret
fumigate
operation
accretion
clavicle
gelatin
ossify
acetic
cologne
germicide
palate
acetylene
coma
hospital
parietal
acid
constipation
influenza
patella
adipose
consumption
injurious
precipitate
adulterate
contagious
inoculate
pulmonary
aerate
corpuscle
insanity
pulse
aggravate
corrosive
intestinal
pulverize
alimentary
costal
eruption
rabies
alveolar
cranium
jugular
respiration
amputate
crude
laceration
saleratus
angina pectoris
curvature
lacteal
sanatory
aqua
cutaneous
ligament
sanitary
artery
cuticle
liniment
solution
arsenic
decoction
lumbar
soporific
asafetida
delirium
' malaria
spinal
assimilate
dementia
malignant
sponge
belladonna
demulcent
materia medica
sterilize
bicarbonate
disinfect
medical
sulphur
bilious
dislocation
mercury
tepid
cancer
dissolve
morbid
terra
capsicum
dorsal
mortal
tumor
capsule
effusion
muscle
vaccinate
carbolic
emollient
nasal
varicose
carbonate
essence
nerve
vein
cardiac
fever
nostrum
vertigo
807.
E.
MUSIC
alto
fortissimo
pedal
soprano
cantata
interlude
piano
tempo
concert
juvenile
quadrille
tremulo
crescendo
nocturne
quartette
tuba
diminuendo
octave
serenade
virtuoso
808.
F. RELIGION
abomination
advocate
beneficent
clerical
admonition
austerity
celestial
communion
adoration
benediction
ceremonial
conference
317
APPllFP LATIN
consecrate
humiliation
officiate
revelation
consolation
immortality
omnipotent
reverent
creed
incarnate
pagan
revival
crucifix
incense
pastoral
ritual
curate
infernal
penance
sacrament
deity
infidel
penitence
sacred
devotion
infinite
piety
sacrifice
dignitary
inheritance
postulant
sacrilege
disciple
inspiration
prelate
secular
dissenter
lucifer
propaganda
serpent
divinity
matin
purgatory
superstition
doctrine
mediator
rationalist
supreme
epistle
miracle
rector
tabernacle
eternal
novice
redemption
unity
gentile
offertory
resurrection
vesper
809.
G.
LAW
abolition
bailiff
defamatory
indemnity
abrogate
belligerent
default
indeterminate
accession
brief
demise
inherit
accessory
capias
demur
innocent
accomplice
caveat
deponent
inquest
accusation
certiorari
derogative
intervene
actionable
chancellor
devise
irrelevant
adjudicate
chancery
digest
jurisdiction
adjutant
circumstantial
dismissal
justifiable
administer
client
dissolve
lapse
admissible
codicil
divorce
larceny
affidavit
commitment
domicile
legacy
affirmation
competent
duress
legitimate
agency
complicity
equity
libel
alias
compromise
evidence
litigant
alibi
concurrent
exception
magistrate
alienate
conditional
execution
martial
alimony
confession
executor
minority
allegation
consideration
exemplary
mitigate
antemortem
consummate
exemption
negligence
antenuptial
continuance
extenuating
nullify
appeal
contributory
extortion
obligate
appellant
conveyance
gratuitous
original
arbitration
corpus
habeas corpus
priority
arson
covenant
illicit
parole
assault
criminal
immaterial
penal
assignor
criminate
implicate
peremptory
attest
deceased
inalienable
perjury
attorney
decedent
incendiary
pone
bail
decision
incident
possession
3«3
LATIN DERIVATIVES
prejudice
quasi
solicitor
tenement
presumptive
relative
subpoena
testify
probate
remedy
summary
testimony
procedure
remitter
supersede
title-
promissory
rescind
surrogate
tort
proviso
sentence
tenable
trespass
810.
H. BUSINESS
agent
restraint of trade acceptor
profit
annuity
salvage
salable
property
assess
sample-
circular
solicit
assets
satisfaction
prudential
subsidy
auction
security
advertiser
antedate
bonus
signature
discretion
collect
capital
solvent
competition
consignment
collateral
specie
transferable
consul
commerce
staple
remit
corporation
commission
subcontract
marginal
creditor
consignee
vendor
margin
customer
contract
administrator
certificate
daily
debit
article
percentage
debenture
credit
bona fide
compensate
debtor
deficit
commute
manifest
defalcation
surplus
convertible
infringement
deposit
firm
counterfeit
injunction
document
fraud
decimal
consolidate
dormant
fund
delinquent
mercenary
equitable
importer
denomination
proprietary
expedite
indemnity
deterioration
credentials
extension
index
director
assignee
finance
legal tender
acceptance
valid
fluctuate
letter of credit
accommodation
usury
foreclosure
maturity
account
interest
liquidate
minimum
accountant
fiduciary
lucrative
maximum
actuary
attachment
manager
negotiate
assignment
quotation
merchandise
proceeds
audit
successor
money
par
bankruptcy
dividend
negotiable
partner
calendar
duplicate
patent
premium
cancel
extortionate
pecuniary
prime
certify
facsimile
preferential
pro rata
salary
mercantile
proposition
ad valorem
tangible
millionaire
salary
protest
legible
monetary
signature
reciprocity
discount
notary public
transfer
receiver
freight
obligation
value
redemption
promissory
preferred stock
commode
319
APPLIED LATIN
elaborately
crescent
novelty
subtraction
excelsior
facet
pencil
superficial
genuine
focal
portfolio
valley
lustre
focus
portrait
addendum
oriental
lunette
receipt
articulation
partition
monocle
recipe
ascent
perambulator
solitaire
affinity
castellated
refrigerator
spectacles
aggregate
double
renovate
circumference
alluvium
error
rustic
crown
calx
flexure
sectional
decoration
diluvium
foundry
ammunition
design
erosion
furnace
anchor
permanent
ferruginous
isolating
candelabrum
quality
fissure
involve
cereal
rosette
flume
limit
chandeliers
forfeit
semi-professional
machine
differential
album
galena
oblique
dividers
certificate
igneous
orifice
811.
LIV. SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
NOUNS
First Declension
Singular
Nom. porta, a gate.
Gen. portae, of a gate.
Dat. portae, to or for a gate.
Ace. portam, a gate.
Voc. porta (O) gate.
Abl. porta, with, etc., a gate.
porta, f., a gate
Plural
portae, gates.
portarum, of gates.
portis, to or for gates.
portas, gates.
portae, (0) gates.
portis, with, etc., gates.
812.
annus, m.
a year
Nom. annus
Gen. anni
Dat. anno
Ace. annum
Voc. anne
Abl. anno
Nom. anni
Gen. annorum
Dat. annis
A cc. annos
Voc. anni
A bl. annis
Second Declension
donum, n. puer, m. vir, m.
a gift a boy a man
Singular
donum puer vir
doni pueri viri
dono puero viro
donum puerum virum
donum puer vir
dono puero viro
Plural
dona pueri viri
donorum puerorum virorum
donis pueris viris
dona pueros viros
dona pueri viri
donis pueris viris
320
ager, m.
afield
ager
agri
agro
agrum
ager
agro
agri
agrorum
agris
agros
agri
agris
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
813.
Third Declension
L
consul, m
hiems, f.
homo, m.
legio, f .
nomen, n.
a consul
winter
a man
Singular
a legion
a name
*N.,V. consul
hiems
homo
legio
nomen
Gen.
consulis
hiemis
hominis
legionis
nominis
Dat.
consul!
hiemi
homini
legion!
nomini
Ace.
consul em
hiemem
hominem
legion em
nomen
Abl.
consule
hieme
homine
Plural
legione
nomine
Norn
consules
hiemes
homines
legiones
nomina
Gen.
consulum
hiemum
hominum
legionum
nominum
Dat.
consulibus hiemibus
hominibus
legionibus
nominibus
Ace.
consules
hiemes
homines
legiones
nomina
Abl.
consulibus hiemibus
hominibus
legionibus
nominibus
amor, m.
frater, m.
Caesar, m.
corpus, n.
aetas, f.
love
a brother
Caesar
Singular
a body
age
N.,V
. amor
frater
Caesar
corpus
aetas
Gen.
amoris
fratris
Caesaris
corporis
aetatis
Dat.
amori
fratri
Caesari
corpori
aetati
Ace.
amorem
fratrem
Caesarem
corpus
aetatem
Abl.
amore
fratre
Caesare
Plural
corpore
aetate
N.,V
. amores
fratres
Caesares
corpora
aetates
Gen.
amorum
f rat rum
Caesarum
corporum
aetatum
Dat.
amoribus
fratribus
Caesaribus
corporibus
aetatibus
Ace.
amores
fratres
Caesares
corpora
aetates
Abl.
amoribus
fratribus
Caesaribus
corporibus
aetatibus
vox, f.
urbs, f. civis, m. nubes, f.
sedile, n.
animal, n.
a voice
a city a citizen a cloud
a seat
an animal
Singular
N.,V
.vox
urbs civis nubes
sedile
animal
Gen.
vocis
urbis civis nubis
sedilis
animalis
Dat.
voci
urbi clvi
nubi
sedili
animali
Ace.
vocem
urbem clvem nubem
sedile
animal
Abl.
voce
urbe civc
(i) nube
Plural
sedili
animali
N.,V
. voces
urbes elves nubes
sedllia
animalia
Gen.
vocum
urbium civium nubium
sedilium
animalium
Dat.
vocibus
urbibus civibus nubibus
sedilibus
animalibus
Ace.
voces
urbes elves (is)nubes(is)
sedTlia
animalia
Abl.
vocibus
urbibus civibus nubibus
sedilibus
animalibus
* From this point, when the Nominative and Vocative are the same, they
will be placed in the same line.
21 321
APPLIED LATIN
814.
Fourth Declension
Casus, m
. domus, f. cornu, n.
dies, m.
res, f.
a chance
a house a horn
Singular
a day
a thin\.
N.,V
. casus
domus cornu
dies
res
Gen.
casus
domus (domi) cornus
diei
rei
DaL
casui
domui (domo) cornu
diei
rei
Ace.
casum
domum cornu
diem
rem
Abl.
casu
domu (domo) cornu
Plural
die
re
N.,V
. casus
domus cornua
dies
res
Gen.
casuum
domuum cornuum
(domorum)
dierum
rerum
DaL
casibus
domibus cornibus
diebus
rebus
Ace.
casus
domus (domos) cornua
dies
res
Abl.
casibus
domibus cornibus
diebus
rebus
816.
M.
Nom. latus
Gen. lati
Dat. lato
Ace. latum
Voc. late
Abl. lato
ADJECTIVES
First and Second Declensions
Singular
F.
lata
latae
latae
latam
lata
lata
817.
Singular
latus, wide
Plural
N. M. F.
latum lati latae
lati latorum latarum
lato latis latis
latum latos latas
latum lati latae
lato latis latis
Third Declension
felix, happy
Plural
M. and F.
N.,V.ie\ix
felicis
felici
felicem
fellce (i)
Gen.
DaL
Ace.
Abl.
N.
felix
felicis
felici
felix
felice (i)
M. and F.
felices
felicium
felicibus
felices
felicibus
N.
lata
latorum
latis
lata
lata
latis
N.,V.
Gen.
DaL
Ace.
Abl.
Singular
M. and F.
recens
recentis
recenti
recent em
recent e (i)
recens, recent
N.
recens
recentis
recenti
recens
recent e (i)
322
Plural
M . and F.
recentes
recentium
recentibus
recentes (is)
recentibus
N.
felicia
felicium
felicibus
felicia
felicibus
N.
recentia
recentium
recentibus
recentia
recentibus
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
Singular
M. and F.
N.,V.iortis
Gen. fortis
Dat. forti
Ace. fort em
Abl. forti
Singular
M. F.
N.,V. acer acris
Gen. acris acris
Dat. acri acri
Ace. acrem acrem
AH. acri acri
fortis, brave
N.
forte
fortis
forti
forte
forti
Plural
M. and F.
fortes
fortium
fortibus
fortes (is)
fortibus
N.
fortia
fortium
fortibus
fortia
fortibus
acer, swift, keen
N.
acre
acris
acri
acre
acri
M.
acres
acrium
acribus
acres (is)
acribus
Plural
F.
acres
acrium
acribus
acres (is)
acribus
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES
Singular
totus, whole, all
M.
Norn, totus
Gen. totius
Dat. toti
Ace. totum
Voc. tote
Abl. toto
F.
tota
totius
toti
totam
tota
tota
N.
totum
totius
toti
totum
totum
toto
M.
toti
tot drum
totis
totos
toti
totis
Plural
F.
totae
totarum
totis
totas
totae
totis
N.
acria
acrium
acribus
acria
acribus
N.
tota
totorum
totis
tota
tota
totis
818.
Comparative Adjectives
Singular
fortior, braver
Plural
M. and F.
N.,V. fortior
fortioris
fortiori
fortior em
fortiore (i)
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Abl.
N.
fortius
fortioris
fortiori
fortius
fortiore (i)
M. and F.
fortiores
fortiorum
fortioribus
fortiores (is)
fortioribus
N.
fortiora
fortiorum
fortioribus
fortiora
fortioribus
819. Special Adjectives
plus, more
Singular
Plural
N.,V.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Abl.
M. and F.
N.
plus
pluris
plus
plure
mille, thousand
Singular Plural
M. and F.
plures
plurium
pluribus
plures(is)
pluribus
323
N.
plura
plurium
pluribus
plura
pluribus
mille
mille
milia
milium
milibus
milia
milibus
APPLIED LATIN
duo, two
tres, three
M.
F. N.
M. and F. N.
iV.,F.duo
duae duo
tres tria
Gen. duorum
duarum duorum
trium trium
Dat. duobus
duabus • duobus
tribus tribus
Ace. duos
duas duo
tres (tris) tria
A bl. duobus
duabus duobus
tribus tribus
820. Regular Comparison of Adjectives
Positive
Comparative
Superlative
latus, wide
latior, latius
latissimus
felix, happy
felicior, felicius
felicissimus
recens, recent
recentior, recentius
recentissimus
fortis, brave
fortior, fortius
fortissimus
acer, sharp
acrior, acrius
acerrimus
Irregular Comparison of Adjectives
facilis, easy
facilior, facilius
facillimus
similis, similar
similior, similius
simillimus
bonus, good
melior, melius
optimus
malus, bad
peior, peius
pessimus
magnus, great
maior, maius
maximus
parvus, small
minor, minus
minimus
multus, much
i -
plurimus
, pius
exterus, outward
exterior, exterius
extremus (extimus)
inferus, below
Inferior, inferius
infimus (imus)
posterus, following
posterior, posterius
postremus (postumus)
superus, above
superior, superius
supremus (summus)
in, in, within
interior, interius, inner
intimus
pro, before
prior, prius, former
primus
prope, near
propior, propius, nearer
proximus
ultra, beyond
ulterior, ulterius, farther
ultimus
821.
ADVERBS
Regular Comparison
clare, clearly
clarius
clarissime
fortiter, easily
fortius
fortissime
recenter, recently
recentius
recentissime
feliciter, happily
felicius
felicissime
acriter, sharply
acrius
acerrime
Irregular Comparison
bene, well
melius
optime
male, ill
peius
pessime
magnopere, greatly
magis
maxime
multum, much
plus
plurimum
parum, little
minus
minime
saepe, often
saepius
saepissime
diu, long
diutius
diutissime
324
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
822.
Numerals
Symbol
Cardinal
Ordinal
Distributive
I
unus, -a, -um, one
primus, -a, -um, first
singuli, -ae, -a,
II
duo, -ae, -o, two
secundus, -a, -um,
one each (at a
second
time)
III
tres, tria, three
tertius, third
bini, -ae, -a, two
IV
quattuor,/0wr
quartus, fourth
each
V
qalnque, five
quintus, fifth
terni, -ae, -a,
VI
sex
sextus
three each
VII
septum
Septimus
quaterni, -ae, -a,
VIII
octo
octavus
four each
IX
novem
nonus
quini, -ae, -a., five
X
decern
decimus
each
XI
undecim
undecimus
XII
duodecim
duodecimus
XIII
tredecim
tertius decimus
Other Numerals
XIV
quattuordecim
quartus decimus
semel, once
XV
quindecim
quintus decimus
bis, twice
XVI
sedecim
sextus decimus
ter, thrice
XVII
septendecim
Septimus decimus
quater, four times
XVIII
duodeviginti
duodevicesimus
XIX
undeviginti
undevicesimus
simplex, single,
XX
viginti
vicesimus
one fold
XXI
viginti unus
vicesimus primus
duplex, double,
unus et viginti
unus et vicesimus
two fold
XXX
triginta
tricesimus
triplex, triple,
XL
quadraginta
quadragesimus
three fold
L
quinquaginta
quinquage simus
quadruplex,
LX
sexaginta
sexagesimus
four fold
LXX
septuaginta
septuagesimus
quincuplex,
LXXX
octoginta
octogesimus
five fold
XC
nonaginta
nonagesimus
C
centum
centesimus
CC
ducenti, -ae, -a
due ente simus
ccc
trecenti, -ae, -a
trecentesimus
cccc
quadringenti, -ae, -a quadringentesimus
D
quingenti, -ae, -a
quingentesimus
DC
sescenti, -ae, -a
sescentesimus
DCC
septingenti, -ae, -a
septingentesimus
DCCC
octingenti, -ae, -a
octingentesimus
CM
nongenti, -ae, -a
nongentesimus
M
mille
mille simus
325
APPLIED LATIN
823.
PRONOUNS
Personal
ego,/
tu, thou
sui,
of himself
Sing. Plur
Sing. Plur.
Sing
Plur.
N.,V.
ego nds
tu v6s
Gen.
mei nostrum
tui vestrum
sui
sui
(nostri)
(vestri)
Dat.
mini nobis
tibi vobis
sibi
sibi
Ace.
me nos
te vos
se
se
Abl.
me nobis
te vobis
se
se
Demonstrative Pronouns
hie, this
Singular
Plural
M.
F.
N.
M.
F.
N.
hie
haec
hoc
hi
hae
haec
huius
huius
huius
horum
harum
horum
huic
huic
huic
his
his
his
hunc
hanc
hoc
hos
has
haec
hoc
hac
hoc
his
ille, that
his
his
Singular
Plural
M.
F.
N.
M.
F.
N.
ille
ilia
illud
illi
illae
ilia
illius
illius
illius
illorum
illarum
illorum
illi
illi
illi
illis
illis
illis
ilium
illam
illud
illos
illas
ilia
illo
ilia
illo
illis
is, this, that
illis
illis
Singular
Plural
M.
F.
N.
M.
F.
N.
is
ea
id
ei (ii)
eae
ea
eius
eius
eius
eorum
earum
eorum
ei
ei
ei
eis (iis)
eis (iis)
eis (iis)
eum
earn
id
eos
eas
ea
eo
ea
Singular
eo
eis (iis)
idem, same
eis (iis)
Plural
eis (iis)
M.
F.
N.
M.
F.
N.
idem
eadem
idem
eidem
(iidem)
eaedem
eadem
eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem eorundem
earundem
eorundem
eidem
eidem
eidem eisdem
eisdem
eisdem
(iisdem)
(iisdem)
(iisdem)
eundem eandem idem
eosdem
easdem
eadem
eodein eadem
eodem eisdem
eisdem
eisdem
(iisdem)
(iisdem)
(iisdem)
326
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
ipse, self
S:
[NGULAR
Plural
M.
F.
N. M.
F.
N.
ipse
ipsa
ipsum ipsi
ipsae
ipsa
ipsius
ipsius
ipsius ipsorum
ipsarum
ipsorum
ipsi
ipsi
ipsi ipsis
ipsis
ipsis
ipsum
ipsam
ipsum ipsos
ipsas
ipsa
ipso
ipsa
ipso ipsis
Interrogative
quis, who, which, what
ipsis
I
ipsis
Singular
M. and F.
N.
quis
quid
In plural declined like
cuius
cuius
the Relative
cui
cui
quern
quid
quo
quo
Relative
Singular
Plural
M.
F.
N. M.
F.
N.
qui
quae
quod qui
quae
quae
cuius
cuius
cuius quorum
quarum
quorum
cui
cui
cui quibus
quibus
quibus
quern
quam
quod quos
quis
quae
quo
qua
quo quibus
Indefinite
quis, any, any one
quibus
quibus
Singular
Plural
M.
F.
N. M.
F.
N.
quis (qui)
quae (qua) quid(quod) qui
quae
quae (qua)
cuius
cuius
cuius quorum
quarum
quorum
cui
cui
cui quibus
quibus
quibus
quern
quam
quid(quod) quos
quas
quae (qua)
quo
qua
quo quibus
quibus
quibus
aliquis, some, some one
Singular
Plural
M.
F.
N. M.
F.
N.
aliquis
aliqua
aliquid aliqui
aliquae
aliqua
(aliqui)
(aliquo d)
alicuius
alicuius
alicuius aliquorum
aliquarum aliquorum
alicui
alicui
alicui aliquibus
aliquibus
aliquibus '
aliquem
aliquam
aliquid aliquos
( aliquo d)
aliquas
aliqua
aliquo
aliqua
aliquo aliquibus
327
aliquibus
aliquibus
APPLIED LATIN
824. CONJUGATION OF THE ENGLISH VERB
FIND
Active Voice — Indicative Mood
Present
Simple
Progressive
Emphatic
I find
I am finding
I do find
You find
You are finding
You do find
He finds
He is finding
He does find
We find
We are finding
We do find
You find
You are finding
You do find
They find
They are finding
Past
They do find
Simple
Progressive
Emphatic
I found
I was finding
I did find
You found
You were finding
You did find
He found
He was finding
He did find
We found
We were finding
We did find
You found
You were finding
You did find
They found
They were finding
Future
They did find
Simple
Volitional
I shall find
I will find
You will find
You shall find
He will find
He shall find
We shall find
We will find
You will find
You shall find
They will find
They shall find
Progressive
Progressive
I shall be finding, etc.
Perfect
I will be finding, etc.
Simple
Pluperfect
Future Perfect
I have found
I had found
I shall have found
You have found
You had found
You will have found
He has found
He had found
He will have found
We have found
We had found
We shall have found
You have found
You had found
. You will have found
They have found
They had found
They will have found
Progressive
Progressive
Progressive
I have been finding, etc. I had been finding, I shall have been find-
etc.
ing, etc.
328
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
Simple
if) I, you, he, find
if) we, you, they, find
Subjunctive Mood
Present
Progressive
if) I, you, he, be
finding
if) we, you, they, if) we, you, they, do
be finding find
Emphatic
if) I, you, he, do find
Past
Progressive Emphatic
if) I, you, he, were if) I, you, he, did find
finding
if) we, you, they, found if) we, you, they, if) we, you, they, did
were finding find
Simple
if) I, you, he, found
Present
Simple
I, you, he, may find
We, you, they, may find
Potential Mood
Past
Simple
I, you, he, might find
We, you, they, might find
Progressive
I, you, he, may be finding
We, you, they, may be finding
Progressive
I, you, he, might be finding
We, you, they, might be finding
Perfect Pluperfect
Simple Simple
I, you, he, may have found I, you, he, might have found
We, you, they, may have found We, you, they, might have found
Progressive Progressive
I, you, he, may have been finding I, you, he, might have been finding
We, you, they, may have been We, you, they, might have been
finding finding
Imperative Mood
Infinitives
Participles
Present Tense
Present
Present
find (thou, you)
find (ye, you)
to find
to be finding
finding
Perfect
Perfect
to have found having found
to have been finding having been finding
3 2 9
APPLIED LATIN
Present
finding
Gerunds
Perfect
having found
having been finding
Passive Voice — Indicative Mood
Present (Simple)
I am found
You are found
He is found
We are found
You are found
They are found
Past (Simple) Future (Simple)
I was found I shall be found, etc.
You were found
He was found
We were found Volitional
You were found I will be found, etc.
They were found
Progressive
I am being found, etc.
Progressive
I was being found, etc.
Perfect
I have been found, etc.
Pluperfect Future Perfect
I had been found, I shall have been found,
etc. etc.
Subjunctive Mood
Present
if) I be found, etc.
Past
if) I were found, etc.
Progressive
if) I were being found
Potential Mood
Present
I may be found, etc.
Past Perfect
I might be found, I may have been found,
etc. etc.
Pluperfect
I might have been
found, etc.
Imperative Mood
Infinitives Participles
Present
be found
Present Present Past
to be found being found found
Perfect Perfect
to have been found having been found
33°
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
825. FIRST CONJUGATION. LAUDO. VERBS IN A
Principal Parts, laudo, laudare, laudavi, laudatus
Indicative
Active
Pres. laudo, laudas, laudat, etc.
/ praise, am praising, do
praise.
Imp. laudabam, laurlabas, lauda-
bat, etc.
/ was praising, praised, did
praise.
Fut. laudabo, laudabis, laudabit,
etc.
/ shall praise.
Passive
laudor, laudaris, laudatur, etc.
/ am praised, am being praised.
laudabar, laudabaris, laudaba-
tur, etc.
/ was praised, was being
praised.
laudabor, laudaberis, laudabit-
ur, etc.
/ shall be praised.
Perf. laudavi, laudavisti, laudavit, laudatus, -a, -um, sum, es, est,
CIV..
/ have praised.
CIL.
/ have been praised, was
praised.
Plup. laudaveram, laudaveras, laudatus,
-a, -um, eram, eras,
laudaverat, etc.
erat,
etc.
/ had praised.
/ had been praised.
Futp. laudavero, laudaveris, laudatus,
-a, -um, ero, eris, erit,
laudaverit, etc.
etc.
/ shall have praised.
/ shall have been praised.
Active — Subjunctive
Present
Imperfect
Perfect
Pluperfect
laudem
laudarem
laudaverim
laudavissem
laudes
laudares
laudaveris
laudavisses
laudet
laudaret
laudaverit
laudavisset
laudemus
laudaremus
laudaverimus
laudavissemus
laudetis
laudaretis
laudaveritis
laudavissetis
laudent
laudarent
laudaverint
laudavissent
Passive — Subjunctive
Present
Imperfect
Perfect
Pluperfect
lauder
laudarer
laudatus, -a, -um,
laudatus, -a, -um,
lauderis
laudareris
sim, sit, sis
essem, esses, es-
laudetur
laudaretur
set
laudemur
laudaremur
laudati, -ae, -a,
laudati, ae, -a, es-
laudemini
laudaremini
simus, sitis,
semus, essetis,
laudentur
laudarentur
sint
essent
33*
APPLIED LATIN
Imperative
Active Passive
Present Future Present Future
2. lauda 2. laudato, 2. laudare, 2. laudator,
praise thou thou shall praise be thou praised thou shall be
praised
3. laudato, 3. laudator,
he shall praise he shall be prais-
ed
2. laudate, 2. laudatote, 2. laudamini,
praise ye you shall praise be ye praised
3. laudanto, 3. laudantor,
they shall praise they shall be
praised
Infinitive
Active Passive
Pres. laudare, to praise laudari, to be praised
Perf. laudavisse, to have praised laudatus, -a> -um, esse, to have
been praised
Fut. laudaturus, -a, -um, esse, laudatum iri, to be about to be
to be about to praise praised
Participle
Active Passive
Pres. laudans, -antis, praising Perf. laudatus, -a, -um, having
Fut. laudaturus, -a, -um, about to been praised
praise
Gerund Gerundive
Norn. laudandus, -a, -um, to be loved
Gen. laudandi, of praising
Dat. laudando, to or for praising Supine
Ace. laudandum, praising Ace. laudatum, to praise
A bl. laudando, by praising A bl. laudatu, in praising
826. SECOND CONJUGATION. HABEO. VERBS IN E
Principal Parts, habeo, habere, habui, habitus
Indicative
Active Passive
Pres. habeo, habes, habet, etc. habeor, haberis, habetur, etc.
Imp. habebam, habebas, habebat, habebar, habebaris, habebatur,
etc. etc.
Fut. habebo,habebis,habebit,etc. habebor, habeberis, habebitur,etc.
Perf. habui, habuisti, habuit, etc. habitus, -a, -um, sum, es, est, etc.
Plup. habueram, habueras, habu- habitus, -a, -um, eram, eras, erat,
erat, etc. etc.
Futp. habuero, habueris, habuerit, habitus, -a, -um, ero, eris, erit,
etc. etc.
332
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
Active — Subjunctive
Present
Imperfect
Perfect
Pluperfect
habeam
haberem
habuerim
habuissem
habeas
haberes
habueris
habuisses
habeat
haberet
habuerit
habuisset
habeamus
haberemus
habuerimus
habuissemus
habeatis
haberetis
habueritis
habuissetis
habeant
haberent
habuerint
habuissent
Passive — Subjunctive
Present
Imperfect
Perfect
Pluperfect
habear
haberer
habitus, -a, -um,
habitus, -a, -um,
habearis
habereris
sim, sis, sit
essem, esses,
habeatur
haberetur
esset
habeamur
haberemur
habiti, -ae, -a,
habiti, -ae, -a, es-
habeamini
haberemini
simus, sitis,
semus, essetis,
habeantur
haberentur
sint
Imperative
essent
Active
Passive
Future
Present
Future
2. habe
2. habeto
2. habere
2. habetor
3. habeto
3. habetor
2. habete
2. habetote
2. habemini
3. habento
Infinitive
3. habentor
Pres. habere
Pres. haberi
Per/, habuisse
Perf. habitus, -a, -um, esse
Fut. habiturus, -a, -um, esse Fut. habitum iri
Participle
Pres. habens
, entis
Perf. habitus
i, -a, -um
Fut. habiturus, -a, -um
Gerund
Gerundive
Nom.
habendus, -a
, -um
Gen. habendi
Dat. habendo
Ace. habendum
A bl. habendo
Supine
Ace. habitum
Abl. habitu
Note: Supply the meanings of the tenses, etc., from the conjugation
of laudo.
333
APPLIED LATIN
827. THIRD CONJUGATION. DUCO. VERBS IN E
Principal Parts, duco, due ere, duxi, ductus
Indicative
Active
Pres. duco, ducis, ducit, etc.
Imp. ducebam, ducebas, ducebat,
etc.
Fut. ducam, duces, ducet, etc.
Perf. duxi, duxisti, duxit, etc.
Plup. duxeram, duxeras, duxerat,
etc.
Passive
ducor, diiceris, ducitur, etc.
ducebar, ducebaris, ducebatur,
etc.
ducar, diiceris, ducetur, etc.
ductus, -a, -um, sum, es, est,
etc.
ductus, -a, -um, eram, eras,
erat, etc.
Fulp. duxero, duxeris, duxerit, etc. ductus, -a, -um, ero, eris, erit,
etc.
Active — Subjunctive
Present
Imperfect
Perfect
Pluperfect
ducam
ducerem
duxerim
duxissem
ducas
duceres
duxeris
duxisses
ducat
duceret
duxerit
duxisset
ducamus
diiceremus
duxerimus
duxissemus
ducatis
duceretis
duxeritis
duxissetis
ducant
ducerent
duxerint
duxissent
Passive — Subjunctive
Present
Imperfect
Perfect
Pluperfect
ducar
ducerer
ductus, -a, -um,
ductus, -a, -um,
ducaris
ducereris
sim, sis, sit
essem, esses,
ducatur
duceretur
esset
ducamur
duceremur
ducti, -ae, -a,
ducti, -ae, -a,
ducamini
duceremini
simus, sitis,
essemus, essetis,
ducantur
ducerentur
sint
Imperative
essent
Present
Future
Present
Future
2. due*
2. ducito
2. ducere
2. ducitor
3. ducito
3. ducitor
2. ducite
2. ducitote
2. ducimini
3. ducunto
Infinitive
3. ducuntor
Pres. ducer«
Pres. duci
Perf. duxisse
Perf. ductus, -a, -um, esse
Fut. ducturus, -a, -um, esse Fut. ductum iri
* Regular verbs end in this form in -e, duco makes an irregular impera-
tive form dik.
334
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
Active
Pres. ducens, -entis
Fut. ducturus, -a, -um
Gerund
Norn.
Gen. ducendi
Dat. ducendo Supine
Ace. dticendum Ace. ductum
Abl. ducendo AM. ductu
Participle Passive
Perf. ductus, -a, -um
Gerundive
ducendus, -a, -um
828. THIRD CONJUGATION. CAPIO. VERBS IN 10
Principal Parts, capio, capere, cepl, captus
Active Indicative Passive
Pres. capio, capis, capit, etc. capior, caperis, capitur, etc.
Imp. capiebam, capiebas, capiebat, capiebar, capiebaris, capieba-
tur, etc.
capiar, capieris, capietur, etc.
captus, -a, -um, sum, es, est, etc.
captus, -a, -um, eram, eras,
erat, etc.
captus, -a, -um, erd, eris, erit, etc.
etc.
Fut. capiam, capies, capiet, etc.
Perf. cepi, cepisti, cepit, etc.
Plup. ceperam, ceperas, ceperat,
etc.
Futp. ceperd, ceperis, ceperit, etc.
Active — Subjunctive
Present
Imperfect
Perfect
Pluperfect
capiam
caperem
ceperim
cepissem
capias
caperes
ceperis
cepisses
capiat
caperet
ceperit
cepisset
capiamus
caperemus
ceperimus
cepissemus
capiatis
caperetis
ceperitis
cepissetis
capiant
caperent
ceperint
cepissent
Passive — Subjunctive
Present
Imperfect
Perfect
Pluperfect
capiar
caperer
captus, -a, -um,
captus, -a, -um,
capiaris
capereris
sim, sis, sit
essem, esses,
capiatur
caperetur
esset
capiamur
caperemur
capti, -ae, -a,
capti, -ae, -a, es-
capiamini
caperemini
simus, sitis,
semus, essetis,
capiantur
caperentur
sint
Imperative
essent
Active
Passive
Present
Future
Present
Future
2. cape
2. capito
2. capere
2. capitor
3. capito
3. capitor
2. capite
2. capitote
2. capimini
3. capiunto
3. capiuntor
335
APPLIED LATIN
Active
Pres. capere
Per], cepisse
Fut. capturus, -a, -um,
Pres. capiens, -entis
Fut. capturus, -a, -um
Gerund
Norn.
Gen. capiendi
Dat. capiendo Supine
Ace. capiendum Ace. captum
AM. capiendo AM. captu
Infinitive Passive
Pres. cap!
Per/, captus, -a, -um, esse
Fut. captum Iri
Participle
Perf. captus, -a, -um
Gerundive
capiendus, -a, -um
829. FOURTH CONJUGATION. AUDIO. VERBS IN I
Principal Parts, audio, audire, audivi, audltus
Indicative
Active
Pres. audio, audls, audit, etc.
Imp. audiebam, audiebas, audie-
bat, etc.
Fut. audiam, audies, audiet, etc.
Perf. audivi, audlvisti, audivit, etc
Plup. audlveram, audlveras, audiv
erat, etc.
Futp. audivero, audiveris, audiverit, audltus, -a, -um, ero, eris, erit,
etc. etc.
Passive
audior, audlris, audltur, etc.
audiebar, audiebaris, audieba-
tur, etc.
audiar, audieris, audietur, etc.
audltus, -a, -um, sum, es, est, etc.
audltus, -a, -um, eram, eras,
erat, etc.
Present
audiam
Active-
Imperfect
audirem
—Subjunctive
Perfect
audiverim
Pluperfect
audivissem
audias
audlres
audiveris
audivisses
audiat
audlret
audiverit
audivisset
audiamus
audlremus
audiverimus
audivissemus
audiatis
audlretis
audiv eritis
audivissetis
audiant
audirent
audiverint
audivissent
Present
audiar
Passive
Imperfect
audlrer
— Subjunctive
Perfect
auditus, -a,
Pluperfect
auditus, -a, -um,
audiaris
audireris
-um, sim,
essem, esses,
audiatur
audiretur
sis, sit
esset
audiamur
audlremur
auditi, -ae,
auditi, -ae, -a, es-
audiamini
audiremini
-a, simus,
esmus, essetis
audiantur
audirentur
sitis, sint
336
essent
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
Active
Present Future
2. audi 2. audito
3. audito
2. audite 2. audltote
3. audiunto
Pres. audire
Perf. audlvisse
Fut. auditurus, -a, -um, esse
Imperative
Present
2. audire
2. audimini
Passive
Future
2. auditor
3. auditor
3. audiuntor
Infinitive
Pres. audiri
Perf. auditus, -a, -um, esse
Fut. auditum iri
Pres. audiens, -entis
Fut. auditurus, -a, -um
Gerund
Nom.
Gen. audiendi
Dat. audiendo
Ace. audiendum
Abl. audiendo
Participle
Perf. auditus, -a, -um
Gerundive
audiendus, -a, -um
Supine
Ace. auditum
A bl. auditu
830.
THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS
Indicative
Active Periphrastic
Pres. laudaturus sum,
/ am about to praise
Imp. laudaturus eram,
/ was about to praise
Fut. laudaturus ero,
/ shall be about to praise
Perf. laudaturus fui,
/ have been about to praise
Plup. laudaturus fueram,
/ had been about to praise
Futp. laudaturus fuero,
/ shall have been about to praise
Passive Periphrastic
laudandus sum,
/ must be praised
laudandus eram,
/ had to be praised
laudandus ero,
/ shall have to be praised
laudandus fui,
/ have had to be praised
laudandus fueram,
/ had had to be praised
laudandus fuero,
/ shall have had to be praised
Active
Pres. laudaturus sim
Imp. laudaturus essem
Perf. laudaturus fuerim
Plup. laudaturus fuissem
Pres. laudaturus esse
Fut. laudaturus fuisse
Subjunctive
Passive
laudandus sim
laudandus essem
laudandus fuerim
laudandus fuissem
Infinitive
laudandus esse
laudandus fuisse
337
APPLIED LATIN
In the periphrastic conjugations there are no forms of
the imperative, participles, gerund, gerundive, or supine.
The periphrastic conjugations of the other regular verbs
are:
Active Passive
habiturus sum, etc., habendus sum, etc.,
/ am about to have I must be had {held)
ducturus sum, etc., ducendus sum, etc.,
/ am about to lead I must be led
capturus sum, etc., capiendus sum, etc.,
/ am about to take I must be taken
audlturus sum, etc., audiendus sum, etc.,
/ am about to hear I must be heard
831. THE VERB SUM
Principal Parts, sum, esse, fui, , to be
Indicative
Pres. sum, es, est, etc., Perf. fui, fuisti, fuit, etc.,
/ am, etc. / have been, etc.
Imp. eram, eras, erat, etc., Plup. fueram, fueras, fuerat,
/ was, etc. etc., / had been, etc.
Fui. erd, eris, erit, etc., Futp. fuero, fueris, fuerit, etc.,
/ shall be, etc. / shall have been, etc.
Subjunctive
Pres. Imp. Perf. Plup.
sim essem fuerim fuissem
sis esses fueris fuisses
sit esset fuerit fuisset
simus essemus fuerimus fuissemus
sitis essetis fueritis fuissetis
sint essent fuerint fuissent
Imperative Infinitive
Pres. es, be (thou) Fut. esto, thou shalt be Pres. esse, to be
esto, he shall be Perf. fuisse, to have been
este, be (ye) estote, ye shall be Fut. futurus, -a, -um, esse,
sunto, they shall be to be about to be
Participle
Fut. futurus, -a, -um, about to be
338
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
832. THE VERB POSSUM
Principal Parts, possum, posse, potui, , to be able
Indicative
Pres. possum,
/ am able, I can
potes,
you are able, you can
potest,
he {she, it) is able, can
possumus,
we are able, we can
potestis,
you arc able, you can
possunt,
they are able, they can
Imp. poteram, poteras, poterat, etc.
/ was able {could), etc.
Fut. potero, poteris, poterit, etc.
/ shall be able, etc.
Perf. potui,
/ have been able, could
potuisti,
you have been able, could
potuit,
he {she, it) has been able,
could
potuimus,
we have been able, could
potuistis,
you have been able, could
potuSrunt,
tliey have been able, could
Plup. potueram, potueras, pot-
uerat, etc.,
/ had been able, etc.
Futp. potuero, potueris, potuerit,
/ shall have been able, etc.
Pres.
possim
possis
possit
possimus
possitis
possint
Perf.
potuerim
potueris
potuerit
potuerimus
potueritis
potuerint
Subjunctive
Imp.
possem
posses
posset
possemus
possetis
possent
Plup.
potuissem
potuisses
potuisset
potuissemus
potuissetis
potuissent
Infinitive
Pres. posse, to be able
Perf. potuisse, to have been able
Participle
Pres. potens, -entis, {adjective),
powerful
833. THE IRREGULAR VERBS, VOLO, NOLO, MALO
Principal Parts : volo, velle, volui, , to wish
nolo, nolle, nolui, , to be unwilling
maid,
malle, malui, —
Indicative
— , to prefer
Pres. volo
nolo
maid
vis
non vis
mavis
vult
non vult
mavult
volumus
nolumus
malumus
vultis
non vultis
mavultis
volunt
nolunt
malunt
339
APPLIED LATIN
Imp. volebam, -bas, etc. nolebam, -bas, etc.
Fut. volam, -es, etc.
Perf. volui, -isti, etc.
Plwb. volueram, -eras,
etc.
Futp. voluero, -eris, etc.
Pres. velim
velis
velit
velimus
velitis
velint
Imp. vellem
velles
vellet
vellemus
velletis
vellent
Perf. voluerim, -eris, etc,
Plup. voluissem, -es, etc.
Pres.
Fut.
Pres. velle
Perf. voluisse
Pres. volens, -entis
nolam, -es, etc.
nolui, -isti, etc.
nolueram, -eras,
etc.
noluero, -eris, etc.
Subjunctive
nolim
noils
nolit
nolimus
nolitis
nolint
nollem
nolles
nollet
nollemus
nolletis
nollent
noluerim, -eris, etc.
noluissem, -es, etc.
Imperative
noli
nolite
nolito
nolito
nolitote
nolunto
Infinitive
nolle
noluisse
Participle
nolens, -entis
malebam, -bas, etc.
malam, -es, etc.
malui, -isti, etc.
malueram, -eras,
etc.
maluero, -eris, etc.
malim
mails
malit
malimus
malitis
malint
mallem
malles
mallet
mallemus
malletis
mallent
maluerim, -eris, etc.
maluissem, -es, etc.
malle
maluisse
834. IMPERSONAL VERB
Principal Parts, licet, licere, licuit (licitum est), it is allowed
Indicative
Pres. licet
Imp. licebat
Fut. licebit
Perf. licuit (licitum est)
Plup. licuerat
Futp. licuerit
Subjunctive
Pres. liceat
Imp. liceret
Perf. licuerit
Plup. licuisset
340
Infinitive
Pres. licere
Perf. licuisse
Fut. liciturum
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
§ § o
3 in u
1 1 1 'l i 1 1 i 1 1 1
2 9 3 3
O O O O
a a a a
.3 CD W W
+->*-> en en
rt ct) rt cj
a a a a
S
n H 3 .9 3 <3
o <u .ti .2 .2 3 id
cr cr cr cr cr cr cr
en en en en en en (^
6
E
.WWW
2 3 3 3
W -»-> 4-1 -t->
cr'g
cu cd
en en
* '3
111
9 3 g
CO CO w
CO CO 09
3 3 3
+j +j +j
si
3 CD
>o >
o w
& '2
d cu
•o >
3 ^
a °
O cu
o >
w, w =3 2
CU 1 CD 'JO 1 CD ICD CD ICD 1 CD
"- 1 u !r!
cu CD JJ
> > >
5 S o « «g g
a x> x* S B 3
" 'S -c -c -c
CD CD CD CD CD CD CD
>>>>>>>
H W CO
. CU W W
Hh S. '3 i3
CT CT cd cd
£ £ £ £
0> B
■- fi W
tt .2 w
ri w *>
3 2 & 3 3
.O CD ICD .f5 •-
-i CD CD CD CD
CO > > > >
CO CO g
o S s
3 .2
o 4 "5 -5
cu CQ o
Cn Oh Oh
5 .a
a a
tl15
H .•» •
O icd ico icd icd
OOOOO
iO o o o o
cj cj O u U
.O
CO icd
333
+■> ■*-> -£
.1
<o 3 3
l_ Wh H-> -(_■
CU ICO ICO ICO
O O C O
O O O O
CJ CD CD CD
S3
^ ft*
5 fti fti
341
APPLIED LATIN
o> o
Jj g
aa
4> w
sfig
aaa
a
J3
S
'•S3
&&
II
g eg
cd n ci
a a a
.•jj ? s
r; cd ri
a a h
a
s
g
CO CO
co tn
a a
<u <a
cr cr
CU CU
en en
1 I §
|JJ 5 5
2. '3 P
(U CU CU
en to co
■a
CU
cr
1
<u
cr
3
•3
-t->
■a
a
u
y
o
u
CO
r/l
I
ICU '£
«> 5 S3
do 3
cu <u
> >
O
d
2 3
CO fl
* I S
•e *c
cu cu
> >
w
J*
« 1
0) o
l- •«-»
td >d
a S
iO o
cu U
3 *
td \d td
8
5
6*0
'I
CM
9
,§
S
-c:
t'
3
i
■»*
„
3
co"
d
1
•3
d
1
CO
d
1
i
s
u
c/T
CO
1
'3
id
5
a
a
a
q
10
u
u
u
&9
**c,
3
"3
6
Os S, »s
is Is
9 £
* <s
B *
3 '3
icti id
,§,§
cu
342
SYNOPSIS OF FORMS
836.
THE IRREGULAR VERB EO
Principal Parts, e6, ire, if (ivi), itum, to go
Indicative
Subjunctive
Pres. eo
earn
is
eas
it
eat
imus
eamus
itis
eatis
eunt
eant
Imp. ibam, ibas, etc.
irem, ires, etc.
Fut. ibo, ibis, etc.
Perf. ii (ivi),isti, iit
ierim,
ieris, ierit, etc.
Plup. ieram, ieras, ierat
issem,
isses, isset, etc,
Futp. ierd, ieris, ierit
Infinitive
Participle
Gerund
Supine
Pres. ire
iens, euntis
AT
Ace. itum
iV .
Perf. isse
G. eundi
Abl. itu
Fut. iturus, -a, -um, esse
iturus,
-a, -um
D. eundo
Imperative
A. eundum
Pres. 1
V.
ite
A. eundo
Fut. ito itote
ito eunto
837. THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO
Principal Parts, fer6, ferre, tuli, latus, to bear, carry
Indicative
Active
Passive
Pres. fero
feror
fers
ferris
fert
fertur
ferimus
ferimur
fertis
ferimini
ferunt
feruntur
Imp. ferebam,
-bas,
-bat, etc.
f erebar, -baris, -batur, etc,
Fut. f eram, -es, -et,
etc.
f erar, -eris, -etur, etc.
Perf. tuli, -isti,
-it, etc.
latus sum, es, est, etc.
Plup. tuleram, ■
-eras,
-erat, etc.
latus eram, eras, erat, etc.
Futp. tulero, -eris, -erit, etc.
latus ero, eris, erit, etc.
Subjunctive
Pres. f eram, -as, -at, etc.
Imp. f errem, -es, -et, etc.
Perf. tulerim, -eris, -erit, etc.
Plup. tulissem, -es, -et, etc.
ferar, -aris, -atur, etc.
ferrer, -eris, -etur, etc.
latus sim, sis, sit, etc.
latus essem, esses, esset, etc.
343
APPLIED LATIN
Active
Imperative
Passive
Pres. fer
ferre
ferte
ferimini
Fut. ferto
fertor
ferto
fertor
fertote
ferunto
Infinitive
feruntor
Pres. ferre
ferri
Perf. tulisse
latus, -a, -um, ess
Fut. laturus,
-a,
-um, esse
Participle
latum irl
Pres. ferens, -
entis
Fut. laturus,
-a,
-um
Perf.
Gerundive
latus, -a, -um
f erendus, -a, -um
; Gerund
Supine
Ace. latum
N om.
Gen. ferendi
AH. latu
Dat. ferendo
Ace. ferendum
Abl. ferendo
838. ' THE IRREGULAR VERB FIO (PASSIVE
VOICE OF FACIO)
Principal Parts, fid, fieri, factus sum, to happen, become, be made
Indicative
Pres. fio
fls
fit
fimus
fitis
fiunt
Imp. fiebam, -bas, -bat, etc.
Fut. fiam, -es, -et, etc.
Perf. factus sum, es, est, etc.
Plup. factus eram, eras, erat, etc.
Futp. factus ero, eris, erit, etc.
Imperative
Pres. fi
fite
Subjunctive
fiam
fias
fiat
fiamus
fiatis
fiant
fierem, -es, -et, etc.
factus sim, sis, sit, etc.
factus essem, esses, esset, etc.
Perf.
Participle
factus, -a, -um
Infinitive
Pres. fieri
Perf. factus, -a, -um, esse
Fut. factum iri
Gerundive
faciendus, -a, -um
344
GENERAL VOCABULARY
a, ab, prep, with abl.; of place,
from, away from; of sepa-
ration, from; of agency, by.
a ! or ah ! inter j. , ah ! alas !
ab-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to
hide.
abluo, -ere, -ui, -lutus, to
purify.
abrumpo, -ere, -rupi, -rup-
tus, to break off.
abscondo, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
hide.
absentia, -ae,/., absence.
absolvo, -ere, -lvi, -solutus,
to free.
abstineo, -ere, -tinui, -ten-
tus, abstain from.
abs-traho, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to draw away.
ab-sum, abesse, afui, — , to
be away, be absent ; with
a (ab) and abl.
abundantia, -ae,/., plenty.
accedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum,
to draw near, approach;
be added.
accendo, -ere, -cendi, -cen-
sus, to set fire to, kindle,
light.
acceptus, -a, -um, adj., pleas-
ing to, with dative.
accido, -ere, -cidi, — , to fall
to, happen.
accido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, to
cut into.
accingo, -ere, -cinxi, -cinc-
tus, to gird, arm.
accipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus,
receive, accept.
accommodo, -are, -avi, -atus,
to arrange, adjust.
accuratus, -a, -um, care-
ful.
accurro, -ere, -curri or -cu-
curri, -cursum, to run to.
acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp.
acerbus, -a, -um, adj., sharp,
bitter.
acies, -ei,/., an edge; battle-
line.
acriter, adv., sharply, bravely.
comp., acrius; sup., acer-
rime.
ad, prep, with ace, to, up to,
toward.
ad-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to add.
ad-ducd, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tus, to lead to, induce.
ad-eo, -ire, -ii or -ivi, -itum,
to go to; visit.
adfecto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
desire, aim at.
ad-fero, -ferre, attuli, adla-
tus, to bring to.
adficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus,
to treat.
APPLIED LATIN
ad-fligo, -ere, -flixi, -fiictus,
to strike.
adgredior, -I, -gressus, to
attack.
ad-haereo, -ere, — , — , to
cling to.
adhibeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to
apply.
ad-huc, adv., up to this time.
adimo, -ere, -emi, -emptus,
to take away, with da-
tive of person and ace. of
thing.
adiudico, -are, -avi, -atus, to
award.
ad-iungo, -ere, -iunxi, -iunc-
tus, to join to, add.
ad-iuvo, -are, -iuvi, -iutus, to
help, be of assistance.
ad-ligo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
tie to.
ad-miror, -an, -atus, to won-
der at, admire.
ad-mitto, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to admit.
adolescentia, -ae, /., youth.
ad-opto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
choose; adopt.
ad-orior, -iri, -ortus, attack,
assail.
ad-dro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
beseech, worship.
ad-scisco, -ere, -scivi, -sci-
tus, to take to oneself, ad-
mit, receive.
adsentio, -ire, -sensi, -sen-
sus, to agree, assent.
ad-suesco, -ere, -suevi, -sue-
tum, be accustomed or
wont.
ad-sum, -esse, -fui, — , to
be present, with dat.
adultus, -a, -um, adj.,
grown up, mature.
advenio, -ire, -veni, -ven-
tum, to come, to approach,
adventus, -us, w., a coming
to, arrival,
ad versus, -a, -um, adj., op-
posite; unfavorable.
advoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
call toward.
aedificium, -i, n., sl building.
Aegyptus, -I,/., Egypt,
aequalis, -e y adj., equal, like.
aequo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
make equal or even.
aequus, -a, -um, adj., even,
fair, just.
aer, aeris, m., the air.
aestas, -atis, /., summer,
aetas, -atis,/., life, age.
aeternus, -a, -um, adj., per-
_ petual.
Africa, -ae, /*., the continent
of Africa.
ager, agri, m., a field, farm,
agito, -are, -avi, -atus, move,
pursue.
agmen, -inis, n., a marching
army,
agnosco, -ere, -novi, -nitus,
to recognize,
ago, -ere, egi, actus, to put
in motion, drive,
agricola, -ae, m., a farmer.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
ai! inter j., alas!
ala, -ae, /., a wing,
alienus, -a,-um, adj., strange,
foreign.
aliquando, adv., finally, at
length.
aliquis (-qui) , aliqua, aliquid
(-quod), indej.pron., some
one, something; as adj.,
•some, any.
alius, -a, -ud (gen. alius),
adj., another, other.
Allobroges, -um, m., a Gallic
tribe.
aid, -ere, alui, alitus, to
nourish, feed.
alter, -tera, -terum (gen.
alterius), adj., one of two,
the other,
altercatio, -ionis,/., dispute,
altitudo, -inis, /., depth,
height,
altus, -a, -um, high, deep,
alveus, -I, m., the bed of a
river,
amicitia, -ae, /., friendship,
amicus, -i, w., a friend.
amicus, -a, -van, adj., friendly,
amitto, -ere, -misi, -missus,
to lose,
amo, -are, -avi, -atus, to love,
amor, -oris, m., love,
amoved, -ere, movi, motus,
to move away,
amplus, -a, -um, adj., large,
extensive.
an, conj., or.
ancora, -ae,/., an anchor.
angustus, -a, -um, adj., nar-
row.
anima, -ae,/., breath, life.
animal, -alis, n., animal.
animans, -antis, m., a living
creature.
animus, -i, m., soul, spirit.
annus, -i, m., a year.
annuus, -a, -um, adj., annual.
ante, prep., before.
antea, adv., before, formerly.
ante cedo, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, go forward; surpass.
antiquus, -a, -um, adj., old.
antrum, -i, n., a cave, cav-
ern.
aperio, -ire, aperui, apertus,
to open, unclose.
apertus, -a, -um, adj., open.
appareo, -ere, -ui, — , to
appear.
appello, -are, -avi, -atus, to
call, name.
appeto, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to
seek for.
aptus, -a, -um, adj., fitted,
suited, adapted.
apud, prep, with ace., at, at
the house of, with.
aqua, -ae,/., water.
Aquitania, -ae,/., Aquitania.
ara, -ae, /., an altar.
arbitror, -ari, -atus, to think.
arbor, -oris,/., a tree.
arceo, -ere, -ui, — , to keep
or ward off, hinder.
arcesso, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to
summon, send for.
in
APPLIED LATIN
arcus, -us, m., a bow.
ardeo, -ere, arsi, arsus, to
burn.
ardor, -oris, m., sl burning
heat.
argenteus, -a, -um, adj., of
silver, silvery.
arma, -orum, n., tools; arms;
weapons.
Armenia, -ae,/., a country in
Asia Minor.
anno, -are, -avi, -atus, to
arm, equip.
aroma, -atis, n., spices.
arripio, -ere, -pui, -reptus,
to seize.
ars, artis, /., skill, art.
arundo, -inis, /., a reed.
arx, arcis, /., a citadel, fort-
ress.
ascensus, -us, m., ascent, ap-
proach.
Asia, -ae, /., Asia.
asinus, -I, m., an ass, donkey.
assido, -ere, -sedi, — , to sit
down.
astrum, -I, n., a star.
atque, conj., and; and also.
atrox, -ocis, adj., savage,
fierce, cruel.
attingo, -ere, -tigi, -tactus,
to touch, reach.
auctor, -oris, m., author.
auctoritas, -atis, /., author-
ity, influence.
audacia, -ae, /., boldness.
audacter, adv., boldly.
audax, -acis, adj., bold.
audeo, -ere, ausus sum, to
dare.
audio, -ire, -Ivi, -Itus, to
hear.
augeo, -ere, auxi, auctus,
to increase.
augur, -uris, m., a prophet.
aureus, -a, -um, adj., of
gold, golden.
aurum, -I, n., gold.
aut, conj., or; aut — aut,
either or.
autem, conj., however.
auxilium, -I, n., aid, help.
avaritia, -ae, /., greed.
avidus, -a, -um, adj., desir-
ous of.
avis, -is, /., a bird.
avoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to call
away.
B
baculum, -I, n., a stick.
Balearis, -e, adj., Balearic,
of the Balearic isles.
barbarus, -a, -um, adj., bar-
barous.
Belgae, -arum, m., the Bel-
gians, a nation of northern
Gaul.
bellicosus, -a, -um, adj.,
warlike, fierce.
bello, -are, -avi, -atum, to
wage war.
bellum, -I, n., war.
bene, adv., well; comp., mel-
ius, sup., optime.
beneficium, -I, n., benefit,
kindness.
IV
GENERAL VOCABULARY
biduum, -I, n., two days'
time.
biennium, -I, n., two years'
time.
bini, -ae, -a, distrib. num.
adj., by twos, two each.
bis, num. adv., twice,
bitumen, -mis, n., pitch.
B6I (Boii), -orum, m., the
Boii, a Celtic tribe.
bonus, -a, -um, adj., good.
comp., melior, melius;
sup., optimus, -a, -um.
bracchium, -I, n., an arm.
brevis, -e, adj., short, brief.
Britannia, -ae,/., Britain.
Britannus, -a, -um, adj.,
British.
C
cado, -ere, cecidi, casum, to
fall,
caedes, -is, /., slaughter.
caedo, -ere, cecidi, caesus,
to cut.
caelum, -I, n., the sky.
Caesar, -aris, m., Caius Ju-
lius Caesar,
calamitas, -atis, /., loss, ca-
lamity.
camelus, -i, m., a camel,
campus, -I, m., sl plain, field,
canis, -is, m. and/., a dog.
cantus, -us, m., song.
capillus, -I, m., the hair.
capio, -ere, cepi, captus, to
take, take possession of,
capture, seize,
captivus, -I, m., a prisoner.
capto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
catch at, seize,
caput, -iris, n., the head,
career, -eris, m., sl prison.
cared, -ere, -ui, — , to be
without, lack,
carmen, -inis, n., a song,
verse,
carrus, -i, m., a cart.
Carthago, -inis,/., Carthage,
cams, -a, -um, adj., dear.
castellum, -I, n. } a fortress,
redoubt.
Casticus, -I, a chief,
castra, -orum, a military
encampment, camp,
casus, -us, w., a fall, chance,
mischance.
Catamantaloedes, -is, a chief,
cauda, -ae, /., a tail,
causa, -ae,/., a cause, reason;
with gen., for the sake of.
caveo, -ere, cavi, cautum, to
beware, be on one's guard.
cedo, -ere, cessi, cessum, to
make a motion, yield,
celeb er, -bris, -bre, adj.,
celebrated, famous.
celebro, -are, -avi, -atus,
to frequent, celebrate,
celer, -eris, -ere, adj., swift,
celeritas, -atis, /., speed,
quickness.
celeriter, adv., quickly,
cenaculum, -i, n., a chamber,
censeo, -ere, censui, cen-
sum, estimate, think,
census, -us, m., sl census.
APPLIED LATIN
centum, num. adj., indecl., a
hundred.
centurio, -onis, m., a centu-
rion,
cerno, -ere, crevi, cretus,
to distinguish, discern,
certe, adv., certainly,
certus, -a, -um, adj., settled,
certain,
ceterus, -a, -um, adj., the
rest of, remaining.
cibarius, -a, -um, adj., per-
taining to food.
cibus, -I, m., food.
Cicero, -onis, m., Cicero, the
orator.
cingo, -ere, cinxi, cinctus, to
encompass, surround, en-
circle,
circiter, adv. and prep, with
ace.; as adv., about, nearly;
as prep., near, about.
circuitus, -us, m., circuit.
circum, prep, with ace..
around.
circum-do, -dare, -dedi,
-datus, to put around,
surround, inclose.
circum-sedeo, -ere, -sedi,
-sessum, to sit around;
surround.
circumscribo, -ere, -scrips!,
-scriptus, to confine limit.
circumspicio, -ere, -spexi,
spectus, to look around.
circum-sto, -are, -steti, — ,
to surround.
circumtexo, -ere, -texul,
-textus, to weave around.
circum- venio, -ire, -veni,
-ventum, to come around,
surround.
civis, -is, m. and/., a citizen.
civitas, -atis,/., a state.
clades, -is, /., disaster.
clamo, -are, -avi, -atum, to
cry out, shout.
clamor, -oris, m., an outcry,
clamor.
clarus, -a, -um, adj., clear,
loud.
classis, -is,/., a fleet.
claudo, -ere, clausi, clausus,
to shut, close.
clemens, -ntis, adj., lenient.
cliens, -entis, m., a client,
retainer.
clipeus, -I, m., a shield.
coepi, -isse, coeptus, to be-
gin, commence.
cognosco, -ere, -gnovi, -gni-
tus, to ascertain, learn, to
know.
cogo, -ere, coegi, coactus, to
drive together, force, col-
lect.
cohors, -rtis, /. , a cohort.
cohortor, -ari, -atus, to en-
courage.
collis, -is, m., a height, hill.
collum, -I, n., the neck.
colo, -ere, colul, cultus, to till,
cherish, honor, dwell in.
color, -oris, m., color.
columna, -ae,/., a column.
VI
GENERAL VOCABULARY
coma, -ae, /., the hair.
comburo, -ere, -ussi, -ustus,
to burn up.
comes, comitis, m. and /., a
companion.
commeo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
go and come.
com-mitto, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to commit, intrust.
com-moveo, -ere, -movi,
-motus, to move thor-
oughly, disturb.
communio, -ire, -ivi, -itus,
to fortify.
communis, -e, adj., general,
common.
commutatio, -onis, /., a
change, turn.
com-paro, -are, -avi, -atus,
to provide, get ready.
com-pello, -ere, -puli, -pul-
sus, to drive together,
compel.
compleo, -ere, -evi, -etus,
to fill completely.
com-plures, -a, adj., many,
a great many.
com-pono, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to put together, com-
pose, construct.
com-porto, -are, -avi, -atus,
to bring together, collect.
com-prehendo, -ere, -hendi,
-hensus, to seize, catch.
comprimo, -ere, -pressi,
■pressus,
to restrain,
check,
conatus, -us, m., an attempt.
concedo, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sus, retire, yield,
concido, -ere, -cidi, — , to
fall down, collapse.
concido, -ere, -cidi, clsus,
to cut down, cut to pieces.
concilia, -are, -avi, -atus,
to reconcile,
concilium, -i, n., council,
concipio, -ere, -cepi, -cep-
tus, to take hold of, catch,
concito, -are, -avi, -atus,
to call, arouse,
conclamo, -are, -avi, -atus,
to cry out together, cry
out loud.
conclave, -is, n., a conclave,
concludo, -ere, -si, -sus, to
shut around, surround,
concupisco, -ere, -cupivi,
-itus, to long for.
concurro, -ere, -curri or
-cucurri, -cursum, to run
together,
concursus, -us, m., running
together, collision,
concutio, -ere, -cussi, -cus-
sus, shake up, shatter.
condicio, -onis, /., terms,
condition,
condo, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to put together, found,
conduco, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tus, to hire, collect.
confero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
to bring together, collect,
compare.
vn
APPLIED LATIN
confertus, -a, -um, adj.,
crowded.
conficid, -ere, -feci, -fectus,
to accomplish, complete.
confido, -ere, -fisus sum,
to trust firmly.
confluo, ere, -fluxl, — , to
flow together.
conicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus,
to hurl, throw.
coniungo, -ere, -iunxi, -iunc-
tus, to join together, unite.
coniuratio, -onis, /., a con-
spiracy.
coniunx, -ugis, m. and /., a
husband, wife.
conligo, -ere, -legi, -Iectus,
to gather together, collect.
conor, -ari, -atus, to try.
conscendo, -ere, -scendi,
-scensus, to climb, mount.
conscisco, -ere, -sclvi, -sci-
tus, to decree.
conscius, -a, -um, adj., con-
scious of, with gen.
conscribo, -ere, -scrips!,
-scriptus, to enroll, levy.
consensus, -us, m., agree-
ment.
consentio, -ire, -sensi, -sen-
sus, to think with, agree.
considero, -are, -avi, -atus,
to look at closely, con-
sider.
consilium, -i, n., delibera-
tion, plan.
consisto, -ere, -stiti, take
a position, consist.
consolatio, -onis,/., consola-
tion.
conspectus, -us, m., sight.
conspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spec-
tus, to sight, behold.
constat, -are, -stitit, it is
agreed.
constituo, -ere, -ui, -utus,
to establish, determine.
constringo, -ere, -strinxi,
-strictus, bind together.
consuesco, -ere, -suevi,
-suetum, to be accus-
tomed.
consuetudo, -inis,/., a habit,
custom.
consul, -ulis, m., a consul.
consulates, -us, m., consul-
ship.
consumo, -ere, -sumpsi,
-sumptus, to use up, con-
sume.
contends, -ere, -di, -tus, to
fight, contend.
contentus, -a, -um, adj., con-
tent, satisfied.
continenter, adv., continu-
ously.
contineo, -ere, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to contain, limit,
bound.
contingo, -ere, -tigi, -tactus,
to touch, happen.
contra, prep., against, over
against.
contrahd, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to collect, draw to-
gether.
vm
GENERAL VOCABULARY
controversia, -ae, /., a dis-
pute.
convenio, -ire, -veni, -ven-
tum, to come together, as-
semble.
conventus, -us, m., meet-
ing.
convivium, -I, n., feast.
convoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
call together.
copia, -ae,/., abundance; pi.,
troops, forces.
copiosus, -a, -um, adj., abun-
dant.
cornu, -us, «., a horn, wing.
corona, -ae,/., a crown.
corpus, -oris, n., the body.
corrigo, -ere, -rexi, -rectus,
to correct, reform.
corripio, -ere, -ripui, -rep-
tus, to snatch up.
corrumpo, -ere, -rupi, -rup-
tus, to corrupt.
cotidianus, -a, -um, adj.,
daily.
cotidie, adv., daily.
creber, -bra, -brum, adj.,
frequent.
credo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to
trust, believe, with dat.
cremo, -are, — , — , to burn.
creo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
create, choose, elect.
cresco, -ere, crevi, cretus,
to increase.
crinis, -is, m., the hair.
cubile, -is, n., couch.
culpa, -ae,/., fault.
23
cultus, -us, m., civilization.
cum, prep, with abl., with,
along with.
cum, conj. of time, when,
while, whenever, after; of
concession (with subj.),
although; of cause, since
(with subj.).
cunctus, -a, -um, adj., all
together.
cupiditas, -atis, /., desire,
longing.
cupidus, -a, -um, adj., de-
sirous, with gen.
cupio, -ere, -Ivi, -itus, to de-
sire.
cur, adv., interrog., why?
cura, -ae, /., care.
curiosus, -a, -um, inquisi-
tive.
euro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
care for, provide.
curro, -ere, cucurri, cursum,
to run.
cursus, -us, m., a running,
course.
custodia, -ae,/., watch.
custodio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
guard.
D
damno, -are, -avi, -atus,
to condemn.
de, prep, with abl. , from, down
from, concerning, about.
debeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to
owe, ought.
debilito, -are, -avi, -atus,
to weaken.
IX
APPLIED LATIN
de-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go away, depart.
decern, indecl. num. adj., ten.
decet, -ere, -uit, it is fitting.
decipio, -ere, -cepi, -cep-
tus, to take in, deceive.
de-curro, -ere, -cucurri or
-curri, -cursum, to run
down or from.
deditio, -onis, /., surrender.
de-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to surrender.
de-duco, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tus, to lead away.
defendo, -ere, -di, -fensus,
to defend.
de-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
to bring down, carry away.
deficio, -ere, -feci, -fectum,
to fail, give out.
deicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus.
to throw down.
deinde, adv., then, next.
deled, -ere, -evi, -etus, to
destroy.
de-ligo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
bind down, bind.
deligo, -ere, -legi, -Iectus, to
choose.
de-mitto, -ere, -misl, -mis-
sus,to let down, send away.
denique, adv., afterwards, at
last.
dens, dentis, m., a tooth,
densus, -a, -um, adj., thick,
dense.
de-pello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus,
to drive away, avert.
de-pono, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to put aside.
de-porto, -are, -avi, -atus,
to carry off; lay waste.
deprecator, -oris, m., inter-
cessor.
deprimo, -ere, -press!, -pres-
sus, to hold down.
descendo, -ere, -I, -scensum,
to climb down, descend.
de-scribo, -ere, -scrips!,
-scriptus, to write out; de-
scribe,
desilio, -ire, -silui, — , to
leap down,
de-sisto, -ere, -stiti, -stitum,
to stop, cease,
despicio, -ere, -spexi, -spec-
tus, to look down upon,
despise.
destruo, -ere, -struxi, -struc-
tus, to destroy.
de-sum, deesse, defui, — ,
be lacking, with dat.
de-terreo, -ere, -ui, — , to
frighten off.
de-tineo, -ere, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to keep back, delay.
de-traho, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to draw off, rob, with
dat. of person and ace. of
thing,
detrudo, -ere, -trusi, -trusus,
to push down.
deus, -I, m., a god.
de-voro, -are, -avi, -atus,
to devour,
dexter, -tra,-trum,a^/., right.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
died, -ere, dud, dictus, to
say, appoint.
dictator, -oris, m., a dictator.
dictio, -onis, /., power.
dies, -el,/, and m., a day.
differo, -ferre, distuli, dila-
tus, to bear apart; post-
pone; differ.
difficilis, -e, adj., hard, diffi-
cult.
diffido, -ere, -fisus sum, to
distrust.
dignus, -a, -um, adj., worthy,
with abl.
diligens, -ntis, adj., careful.
diligenter, adv., diligently.
diligentia, -ae, /., care.
di-mitto, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to send away, dis-
miss.
dirigo, -ere, -rexi, -rectus,
to direct, guide.
diripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptus,
to pull apart; plunder
dis-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go away, depart
disciplina, -ae, /., training,
discipline.
disco, -ere, didici, — , to
learn.
dis-par, -paris, adj., unequal,
unlike.
displiceo, -ere, -ui, -itum,
to displease.
dis-pono, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, arrange, dispose.
dissentio, -Ire, -sensi, -sen-
sus, to disagree.
dissimilis, -e, adj., unHke.
dissolvo, -ere, -solvi, -solu-
tus, to loosen, dissolve.
distineo, -ere, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to hold apart.
dis-traho, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to pull apart; sepa-
rate.
diu, adv., long, a long time;
comp., diutius; sup., diu-
tissime.
Diviciacus, -i, m., a chief.
divido, -ere, -visi, -visus, to
separate, divide.
do, dare, dedi, datus, to give.
doceo, -ere, -ui, doctus, to
teach.
dives, -itis, adj., rich.
dolor, -oris, m., grief.
dolus, -I, m., trick.
domina, -ae,/., a lady, mis-
tress.
dominus, -I, m., a master.
domus, -us,/., a house; loc,
domi, at home.
donee, conj., while, as long
as, until.
dono, -are, -avi, -atus, to
present.
donum, -I, n., a gift.
dormio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to
sleep.
dubito, -are, -avi, -atus,
to doubt.
dubius, -a, -um, adj., doubt-
ful, uncertain.
ducenti, -ae, -a, num. adj.,
two hundred.
XI
APPLIED LATIN
duco, -ere, duxi, ductus, to
lead.
dum, conj., while, as long as;
till, until.
Dumnorix, -igis, m., a chief.
duo, -ae, -o, num. adj., two.
duplex, -icis, adj., double.
dux, ducis, m., a leader,
guide.
E
ecce, inter j. , lo! behold!
there !
e-duco, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tus, to lead out.
effemino, -are, -avi, -atus,
to make feminine.
effero, -ferre, extuli, elatus,
to carry out.
efficax, adj., effective.
efficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, to
make, effect, accomplish.
effigies, -el,/., an effigy.
effodio, -ire, -fodi, -fossus,
to dig out.
ego, mei, pers. pron., I, I
myself.
egregius, -a, -um, adj., re-
markable.
ei! inter j., Oh! alas!
eicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus,
to cast or drive out, expel.
elegans, -ntis, adj., elegant.
e-mitto, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to send forth; let go.
emo, -ere, emi, emptus, to
buy, purchase.
emoveo, -ere, -movi, -motus,
to move out, stir.
en! inter j., lo!
enim, conj., postpositive, for,
really,
enuntio, -are, -avi, -atus, to
announce.
eo, ire, ii or ivi, itum, to go.
epistula, -ae,/., a letter.
epulor, -ari, -atus sum, to
feast,
eques, -itis, m., a knight,
equester, -tris, -tre, adj., be-
longing to a horseman.
equitatus, -us, m., cavalry,
equus, -i, m., a horse.
erigo, -ere, -rexi, -rectus, to
raise up; make erect.
eripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptus,
to snatch away, save, with
dat. of person and ace. of
thing.
erro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
wander, mistake.
e-rumpo, -ere, -rupi, -ruptus,
to burst forth,
et, conj., and, also; et . . .
et, both . . . and.
etenim, conj., for.
et-iam, adv. and conj., yet,
even yet, still, even,
e-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum,
to come out, happen,
eventus, -us, m., an out-
come, result.
e-voco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
call out, challenge.
ex, or e {before consonants),
prep. w. abl., out of,
from.
xu
GENERAL VOCABULARY
ex-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, move out, to go forth.
excido,-ere,-i, — , to fall out.
excipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus,
to take up; receive.
ex-clamo, -are, -avi, -atus,
to shout out.
excludo, -ere, -clusi, -clusus,
to shut out, exclude.
exemplum, -I, n., example.
ex-eo, -ire, -ii or -ivi, -itum,
to go out.
exercitus, -us, m., an army.
exigo, -ere, -egi, -actus, to
drive out; exact.
eximo, -ere, -emi, -eniptus,
to take away, remove.
existimatid, -onis, /., opin-
ion, judgment.
existimo, -are, -avi, -atus,
to consider; think.
exitus, -us, m., going out;
end.
expeditus, -a, -um, adj., un-
impeded, free, light-armed.
ex-pello, -ere, -pull, -pul-
sus, to drive out, expel.
experior, -iri, -pertus, to
test, try.
expers, expertis, adj., de-
void of, with gen.
explorator, -oris, m., a scout.
exploro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
investigate, examine.
ex-pono, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to put forth; explain.
ex-porto, -are, -avi, -atus,
to carry away, export.
exprimo, -ere, -pressi, -pres-
sus, to press out, extort.
exprobr6,-are, -avi, -atus, to
reproach.
exsequor, -i, -secutus sum,
to follow out.
exsisto, -ere, -stiti, -stitum,
to stand forth, appear.
exspecto, -are, -avi, -atus,
to look for, await,
exsto, -are, — , — , to stand
out, appear,
exstruo, -ere, -struxi, -struc-
tus, to build up, construct,
exsul, -ulis, m., an exile,
exterus, -a, -um, adj., on the
outside; comp., exterior,
-ius, outer ; sup. , extremus,
-a, -um, outermost.
extra, prep, with ace, outside,
beyond,
ex-traho, -ere, -traxi, -trac-
tus, to draw out.
extremus, see exterus.
ex-uro, -ere, -ussi, -ustus, to
burn up, consume, destroy.
tabula, -ae, /., story, fable.
fades, -ei, /., face,
facile, adv., easily.
facilis, -e, adj., easy.
facio, -ere, feci, factus, to
make, do.
facultas, -atis, /., capacity,
power,
fallax, -acis, adj., deceitful,
treacherous.
xin
APPLIED LATIN
falsus, -a, -um, adj., false.
fama, -ae,/., fame,
familia, -ae, /., family, a
household,
famulus, -I, m., a slave.
fateor, -eri, fassus, to say,
admit,
fatum, -I, n., fate.
fauces, -ium, /., the throat,
faveo, -ere, favi, fautum,
to favor.
feliciter, adv., happily,
felix, -Icis, adj., fortunate,
happy.
femina, -ae, /., a woman.
fera, -ae,/., a wild beast.
ferax, -acis, adj., fertile.
fere, adv., nearly.
fero, ferre, -tuli, -latus, to
bear, carry.
ferox, -oris, adj., fierce.
ferrum, -I, n., iron.
fertilis, -e, adj., fertile,
ferus, -a, -um, adj., wild,
fierce, cruel,
festus, -a, -um, adj., festive,
festal,
fides, -el, /., faith, belief.
fldo, -ere, fisus sum, to trust.
fiducia, -ae, /., confidence.
fidus, -a, -um, adj., faithful.
figura, -ae, /., shape, figure.
fflia, -ae,/., a daughter,
filius, -I, m., a son.
filum, -l, n., a thread.
finio, -ire, -Ivi, . -Itus, to
bound, limit.
finis, -is, m., a boundary,
limit; pi., territory,
finitimus, -a, -um, adj.,
neighboring.
fid, fieri, factus, used as pass.
of facio, to be made, be
done, take place, become,
happen.
firmamentum, -I, the heaven,
flrmo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
strengthen ; fortify,
firmus, -a, -um, adj., strong,
firm.
fiscella, -ae,/., a basket.
flagito, -are, -avi, -atus,
to demand.
flamma, -ae,/., a flame.
flecto, -ere, flexi, flexus, to
bend.
fleo, -ere, flevi, fletum, to
weep.
fl6,flare,flavi,flatum,toblow.
floreo, -ere, -ui, — , to bloom,
flos, floris, w., a flower.
flumen, -inis, n., a river,
fluo, -ere, fluxi, — , to flow,
foedus, -eris, n., a treaty,
fons, fontis, m., a spring,
fountain.
forma, -ae,/., form, shape.
formido, -inis, /., fear,
forte, adv., perhaps.
fortis, -e, adj., strong, brave,
fortiter, adv., bravely,
fortitudo, -inis,/., bravery,
fortuna, -ae,/., fortune, fate.
fortunatus, -a, -um, adj.,
fortunate.
xiv
GENERAL VOCABULARY
forum, -I, n., a public place,
the forum.
fossa, -ae,/., a ditch, trench.
fovea, -ae,/., a pitfall, snare.
fragilis, -e, adj., fragile.
frango, -ere, fregi, fractus,
to break.
frater, -tris, m., a brother.
frequens, -entis, adj., fre-
quent.
fretus, -a, -um, adj., de-
pending or relying upon,
with abl.
frigidus, -a, -um, adj., cold.
frigus, -oris, n., cold weather,
cold.
frons, frontis,/.,the forehead.
frumentarius, -a, -um, adj.,
of or pertaining to grain;
res frumentaria, grain sup-
ply.
frumentum, -i, n., grain.
fruor, -I, fructus, to enjoy,
with abl.
frustra, adv., in vain.
fuga, -ae,/., flight.
fugio, -ere, fugi, fugitum, to
flee, escape.
fugitivus, -a, -um, adj., fugi-
tive.
fulgeo, -ere, fulsi, — , to
flash, gleam.
funda, -ae,/.,.a sling.
fundo, -ere, fudi, fusus, to
pour forth.
fungor, -I, functus, to per-
form; do one's duty, with
abl.
furor, -oris, m., rage,
furtum, -I, n., theft.
Gabinius, -I, m., Gabinius.
Galba, -ae, w., Galba, a
lieutenant of Caesar.
galea, -ae,/., a helmet.
Gallia, -ae, /., the country
Gaul.
Gallicus, -a, -um, adj., Gallic.
Gallus, -a, -um, adj., Gallic.
gaudeo, -ere, gavisus sum,
to rejoice.
gemma, -ae, /., a gem.
Genava, -ae, /., Geneva.
gens, gentis, /., a tribe,
people, nation.
genus, -eris, w., race, family.
Germania, -ae,/., Germany.
gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, to
bear, wage, carry on.
gigno, -ere, genui, genitus,
to beget, bear.
glacies, -ei,/., ice.
gladius, -I, m., a sword.
gloria, -ae,/., glory.
gracilis, -e, adj., slender.
gradatim, adv., step by step.
gradior, -I, gressus, to go,
walk.
Graecia, -ae,/., Greece.
gramen, -inis, n., grass.
gratia, -ae, /., favor, grati-
tude.
gratus, -a, -um, adj., agree-
able, pleasant, with dat.
gravis, -e, adj., heavy.
xv
APPLIED LATIN
graviter, adv., heavily,
grex, gregis, m., flock,
gubernator, -oris, m., & pilot.
H
habeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to
have, hold, regard.
habito, -are, -avi, -atum,
to inhabit, with in and abl.
haedus, -I, m., a kid.
haereo, -ere, haesi, haesum,
to stick, cling.
haurio, -ire, hausi, haustus,
to drink, drink in, drain.
Hebraeus, -a, -um, adj.,
Hebrew.
heu! inter j., alas!
hie, haec, hoc, dem. pron.,
this, this one; he, she, it.
hie, adv., here.
hiems, hiemis, /., the win-
ter; storm.
Hierosolyma, -ae, /"., Jeru-
salem.
hinc, adv., from this place,
hence.
Hispania, -ae,/., Spain.
ho die, adv., to-day.
homo, -inis, m., man.
honor, -oris, m., honor.
hora, -ae,/., an hour.
horribilis, -e, adj., dreadful.
hortor, -ari, -atus, to urge.
hospitium, -i, n., hospitality.
hostis, -is, m., an enemy.
hue, adv., to this place.
humanitas, -tatis,/., civiliza-
tion, refinement.
humerus, -i, m., the shoulder.
humilis, -e, adj., humble,
humus, -i,/., ground, humi,
loc, on the ground.
iaceo, -ere, -cui, — , to He,
recline.
iacio, -ere, ieci, iactus, to
throw, cast, hurl.
Iac6bus, -i, m., Jacob.
iam, adv., presently, now.
ianua, -ae,/., a door.
ibi, adv., there.
ictus, -us, m., a stroke.
idem, eadem, idem, dem.
pron., the same, same one.
identidem, adv., again and
again.
idoneus, -a, -um, adj.,
suitable, proper.
igitur, conj., postpositive, ac-
cordingly, therefore.
ignavia, -ae,/., idleness.
ignis, -is, m., fire.
ignominia, -ae, /., disgrace,
dishonor.
ignosco, -ere, -novi, -notus,
to pardon.
ille, ilia, illud, dem. pron.,
that, that one; he, she, it.
aiustris, -e, adj., famous.
imago, -inis,/., an image.
immitto, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to send into, send in.
immo, conj., nay.
immortalis, -e, adj., im-
mortal.
xvi
GENERAL VOCABULARY
impedimentum, -i, n., sl hin-
drance; pi., baggage of an
army.
impedio, -ire, -Ivi or ii,
-itum, to hinder, prevent;
delay.
impello, -ere, -pull, -pulsus,
to drive on, impel.
impended, -ere, — , — , to
overhang.
imperator, -oris, m., a gen-
eral.
imperitus, -a, -um, adj., un-
skilled, with gen.
imperium, -I, n., command,
power.
impero, -are, -avi, -atus, to
command.
impetro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
gain a request.
impetus, -us, m., an attack,
charge.
implied, -are, -avi, -atus,
to enfold, entangle.
impono, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to put upon; impose.
importo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
carry in, import.
imprimo, -ere, -pressi, -pres-
sus, to press into, engrave.
impudens, -ntis, adj., shame-
less.
in, prep, with ace. into, or
abl.y in.
inambulo, -are, -avi, -atum,
to walk up and down.
incendium, -i, n., a confla-
gration, fire.
incido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, to
cut into.
incipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus,
to begin,
in-cito, -are, -avi, -atus, to
urge on, impel,
inclino, -are, -avi, -atus, to
bend,
includo, -ere, -clusi, -clusus,
to shut in, confine.
incola, -ae, m., an inhabitant.
in-colo, -ere, -colui, — , to
dwell in, inhabit, with ace.
incommodum, -i, n., loss,
harm.
in-credibilis, -e, adj., in-
credible,
inde, adv. of place, from that
place, thence,
indicium, -i, n., information,
in-dignus, -a, -um, adj., un-
worthy, with abl.
in-duco, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tum, to lead on, influence.
in-duo, -ere, -ui, -utus, to
put on, to dress in.
industria, -ae,/., industry.
in-eo, -ire, -ivi and -ii, -itum,
to go into,
inermis, -e, adj., weaponless,
unarmed,
infans, -antis, m. and /., an
infant,
infantulus, -i, m., an infant,
in-fero, -ferre, intuli, in-
latus, to bear against , wage.
inferus, -a, -um, adj., low;
co nip., inferior, -ius, lower;
xvn
APPLIED LATIN
sup., infimus or imus, -a,
-um, lowest.
in-flecto, -ere, -flexi, -flex-
us, to bend away.
in-fluo, -ere, -fluxi, — , to
flow into.
ingenium, -I, »., wits.
ingens, -entis, adj., huge.
Ingredior, -T, -gressus, to go
into, enter.
initio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, to
throw in, inspire.
inimicus, -a, -um, adj., un-
friendly, hostile, with dat.
iniquus, -a, -um, adj., un-
equal, unfair.
initium, -i, n., a beginning.
iniuria, -ae, /., injustice, in-
jury.
inopia, -ae, /., want.
inquam, defect., to say.
inrisus, -us, laughter.
in-rumpo, -ere, -rupi, -rup-
tus, to break into, storm.
insania, -ae, /., madness.
in-sciens, -entis, adj., ig-
norant, with gen.
in-scius, -a, -um, adj., un-
conscious.
In-scribo, -ere, -scrips!,
-scriptus, to write upon,
inscribe.
insignis, -e, adj., distin-
guished, conspicuous.
insilio, -Ire, -ui, — , to leap
upon, mount.
In-sisto, -ere, -stiti, — , to
stand upon.
instituo, -ere, -ui, -utus, to
establish; determine.
institutum, -I, n., a custom.
in-st6, -are, -stiti, -statum,
to stand upon.
In-struo, -ere, -struxi, -struc-
tus, to arrange, plan.
insula, -ae,/., an island.
insulto, -are, to leap upon.
intellego, -ere, -lexi, -Iectus,
to understand.
in-tendo, -ere, -tendi, -ten-
tus, to stretch, strain.
inter, prep, with ace., be-
tween, among.
inter-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go between, in-
tervene.
intercipio, -ere, -cepi, -cep-
tus, to take between, in-
terrupt.
intercludo, -ere, -clusi, -clu-
sus, to cut off, shut off.
interdiu, adv., in the day-
time, by day.
interdum, adv., meanwhile.
inter-ea, adv., meanwhile.
inter-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum,
to perish, be killed.
interficio, -ere, -feci, -fec-
tus, to kill.
interimo, -ere, -emi, -emp-
tus, to kill.
interior, -ius, comp. adj.,
inner.
inter-mitto, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to interrupt, check.
xvm
GENERAL VOCABULARY
inter-pond, -ere, -posui,
-positus, to put between,
interpose.
interpres, -pretis, m., an
interpreter.
inter-rogo, -are, -avi, -atus,
to ask, question.
inter-rumpo, -ere, -rupi,
-ruptus, to break through.
inter-sum, -esse, -fui, — ,
to be between, with dat.
inter-vallum, -i, n., interval.
intonsus, -a, -um, adj., un-
shaved.
intra, prep, with ace., within.
intro-duco, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tus, to lead in, introduce.
in-tueor, -eri, -itus, to gaze
at.
in-tumescd, -ere, -tumui, — ,
swell up, rise, rage.
intus, adv., within.
in-ultus, -a, -um, adj., un-
avenged.
in-vado, -ere, -vasi, -vasus,
to invade, seize.
in-venio, -ire, -veni, -ven-
tum, to come upon, find
(by chance).
in- video, -ere, -vidi, -visum,
to envy, with dat.
invidia, -ae,/., envy, hatred.
invisus, -a, -um, adj., hate-
ful, with dat.
invitus, -a, -um, adj., un-
willing.
invius, -a, -um, adj., im-
passable.
Iosephus, -i, m., Joseph.
Iosue, -es, w., Joshua.
ipse, -a, -um, dem. pron.,
self, himself, herself, it-
self; he, she, it.
ira, -ae,/., anger,
iratus, -a, -um, adj., angry.
is, ea, id, dem. pron., that,
that one, this; he, she,
it.
iste, ista, istud, dem. pron.,
that of yours, that.
it a, adv., so.
Italia, -ae,/., Italy,
ita-que, conj., and so.
item, adv., likewise.
iter, itineris, n., journey.
iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus, to
order,
iudex, -icis, m., a judge.
iudicium, -i, n., judgment,
decision,
iugum, -i, n., a yoke; ridge,
iumentum, -i, n., sl beast of
burden.
iungo, -ere, iunxi, iunctus,
to join, unite,
ius, iuris, n., right, justice,
law.
ius iurandum, iuris iurandi,
n., an oath,
iustitia, -ae,/., justice.
iuvenis, -is, m., sl young man.
Kalendae, -arum, /., the
jirst day of the month, the
Kalends.
xix
APPLIED LATIN
labor, -oris, m., toil, exer-
tion, labor.
labor, -I, lapsus, to slip.
lac, lactis, n., milk.
lacesso, -ere, -Ivi, -Itus, to
harass, provoke.
lacus, -us, m., a lake.
laetor, -ari, laetatus sum,
to rejoice.
laetus, -a, -um, adj., happy,
glad.
laevus, -a, -um, adj., left, on
or to the left.
lampas, -adis, /., a torch.
lapideus, -a, -um, adj., stony.
lapis, -idis, m., a stone.
lapsus, -us, m., a slip, col-
lapse.
late, adv., widely.
lateo, -ere, -ui, — , to lie
hidden.
Latinus, -a, -um, adj., of
Latium, Latin.
latitudo, -inis,/., width.
Latobrigi, -drum, m., the
Latobrigi.
latus, -eris, n., a side.
latus, -a, -um, adj., broad,
extensive.
laudo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
praise.
laus, laudis, /., praise.
legatio, -onis, /., an em-
bassy.
legatus, -I, m., a legate, am-
bassador; lieutenant.
legio, -onis,/., a legion.
lenio, -ire, -Ivi (-ii), -Itus,
to appease, pacify.
lenitas, -tatis,/., lenience.
leo, -onis, m., a lion.
levis, -e, adj., light.
lex, legis, /., law.
libenter, adv., gladly.
liber, -era, -erum, adj., free.
liberalitas, -tatis, /., gener-
osity.
libero, -are, -avi, -atus, to
set free, release.
libertas, -atis, /., liberty.
libet, libere, libuit, it is
pleasing, suits.
licet, -ere, -cuit and -citum
est, it is permitted.
ligo, -are, -avi, -atus, to bind.
limen, -inis, n., a threshold.
lingua, -ae,/., the tongue.
linio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
smear.
littera, -ae,/., a letter of the
alphabet; pi., writing, in-
scription, letter, dispatch.
litus, -oris, n., the shore,
beach.
loco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
place.
locus, -I, m. (pi. loci and
loca), a place, spot.
longitudo, -inis,/., length.
longus, -a, -um, adj., long.
loquax, adj., talkative.
loquor, -I, locutus, to say,
speak.
Ulrica, -ae, /., a leathern
cuirass.
xx
GENERAL VOCABULARY
luceo, -ere, -luxi, to shine,
ludibrium, -I, n., sport,
ludus, -I, m., a game.
lumen, -inis, n., light,
luna, -ae, /., the moon,
lux, lucis,/., light, daylight.
M
maere6, -ere, — , — , to be
sad, grieve, lament.
magis, comp. adv., more.
magistrates, -us, m., mag-
istracy.
magnificus, -a, -urn, adj.,
grand, magnificent.
magnitudo, -inis, /., great-
ness, size.
magnopere, adv., greatly, ex-
ceedingly.
magnus, -a, -um, adj., great,
large ; comp. , maior, maius ;
sup., maximus, -a, -um.
male, adv., badly, ill; comp.,
peius; sup., pessime.
maleficium, -I, n., a misdeed.
malo, malle, malui, — , to
prefer, choose.
malum, -I, n., evil.
malus, -a, -um, adj., bad,
evil; comp., peior, -ius ;
sup., pessimus, -a, -um.
mane, adv., in the morning.
maneo, -ere, mansi, man-
sum, to stay, remain.
manifestos, -a, -um, adj.,
clear, manifest.
manipulus, -I, m., a handful
{of hay) .
manus, -us, /., a hand.
mare, -is, n., the sea.
mar go, -inis, m., a border.
mater, -tris, /., a mother.
matrimonium, -I, n., mar-
riage.
Matrona, -ae, /., the River
Marne.
maturo, -are, -avi, -atum,
to hasten.
maturus, -a, -um, adj., ripe,
early.
maxilla, -ae, /., jaw bone.
maxime, especially.
medicina, -ae,/., remedy.
medicus, -I, m., a doctor.
medius, -a, -um, adj., middle,
with gen.
memini, -isse, deject., to re-
member.
memor, -oris, adj., mindful.
memoria, -ae,/., memory.
memoro, -are, -avi, -atus,
recount, say, relate.
mens, mentis,/., mind, feel-
ings, heart.
mensa, -ae, /., a table.
mensis, -is, m., a month.
mentior, -iri, -Itus, to lie.
mercator, -oris, m., a mer-
chant.
merces, -edis,/., price, offer
of reward.
mereo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to
deserve, merit.
meridies, -el, m., midday.
meritum, -I, n., reward, a
merit.
xxi
APPLIED LATIN
Messala, -ae, m., Messala.
messis, -is,/., harvest.
metior, -iri, mensus, to meas-
ure.
metuo, -ere, -ui, — , to fear.
metus, -us, m., fear.
meus, -a, -um, poss. pron.,
my, mine.
miles, -itis, m., a soldier.
militaris, -e, adj., military;
res militaris, the art of war.
mille, num. adj., a thousand.
minime, adv., least of all.
minor, -ari, -atus, threaten.
rnirabilis, -e, adj., wonderful.
miror, -ari, -atus, to admire.
mirus, -a, -um, adj., mar-
velous.
misceo, -ere, -ui, mixtus, to
mix, mingle.
misereor, -eri, -itus, to have
compassion, pity.
miseret, -ere, -uit, it pities,
with ace. of person and
gen. of cause of feeling.
mitis, -e, adj., mild, gentle.
mitto, -ere, misi, missus, to
let go, send.
modo, adv., just now, lately.
modus, -i, m., measure, size;
fashion.
molior, -iri, -itus, to attempt,
build.
mollio, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus,
to make soft, soften.
moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to
advise, warn.
mons, montis, m., mountain.
monstrd, -are, -avi, -atus, to
show, indicate, tell.
mora, -ae,/., a delay.
morior, -i, mortuus, to die.
moror, -ari, -atus, to delay.
mors, mortis, /., death.
mos, moris, m., habit, cus-
tom; pi., character.
Moses, -is, m., Moses.
motus, -us, m., a movement,
motion.
moveo, -ere, movi, motus, to
move, stir, set in motion.
mox, adv., soon.
mulier, -eris,/., a woman.
multiplex, -icis, adj., with
many folds; frequent.
multitudo, -inis, /., a multi-
tude.
multus, -a, -um, adj., many;
comp., plus, pluris, more;
sup , plurimus, -a, -um,
most.
mulus, -i, m., a mule.
munio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
fortify.
munitio, -onis, /., fortifica-
tion.
munus, -eris, n., an office,
duty.
murus, -i, m., a wall.
muto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
change.
N
nam, conj., for.
Nammeius, -i, m., Namme-
ius.
xxn
GENERAL VOCABULARY
narro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
report, say, describe.
nascor, -I, natus, to be born.
natio, -onis,/., nation, tribe.
nato, natare, natavi, natatus,
to swim.
natura, -ae,/., nature, char-
acter.
nauta, -ae, m., a sailor.
navalis, -e, adj., naval.
navis, -is, /., a ship.
-ne, end. adv. and conj.;
as adv., in direct questions,
a sign of interrogation; as
conj., in indirect questions,
whether.
ne, conj., that . . . not, lest.
necessario, adv., necessarily.
necessitas, -atis, /., neces-
sity.
nego, -are, -avi, -atus, to
say no, deny.
negotium, -I, n., business.
nemo (dat. neminl, ace.
neminem), no one.
neque or nee, conj., and not,
nor.
nequeo, -ire, -ivi (-ii),
-itum, to be unable.
nervus, -i, m., a sinew, cord.
neuter, -tra, -trum {gen. neu-
trius) adj., neither, of two.
nihil, n. indecl., nothing.
nihildminus, adv., neverthe-
less.
nisi, conj., if not, unless.
nobilis, -e, adj., well-known,
noble.
nobilitas, -atis,/., fame; no-
bility.
noceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to
hurt, with dat.
noctu, adv., by night.
nolo, nolle, nolui, — , not
to wish, be unwilling,
ndmen, -inis, n., a name,
nominatim, adv. , by name,
nomino, -are, -avi, -atus, to
name.
non, adv., not.
non-dum, adv., not yet.
nonne, particle introducing
interrogation, expecting af-
firmative answer.
non-nullus or non nullus, -a,
-um, adj., some, several,
non-numquam or non num-
quam, adv., sometimes.
Noreia, -ae,/., a city of the
Norici.
Noricus, -a, -um, adj., Nor-
ican.
noster, -tra, -trum, poss.
pron., our, ours, our own.
nota, -ae, /., a mark, spot,
novus, -a, -um, adj., new,
fresh, strange,
nox, noctis, /., night,
nubes, -is,/., a cloud, mist,
nudus, -a, -um, adj., bare,
nullus, -a, -um {gen. nullius)
adj., no, not any.
num, interrog. adv., is it
not? with indirect question,
whether.
numerus, -i, m., a number.
xxin
APPLIED LATIN
nummus, -I, m., a com.
numquam, adv., never,
nunc, adv., now, at present,
nuntio, -are, -avi, -atus, to
announce, report.
nuntius, -I, m., messenger.
nuper, adv., lately.
nutrio, -Ire, -ivl (-ii), -Itus, to
nourish, feed.
O
6, inter j., 0! oh!
ob, prep, with ace, on ac-
count of.
obaeratus, -a, -um, adj., in
debt.
ob-eo, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itum,
perish, die.
obicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, to
throw before, interpose.
obliviscor, -I, oblitus, to for-
get, with gen. or ace.
ob-ruo, -ere, -rui, -rutus, to
overwhelm, destroy.
ob-sequor, -I, -secutus, to
yield, submit; assist.
obsero, -are, -avi, -atus, to
bolt.
obses, -idis, m., a hostage.
obsideo, -ere, -sedi, -sessus,
besiege.
obsidio, -onis, /., a siege.
obstruo, -ere, -struxi, -struc-
tus, to build against, ob-
struct.
obtineo, -ere, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to hold, obtain.
obvius, -a, -um, adj., oppos-
ing, in the way, with dat.
occasio, -onis,/., an occasion.
occasus, -us, m., a setting;
occasus solis, sunset; the
west.
occido, -ere, -cidi, -casum, to
fall or go down, set.
occido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus,
to cut down, kill.
occulto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
hide, conceal.
occumbo, -ere, cubui, cubit-
um, to die.
occupo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
seize; capture.
occurro, -ere, -curri, -cur-
sum, to run to meet.
Oceanus, -i, m., the ocean.
oculus, -I, m., an eye.
odi, odisse, osurus, to hate.
odor, -oris, m., an odor.
offero, -ferre, obtuli, oblatus,
to bring before, offer.
olea, -ae,/., olive tree.
olim, adv., once, formerly.
omen, -inis, n., an omen.
omitto, -ere, -misi, -missus,
to give up, omit.
omnino, adv., altogether, en-
tirely.
omnis, -e, adj., all, every.
onus, -eris, n., a load.
opertus, -a, -um, adj., con-
cealed.
opinio, -onis, /., opinion.
oportet, -ere, -uit, it is neces-
sary.
xxiv
GENERAL VOCABULARY
oppidanus, -a, -um, adj., be-
longing to a town, towns-
people.
oppidum, -I, n . , a walled town ;
stronghold.
opprimo, -ere, -press!, -pres-
sus, to crush, oppress.
opperior, -iri, oppertus, to
wait for.
oppugno, -are, -avi, -atus,
to attack, storm.
opus, -eris, n., work, task.
ora, -ae, /., the shore.
oratio, -orris,/., a speech, ora-
tion.
orbis, -is, m., a circle, cir-
cuit; orbis terrae or ter-
rarum, the world.
ordo, -inis, m., sl rank of
soldiers; order.
Orgetorix, -rigis, m., Orge-
torix.
origo,-inis,/. , a source, origin.
orior, -iri, ortus, to arise;
begin.
orno, -are, -avi, -atus, to
adorn, decorate.
oro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
entreat, plead.
6s, oris, n., the mouth.
os, ossis, n., a bone.
ostendo, -ere, -di, -tus, to
show, disclose.
otium, -i, n., leisure.
ovis, -is,/., a sheep.
pabulum, -i, n., fodder.
24
paciscor, -i, pactus, to agree,
stipulate.
paco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
pacify.
paene, adv., nearly, almost.
paenitet, -ere, -uit, with ace.
of person and gen. of cause
of feeling, it repents.
pagus, -i, m., a district.
palus, -udis, /., a swamp,
marsh.
par, paris, adj., equal.
paratus, -a, -um, adj.,
ready.
parco, -ere, peperci, parsus,
to spare, with dat.
pareo, -ere, -ui, — , to ap-
pear; obey, with dat.
paries, -etis, m. } a (house)
wall.
pario, -ere, peperi, partus,
to bear (i. e., to give birth
to; not bear, carry) ; gain.
pariter, adv., equally.
paro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
prepare, provide.
pars, partis, /., a part.
particeps, -cipis, adj., shar-
ing in, with gen.
partim, adv., partly; partim
. . . partim, partly . . .
partly.
partior, -iri, -itus, to divide.
parum, adv., too little, not
enough; comp., minus,
less; sup., minime, least.
parvulus, -a, -um, adj.,
little.
XXV
APPLIED LATIN
parvus, -a, -um, adj., small,
little ; cotnp., minor, minus ;
sup., minimus, -a, -um,
least.
pasco, pascere, pavi, pastus,
to feed.
passus, -us, m., a step, pace.
pastor, -oris, m., a shep-
herd.
pastoralis, -e, adj., belonging
to a shepherd.
pateo, -ere, -ui,
to lie
open, stretch out, extend,
pater, -tris, m., a father.
patior, -I, passus, to bear,
endure, permit.
patria, -ae, /., fatherland,
native country.
pauci, -ae, -a, adj., few.
pax, pads,/., peace.
pectus, -oris, n., the breast.
pecunia, -ae,/., money, sum
of money.
pedester, -tris, -tre, adj.,
on foot, pedestrian.
pedum, -I, n., a crook.
pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus,
to strike, beat; expel,
pendeo, -ere, pependi, — ,
to hang, be suspended.
penes, prep, with ace, in the
power of.
penna, -ae,/., a feather.
per, prep. w. ace., through.
percello, -ere, -cull, -culsus,
to overthrow.
percipio, -ere, -cepi, -cep-
tus, to receive, perceive.
percutio, -ere, -cussi, -cus-
sus, to smite.
per-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to lose.
per-duco, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tus, to lead through; con-
struct.
per-eo, -ire, -il or -Ivi, -itum,
perish, be lost.
perfacilis, -e, adj., very easy.
per-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
to bear through, endure;
announce.
perficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus,
to accomplish, complete,
make.
pergo, -ere, perrexi, per-
rectum, to go on.
perlculum, -I, n., peril, dan-
ger.
peritus, -a, -um, adj., skilled
in, with gen.
per-maneo, -ere, -mansi,
-mansum, to last through,
remain.
per-mitto, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to permit, allow.
per-moveo, -ere, -movi,
-motus, to move deeply,
disturb, alarm.
pernicies, -el,/., destruction,
death.
pernocto, -are, -avi, -atum,
to pass the night.
perobscurus, -a, -um, adj.,
very dark.
per-pauci, -ae, -a, adj., very
few.
xxvi
GENERAL VOCABULARY
perpetud, adv., constantly,
perpetually.
per-rumpd, -ere, -rupi, -rup-
tus, to break through.
per-sequor, -i, -secutus, to
follow after, follow, pursue.
persevero, -are, -avi, -atus,
to persist.
perspicio", -ere, -spexi, -spec-
tus, to see through.
per-suadeo, -ere, -suasi,
-suasus, to persuade, with
dat. In passive used im-
personally.
pertineo, -ere, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to pertain, have to
do with.
per-venio, -ire, -veni, -ven-
tum, to come through,
arrive, reach.
pes, pedis, m., sl foot.
peto, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to seek.
Pharao, -onis, m., the King
of Egypt.
Philistaeus, -a, -um, adj.,
Philistine.
pictura, -ae,/., a painting.
piget, -ere, -uit, it grieves,
with ace. of person and
gen. of cause of feeling.
pilum, -I, n., a javelin.
piscis, -is, m., a fish.
Piso, -onis, m., Piso.
pix, picis,/., pitch.
placeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to
please ;impers., it is pleas-
ing, with dat.
planities, -ei,/., a plain.
planta, -ae, /., a sprout,
plant.
plebes, plebis, or plebei, /.,
the common people.
plenus, -a, -um, adj., full,
with gen.
pled, -ere, -evi, -etus, to fill.
plumbum, -i, n., lead.
poena, -ae, /., punishment,
penalty.
poeta, -ae, m., sl poet.
polliceor, -6ri, -itus, to
promise.
pompa, -ae,/., a solemn pro-
cession.
pomum, -I, n., an apple.
pondus, -eris, n., a weight.
pono, -ere, posui, positus, to
place.
pons, pontis, m., a bridge.
populor, -ari, -atus, to
devastate.
populus, -I, m., a people,
nation, body of citizens.
porro, adv., moreover, be-
sides.
porta, -ae,/., a gate.
portendo, -ere, -tendi, -ten-
tus, to signify.
porto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
bear, carry.
portus, -us, m., port.
posco, -ere, poposci, — , to
ask, demand.
possessio, -onis, /., posses-
sion.
possideo, -ere, -sedi, -ses-
sus, to possess.
xxvii
APPLIED LATIN
possum, posse, potui, — , to
be able.
post, prep. w. ace, behind,
after, since.
post-ea, adv., afterward.
posterus, -a, -um, adj., the
following, next ; comp . ,
posterior, -ius; sup.,
postremus, -a, -um (post-
umus, -a, -um), last.
post-quam, conj., after,
when.
postremo, adv.,a,t last, finally.
postridie, adv., next day.
potentia, -ae, /., power.
potestas, -atis, /., power.
potior, -in, -itus, to get
possession of, seize, with
abl.
potius, adv., rather.
praebeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to
have ready; furnish.
prae-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go before, surpass.
praeceps, -cipitis, adj., steep,
precipitous.
praecido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus,
to cut off.
praecipio, -ere,-cepi,-ceptus,
to advise, warn, with dat.
praecludo, -ere, -si, -sus,
to shut off.
praecurro, -ere, -curri, -cur-
sum, to run before.
praeda, -ae, /., booty, plun-
der.
prae-duco, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tus, to lead before.
prae-f ero, -f erre, -tuli, -latus,
to bear before, prefer.
praeficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus,
to put in command of,
with ace. of person and
dat. of thing.
prae-mitto, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to send in advance.
praemium, -I, n., a reward.
prae-paro, -are, -avi, -atus,
to get ready beforehand.
prae-pono,-ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to put in charge of,
with ace. of person and
dat. of thing.
prae-scribo, -ere, -scrips!,
-scriptus, to direct, pre-
scribe, with dat.
praesens, -entis, adj., pres-
ent.
praesentio, -ire, -sensl, -sen-
sus, to feel beforehand.
praesertim, adv., especially.
praesideo, -ere, -sedi, -ses-
sum, sit down before.
praesidium, -I, n., garrison,
guard.
praestat, -are, -stitit, it is
better.
prae-sum, -esse, -fui, — ,
to be in charge of, be head
of, with dat.
prae-tendo, -ere, -tendi,
-tentus, to stretch forth,
extend.
praeter, prep, with ace, be-
yond; besides, except.
praeter-ea, adv., besides.
xxvin
GENERAL VOCABULARY
praetor, -oris, m., praetor.
prae-venio, -ire, -veni, -ven-
tum, to arrive before, an-
ticipate.
premo, -ere, press!, pressus,
to press, press down, op-
press.
prendo, -ere, prehendi, pre-
hensus (prensus) , to seize,
grasp.
pretium, -I, n., a price.
prex, precis,/., a prayer.
pridie, adv., on the day before.
primo, adv., at first; first.
primum, adv., first, at first.
primus, -a, -um, adj., first,
foremost, earliest.
princeps, -ipis, m., chieftain.
principatus, -us, m., chief-
tainship.
prior, prius, comp. adj., for-
mer, first.
pristinus, -a, -um, adj.,
former.
prius-quam, conj., before,
until.
privatus, -a, -um, adj., pri-
vate.
privo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
deprive, rob.
pro, prep, with abl., before, in
front of; for, in behalf of.
probo, -are, -avi, -atum, to
approve, favor.
probrum, -i, n., a base act.
pro-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go forward, ad-
vance.
procul, adv., at a distance,
afar.
pro-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to
betray.
pro-duco, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tus, to lead forth, prolong.
proelium, -i, n., a battle.
profectio, -onis, /., a de-
parture.
pro-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
to bring forth, extend.
proficiscor, -i, profectus, to
set out.
profiigo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
crush completely.
pro-flud, -ere, -fluxi, — , to
flow forth, arise.
progredior, -i, -gressus, to
go forward, advance.
prohibeo, -ere, -ui, -itus,
to restrain, prevent.
proicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus,
to hurl forward, throw
away, cast.
pro-mitto, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, proffer, promise.
pro-moved, -ere, -movi,
-motus, to move forward.
prope, adv., almost; comp.,
propius; sup., proxime,
nearest; last.
pro-pello, -ere, -puli, -pul-
sus, to drive forward,
propel.
propero, -are, -avi, -atum,
to hasten.
propinquus, -a, -um, adj.,
near.
xxix
APPLIED LATIN
pro-pono, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, tr., to put forward,
propose.
propter, prep, with ace, on
account of.
propter-ea, adv., for this
reason.
pro-sterno, -ere, -stravi,
-stratus, overthrow, ruin.
pro-sum, prodesse, profui,
— , to be useful, profit,
with dat.
protendo, -ere, -tendi, ten-
tus, to extend.
provenio, -ire, -veni, -ven-
tum, to come forth, turn
out.
provincia, -ae, /., an office;
province.
provoco, -are, -avi, -atus,
to call forth.
proximus, -a, -um, adj., near-
est, next.
prudentia, -ae, /., prudence.
publicus, -a, -um, adj., public.
pudet, -ere, -uit, it shames;
with ace. of person and gen.
of cause of feeling.
pudor, -oris, m., shame.
puella, -ae, /., a girl.
puer, -I, m., sl boy, child,
puerulus, -I, m., boy.
pugna, -ae, /., a battle.
pugno, -are, -avi, -atum,
to fight, contend, struggle.
pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj.,
beautiful,
pulvis, -eris, m., dust.
punctum, -I, n., a point,
punio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
punish.
purgo, -are, -avi, -atum,
to clean, purify,
puteus, -I, m., a well.
puto, -are, -avi, -atum, to
think.
quaero, -ere, -sivi, -situs,
to seek; ask, inquire.
quaeso, — , — , — , to pray,
ask.
quaestio, -onis, /., an inves-
tigation.
qualis, -e, adj.; interrog., of
what sort?
quam, adv., after compara-
tives, than.
quam-quam, conj., although,
with indicative.
quando, adv., when.
quantus, -a, -um, adj.; in-
terrog., how much?
qua-re, adv., whereby, where-
fore.
qua-si, adv., as if, just as if,
with subj.
quatio, -ere, quassi, quas-
sus, to shake; wield, bran-
dish.
-que, conj., end., and; -que
. . . -que, both . . . and.
quercus, -us,/., an oak, oak-
tree.
queror, -i, questus, to com-
plain.
xxx
GENERAL VOCABULARY
qui, quae, quod, interrcg.
pron. and adj., who?
which? what? rel., who,
which, that; indef. rel.,
whoever, anyone, any-
thing.
quia, conj., because.
quidam, quaedam, quiddam
(quoddam), indef. pron.;
as adj., certain; as pron.,
a certain one, something.
quies, quietis,/., rest, quiet.
quiesco, -ere, -evi, -etus, to
get quiet.
quis, quae (qua) , quid, indef.
pron., anybody, anything,
after si, nisi, ne, num.
quis, quid, interrog. pron.,
who? which? what?
quis-quam, quaequam, quid-
quam (quicquam), indef.
pron., any one, anything;
adj., any, usually with a
negative. Has no pi.
quis-que, quaeque, quidque
(quodque), indef. pron.,
each one, each thing; adj.,
each, every.
qui-vis, quaevis, quidvis
(quodvis), indef. pron.;
anyone you wish; any-
thing.
quod, conj., because, since.
quoque, conj., also, too.
R
rabies, -ei,/., madness,
radius, -i, m., ray, spoke.
radix, -icis,/., a root,
ramus, -i, m., a branch.
rapax, adj., thievish.
rapina, -ae,/., robbery,
rapio, -ere, -pui, -ptus, to
carry off, snatch or hurry
away,
ratio, -onis,/., reason, plan,
ratis, -is,/., a raft, boat.
Rauraci, -drum, m., a Gallic
• tribe.
re-belld, -are, -avi, -atum,
to rebel,
re-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to go back, recede,
recens, -entis, adj., fresh,
recent.
recipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus,
to receive ; betake oneself,
reclamo, -are, -ari, -atus,
to shout against.
rectus, -a, -um, adj., straight ,
direct.
recutio, -ere, -cussi, -cussus,
to shake.
red-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to give back.
red-eo, -ire, -ii or -ivi,
-itum, to return.
redigo, -ere, -egi, -actus,
to drive back; reduce,
redimo, -ere, -emi, -emptus,
to buy back, ransom,
red-integro, -are, -avi, -atus,
renew, restore,
reditio, -onis,/., a return.
re-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus,
to lead back; reduce.
xxxi
APPLIED LATIN
re-fero, -ferre, rettuli, rela-
tus, to bring back; report.
reficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus,
to repair, make over,
reflecto, -ere, -flexi, -flec-
tus, to bend back.
refluo, -ere, -fluxi, -fluctus,
to pour back.
regina, -ae,/. [rex], a queen.
regnum, -I, n., kingdom.
rego, -ere, rexi, rectus, to
rule, govern; guide.
reicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus,
to throw or hurl back.
re-linquo, -ere, -liqui, -lic-
tus, to leave, abandon.
reliquus, -a, -um, adj., re-
maining.
re-maneo, -ere, -mansi, — ,
to remain.
re-mitto,-ere, -misi, -missus,
to send back ; relax, weaken.
re-moveo, -ere, -movi, -mo-
tus, to move back, with-
draw
remus, -I, m., an oar.
re-pello, -ere, reppuli, repul-
sus, to drive back, repel,
repente, adv., suddenly.
reperio, -ire, repperi, reper-
tus, to find (by search),
discover,
re-peto, -ere, -ivi, -itus, seek
again, repeat.
re-pleo, -ere, -evi, -etus, to
fill again.
re-porto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
carry back.
repnmo, -ere, -press!, -pres-
sus, to press back, repress.
re-pugno, -are, -avi, -atum,
to resist.
res, rei, /., a thing, matter,
affair.
re-scindo, -ere, -scidi, -scis-
sus, to tear down, destroy.
rescisco, -ere, -scivi, -scitus,
find out.
resideo, -ere, -sedi, -sessum,
to remain seated, remain.
resilio, -ire, -ui, — , to leap
back.
re-sisto, -ere, -stiti, -stitum,
to resist.
re-solvo, -ere, -solvi, -solu-
tus, to loosen, resolve,
cancel,
re-spondeo, -ere, -spondi,
-sponsum, to reply.
responsum, -i, n., a reply.
restituo, -ere, -ui, -utus,
to restore, reestablish.
re-sto, -stare, -stiti, to re-
main,
resulto, -are, — , — , to leap
back,
retineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus,
to hold back, retain,
re-traho, -ere, -traxi, -tr ac-
tus, to draw back, recall.
re-verto, -ere, -ti, -sum, to
turn back, return.
re-voco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
recall, call back.
rex, regis, m., a king.
Rhenus, -i, m., the Rhine.
XXXll
GENERAL VOCABULARY
Rhodanus, -i, m., the Rhone,
rlded, -ere, risi, risum, to
laugh; deride,
ripa, -ae, /., the bank of a
river.
robur, -oris, n., timber,
rogo, -are, -avi,-atus, to ask.
Roma, -ae,/., Rome.
Romanus, -a, -um, adj., of
Rome, Roman,
rosa, -ae,/., a rose,
rota, -ae,/., a wheel.
Ruben, -nis, m. , Reuben,
ruber, rubra, rubrum, adj.,
red.
ruina,-ae,/,a ruin, collapse.
rumpo, -ere, rupi, ruptus,
to break, burst.
ruo, -ere, rui, rutum, to fall
or rush down, rush.
rupes, -is,/., a rock, cliff,
rursus, adv., again;
rus, ruris, n., the country,
rusticus, -a, -um, rustic, be-
longing to the country.
sacculus, -i, m., a sack,
saepe, adv., often, frequently.
saevio, -ire, -ii, -itum, to
rage, be furious, be violent,
saevus, -a, -um, adj., cruel,
savage.
sagax, adj., wise, prudent.
sagitta, -ae, /., an arrow.
sal, salis, n., salt.
salio, -ire, -ui, — , to leap.
salto, -are, — , — , to dance.
salus, salutis,/., safety.
sancio, -ire, sanxi, sanctus,
to ordain, ratify.
sanguis, -inis, m., blood,
sapiens, -entis, adj., wise,
discreet,
satis, adv., enough, sufficient.
satis-facio, -ere, -feci, -fac-
tum, to appease, satisfy,
with dat.
saxum, -i, n., a rock,
scelus, -eris, n., a crime,
scientia, -ae, /., knowledge,
science,
scindo, -ere, scidi, scissus, to
split.
scio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to know,
scirpeus, -a, -um, of bul-
rushes.
scribo, -ere, scripsi, scrip-
tus, to write,
scriptor, -oris, m., a writer.
scutum, -i, n., a shield,
se-, prefix, inseparable, apart,
away.
sed, conj., but.
sedeo, -ere, sedi, sessum, to
sit, sit down,
sedes, -is, /., a seat.
sedile, -is, n., a seat,
seges, -etis, /., standing
corn, crop,
semel, num. adv., once, one
time,
sementis, -is,/, a sowing (of
grain).
semper, adv., always,
senatus, -us, m., the senate.
xxxm
APPLIED LATIN
senex, senis, m., an old man.
sententia, -ae,/., opinion,
sentio, -ire, sensi, sensus, to
perceive, feel,
separatim, adv., separately.
se-paro, -are, -avi, -atus, to
separate,
sepelio, -ire, -ivi, -pultus, to
bury,
septentriones, -urn, m., the
North.
sepulcrum, -I, n., a grave,
sepulchre.
Sequani, -drum, m., a Gallic
tribe,
sequor, -1, secutus, to follow,
sera, -ae, /., a bar, bolt,
series, -ei,/., a series.
servio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to
serve,
servitus, -tutis,/., slavery,
servo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
watch, keep, save,
servus, -i, m., a slave,
si, conj.j if; whether,
sic, adv., thus.
siccus, -a, -um, adj., dry.
Sicilia, -ae, /., Sicily,
signum, -i, n., a sign,
silens, -entis, adj., still, quiet,
silva, -ae,/., wood, forest.
Silvester, -tris, -tre, adj.,
wooded,
similis, -e, adj., like, similar;
comp., similior, -ius ; sup.,
simillimus, -a, -um, with
dat.
simplex, -icis, adj., simple.
simul, adv., at the same time.
sine, prep, with abl., without.
singularis, -e, adj., single;
singular.
singuli, -ae, -a, distrib. num.
adj. , one apiece, one by one.
sinister, -tra, -trum, adj.,
left; evil.
sisto, -ere, stiti, statum, to
cause to stand, place.
situs, -a, -um, adj., situated.
sive, conj.j whether, if.
socer, soceri, m., a father-
in-law.
socius, -i, m., a companion,
ally.
sol, solis, m., the sun.
soleo, -ere, -itus sum, to be
accustomed.
sollicitus, -a, -um, adj.,
anxious, watchful.
solum, -i, n., the ground.
solum, adv., only, merely;
non solum . . . sed etiam,
not only . . . but also.
solus, -a, -um (gen. solius),
adj., alone, only.
solvo, -ere, solvi, solutus, to
loosen.
somniator, -oris, m., a dream-
er.
somnium, -i, n., a dream.
somnus, -i, m., sleep.
sonus, -i, m., a sound.
soror, -oris,/., a sister.
sors, sortis, /., a lot.
spatior, -ari, -atus, to walk,
go-
XXXIV
GENERAL VOCABULARY
spatium, -i, n., a space.
species, -SI,/., shape, form.
specio, -ere, spexi, spectus,
to look at.
specto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
look or gaze at.
spero, -are, -avi, -atus, to
hope.
spes, spei,/., hope.
spolio, -are, -avi, -atus, to
strip, plunder.
spolium, -I, n., spoil, booty.
spondeo, -ere, spopondi,
sponsus, to assure, prom-
ise.
stabilio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
make firm.
statim, adv., at once, im-
mediately.
statuo, -ere, -ui, -utus, to
set up; resolve.
Stella, -ae,/., a star.
sterno, -ere, stravf, stratus,
to strew, spread.
sto, stare, steti, statum, to
stand.
struo, -ere, struxi, structus,
to build.
studeo, -ere, -ui, — , to
desire, with dat.
studium, -i, n., pursuit;
study.
sua sponte, of one's own
accord.
sub, prep, with ace. and abl.;
under.
sub-duco, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tus, to lead up.
sub-eo, -ire, -ii (-ivi), -itum,
to come or go under; ap-
proach.
subicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus,
to put under, place below.
subito, adv., suddenly.
sub-mitto, -ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to let down, lower,
sub-moved, -ere, -movi, -mo-
tum, to dislodge, drive
back,
subnitor, -niti, -nixus, lean
on, prop up.
subripio, -ere, -ripui, -rep-
tus, to take by stealth.
sub-sequor, -i, -secutus, to
follow on, come after.
subsidium, -i, n., aid.
subter, prep., under,
sub-venio, -ire, -veni, -ven-
tum, to come to aid, assist.
subverto, -ere, -i, -versus, to
overthrow,
succedo, -ere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, to advance; succeed.
succido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus,
to cut down.
suffragium, -i, w., a ballot,
sui, sibi, se, reflex, pron., of
himself, herself, itself; of
themselves.
sum, esse, fui, — , to be.
summus, see superus.
sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptus,
take on, assume.
sumptus, -us, w., expense.
super, prep, with ace. and
abl., over, above, beyond.
xxxv
APPLIED LATIN
superficies, -ei,/., a surface.
supero, -are, -avi, -atus, to
surpass; subdue, conquer.
super-sedeo, -ere, -sedi,
-sessum, to refrain from.
super-sum, -esse, -fui, — , to
be left, survive, with dat.
superus, -a, -um, adj., high;
cotnp., superior, -ius,
higher; sup., summus, -a,
-um, and supremus, -a,
-um, highest.
suppeto, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to
be at hand, be available.
suppleo, -ere, -evi, -etus, to
fill up, supply.
supplicium, -i, n., punish-
ment.
suppono, -ere, -posui, -posi-
tus, to place beneath.
supporto, -are, -avi, -atus,
to carry up.
surgo, -ere, surrexi, sur-
rectus, to raise; rise.
suscipio, -ere, -cepi, -cep-
tus, to undertake.
suspendo, -ere, -pendi, -pen-
sus, to hang up, sus-
pend.
suspicio, -onis, /., suspicion.
suspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spec-
tus, to suspect.
sustineo, -ere, -tinui, -ten-
tus, to hold up, sustain.
suus, -a, -um, poss. pron.,
his own, her own, its
own, their own; his, hers,
its, theirs.
tabula, -ae,/., a plank; tab-
let.
taceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to be
silent,
tacitus, -a, -um, adj., silent.
taedet, -ere, -uit, it bores,
with ace. of person and
gen. of cause of feeling.
talis, -e, adj., of such a sort,
tarn, adv., so, so far.
tamen, adv., nevertheless,
tam-quam, adv., as if, with
subj.
tandem, adv., at length,
finally.
tango, -ere, tetigi, tactus, to
touch.
tantus, -a, -um, adj., so
great.
tantopere, adv., so much.
tego, -ere, texi, tectus, to
cover, protect.
telum, -I, n., a javelin.
temere, adv., rashly,
tempero, -are, -avi, -atus,
to refrain, forbear.
templum, -i, n., a temple.
tempto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
try, attempt.
tempus, -oris, n., time.
tendo, -ere, tetendi, tentus,
to stretch, stretch out.
teneo, -ere, -ui, — , to hold,
keep; occupy,
terra, -ae,/., the earth; land,
terreo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to
frighten, alarm.
xxxvi
GENERAL VOCABULARY
terrester, tris, -e, adj.,
earthly,
terribilis, -e, adj., frightful,
dreadful,
terror, -oris, m., fear,
testimonium, -i, n., evidence,
proof,
testis, -is, m., a witness,
testor, -ari, -atus, to be a
witness; prove,
texo, -ere, texui, textus, to
weave.
Tiberis, -is, m., the Tiber,
timed, -ere, -ui, — , to fear,
timidus, -a, -um, adj., timid,
timor, -oris, m., fear,
tinguo, -ere, tinxi, tinctus,
to wet, drench,
toga, -ae, /., a toga,
tollo, -ere, sustuli, sublatus,
to lift up, remove,
tondeo, -ere, totondi, tonsus,
to clip, shear,
torqueo, -ere, torsi, tortus,
to turn, whirl,
totus, -a, -um (gen. totius)
adj., whole, all, entire.
trado, -ere, -didi, -ditus,
to give up, surrender.
traduco, -ere, -duxi, -duc-
tus, to lead across, cheat.
traho, -ere, traxi, tractus,
to draw, drag,
traicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus,
to throw over, transport.
trans, prep, with ace., across,
trans-eo, -ire, -IvI or -ii,
-itum, to go across.
trans-fero, -ferre, -tuli,
-latus, to carry across,
transfer.
transigo, -ere, -egi, -actus,
to drive through, accom-
plish.
trans-mitt6,-ere, -misi, -mis-
sus, to send across, con-
vey across.
trans-porto, -are, -avi, -atus,
to carry over, transport.
tribunal, -alis, n., a tribunal.
tribuo, -ere, -ui, -utus, to
assign, allot.
triduum, -i, n., three days'
time.
triennium, -i, n., three years'
time.
triplex, -icis, adj., threefold.
tristis, -e, adj., sad.
tu, tui, pers. pron., thou, you.
tuba, -ae,/., a trumpet.
Tulingi, -orum, m., the Tu-
lingi.
turn, adv., then.
tunc, adv., then.
turba, -ae,/., crowd.
turbo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
disturb, break.
turris, -is,/., a tower.
tuus, -a, -um, poss. pron.,
thy, thine, your.
U
ubi, adv.; rel., where; in-
terrog., when? where?
ulciscor, -i, ultus, to take
vengeance on.
xxxvn
APPLIED LATIN
ullus, -a, -urn (gen. ullius),
adj., any; anyone.
ulterior, -ius, conip. adj.,
farther, beyond, ulterior.
ultimus, -a, -um, adj. [sup.
of ulterior], most remote
or distant.
ultio, -onis, /., a revenging.
ultor, -oris, m., a punisher,
avenger,
ultra, prep, with ace., beyond,
una, adv., together with,
unda, -ae,/., a wave,
unde, adv., whence.
undique, adv., on all sides.
universus, -a, -um, adj., all
together, whole, entire,
unus, -a, -um (gen. unlus),
num. adj., one, single;
only, alone,
urbanus, -a, -um, adj., of
the city.
urbs, urbis,/., a city,
usurpo, -are, -avi, -atus, to
seize for use, use.
usus, -us, m., use.
ut, as conj., that, so that, in
order that,
uter, utra, utrum (gen.
utrius), pron.; interrog.,
which of two?
uter-que, utraque, utrum-
que (gen. utriusque), adj.,
each of two, both,
utilis, -e, adj., useful.
uti-nam, conj., would that.
utor, -l, usus, intr., to make
use of; enjoy, with abl.
utrum, conj., whether.
uxor, -oris,/., a wife.
vado, -ere, vasi, — , to pro-
ceed, go.
vadum, -I, n., a ford.
vagiens, -ntis, adj., crying.
vagor, -ari, -atus, to wander.
valeo, -ere, -ui, — , to be
well, strong, be power-
ful.
valetudo, -mis, /., good
health.
validus, -a, -um, adj., strong,
vigorous.
valles, -is,/., a valley.
vallum, -i, n. a wall.
varius, -a, -um, adj., mani-
fold, changing.
vasto, -are, -avi, -atus, to
ravage, destroy.
vastus, -a, -um, adj., empty,
vast.
vectigal, -alis, n., a tribute,
a tax.
vehemens, -ntis, adj., vio-
lent.
vehementer, adv., violently.
vel, conj., or; vel . . . vel,
either . . . or.
velox, -ocis, adj., swift, fleet.
veneror, -ari, -atus, to rev-
erence.
venio, -ire, veni, ventum,
to come, go.
ventus, -i, m., the wind.
ver, veris, n., the spring.
xxxvin
GENERAL VOCABULARY
verbatim, adv., word for
word.
verbum, -I, n., a word.
vereor, -eri, -itus, to fear.
vergo, -ere, — , — , to lie
toward, slope.
Veritas, -atis, /., truth.
vero, adv., postpositive, in
truth, indeed.
vertex, -icis, m., the head;
summit.
verto, -ere, -ti, -sus, to turn,
turn around.
Verucloetius, -i, m., Veru-
cloetius.
verus, -a, -um, adj., true.
vescor, -I, — , to eat, with
the abl.
vesper, -eris, m., the even-
ing.
vester, -tra, -trum, poss.
pron., your, yours.
vestio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to
clothe.
vestis, -is,/., clothing.
veto, -are, -ui, -itus, to for-
bid.
vetus, -eris, adj., old.
via, -ae,/., way, road.
viator, -oris, m., a traveler.
vicinus, -a, -um, adj., neigh-
boring, near.
victor, -oris, m., a victor.
victoria, -ae,/., victory.
vicus, -I, m., a village.
video, -ere, vidi, visus, to
see, perceive.
vigilia, -ae, /., a watching,
watch,
vincio, -ire, vinxi, vinctus, to
bind, fetter.
vinco, -ere, vici, victus, to
conquer,
vinculum, -i, n., chain.
vinea, -ae, /., a vineyard,
vinum, -i, n., wine,
vir, viri, m., a man.
virgo, -inis,/., a maiden,
virtus, -utis, /., manliness,
courage,
vis, vis, pi., vires, -ium, /.,
strength, force, power,
vita, -ae,/., life.
vix, adv., scarcely.
voco, -are, -avi, -atus, to
call, summon.
volito, -are, -avi, -atum, to
fly, hasten,
volo, velle, volui, — , to will,
be willing, wish.
volumen, -inis, n., a volume,
voluntas, -atis,/., will, wish,
desire.
volvo, -ere, volvi, volutus,
to roll,
vox, vocis,/., a voice, sound,
vulgus, -i, n., the common
people; crowd,
vulnus, -eris*, n., a wound,
vulpes, -is, /., a fox.
xxxix
INDEX
{The references arc to paragraphs)
Ablative case, 84.
absolute, 566-569.
of accompaniment, 291.
of agent, 307.
of cause, 179.
of comparison, 215.
of manner, 231.
of means or instrument, 119.
of place from which, 85.
of place in which, 112.
of separation, 484.
of specification, 521.
of time, 161.
with utor,fruor, etc., 758.
with adjectives, 759.
Accent, general laws of, Introduc-
tion.
in contracted genitive and voca-
tive of nouns in -ius, 47.
Accusative case, 14.
direct object, 100.
double object, 746.
extent of time and space, 243.
place to which, 197.
subject of infinitive, 719.
Adjectives, first and second declen-
sion, 53-55-
third declension, 163-185.
one termination, 167.
two terminations, 174, 211.
three terminations, 181.
irregular (genitive in -lus), 352.
possessive, 323.
predicate, 265.
Adverb, 266-272.
comparison, 267.
irregular, 268.
Agreement of adjectives, 59.
participles, 560.
predicate noun, 265.
relative pronoun, 502.
verbs, 86.
Apposition, 438.
Auxiliary verbs, 96.
25 xli
Causal clauses, 476-478.
Clause, 389.
Commands, 537-542.
Comparative, declined, 211.
Comparison of adjectives, regular,
207.
irregular, 217-218, 693.
of adverbs, regular, 267.
irregular, 268.
Complementary infinitive, 577.
Concession, 489-491.
Conditional sentences, 463-471.
Conjugation I., 68, 75, 93, 296, 308,
400, 419, 430, 441, 539, 559, 574,
589, 600.
II, 102, 105, 113, 317, 325, 400,
419, 430, 441, 539, 559, 574, 589,
600.
III, 187, 190, 199, 331, 342, 407,
431, 442, 540, 560, 575, 590, 600.
in -io, 224, 226, 356, 407, 431, 442,
540, 560, 575, 590, 600.
IV, 245, 248, 255, 373, 383, 407,
43i, 442, 54o, 560, 575, 590, 600.
Conjunction, 275.
Contraction in genitive of nouns in
-ius and -turn, 47.
Correlatives, 308.
Cum, enclitic, with pronouns, 292.
Dative case, 14.
of agent, 615.
of indirect object, 306.
of possessor, 548.
of purpose, 702.
with adjectives, 742.
with special verbs, 741.
Declension, 9.
I declension, 8.
II declension, 46.
III declension, 1 21-159.
IV declension, 232-236.
V declension, 238-240.
Definitions, 9, 10, 11, 14.
INDEX
Deponent verbs, 659-678.
Domus, declined, 236.
doml, 236.
Duo, declined, 819.
Ed, 698, 836.
Exhortations, 525.
Fearing, verbs of, 770.
Fero., 698, 837.
Fid, 698, 838.
Gender, n.
in first declension, 12.
in second declension, 34, 38.
in third declension, 126.
in fourth declension, 235.
in fifth declension, 240.
Genitive case, 14.
partitive, 150.
possessive, 65.
with adjectives, 737.
with verbs, 733, 735.
Gerund, 587-593-
Gerundive, 600-603.
Impersonal verbs, 723, 735.
Indefinite pronouns, quis, aliquis,
634, 635.
Indirect discourse, infinitive in, 784.
Indirect subjunctive in, 793.
Indirect questions, 777.
Infinitive, 572, 577.
object, 750.
subject, 719, 722.
/-stems, 154.
Interjections, 638.
Locative case, 141, n.
Mold, 687, 833.
-ne in questions, 259.
Nolo, conjugation, 687, 833.
noli, with infinitive, 544-546.
Nominative case, 14.
Ndnne and num, in questions, 259.
Numerals, 640.
Participles, 557~56i.
Parts of speech. Introduction.
Passive voice, 297-299.
Periphrastic conjugations, 606-612.
Plus, declined, 219.
Possessive adjectives, 323.
Possum, 832.
Predicate adjectives and nouns, 265.
Prefixes, 36, 43.
Prepositions, 24-28.
Principal parts of verbs, 88.
Prohibitions, 544-546.
Pronouns, 285.
demonstrative, 335-339> 346, 378-
379-
indefinite, quis, aliquis, etc., 634,
635.
interrogative, 363.
personal, 288, 303.
reflexive, 322.
relative, 499.
Pronunciation, Introduction.
Purpose, expressed by gerundive
with ad, 603.
relative clauses of, 496.
by subjunctive, 404-6, 764.
by supine, 620.
Quantity, Introduction.
-que, enclitic, 281.
Questions, direct, 258-260.
indirect, 777.
Qui, declension, 363.
Quis, declension, 364.
Relative clauses, 496-512.
pronoun, 499.
Result, 423-427.
Riis, 141.
Sentences, Introduction, 258, 274,
387, 393-
Sequences of tenses, 412-417.
Subjunctive mood, 398.
hortatory subjunctive, 526.
indirect discourse, 793.
indirect questions, 777.
of purpose, 404-6, 764.
of result, 423-427.
with verbs of fearing, 770.
Suffixes, 714.
Sui, declined, 322.
Sum, 262, 461, 831.
Supine, 620-622.
xlii
INDEX
Suus, distinguished from eius, 323.
Syllables, Introduction.
Temporal clauses, 433~430, 443~445>
448-450.
Totus, declension, 352.
Tres, declension, 819.
Unus, declension, 819.
Utinam, with subjunctive, 534.
Verb, rule for agreement, 86.
definitions, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 88,
94-
Vocative case, 44.
Void, 687.
Vowels, Introduction.
Wishes, 525-534-
Word lists, 803.
order, 101.
xliii
4*
YB 41180
U.C.BERKELEY LIBRARIES
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY